Q Logic Network Card FC User Guide

SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI  
User’s Guide  
Command Line Interface for  
QLogic FC and FCoE Adapters  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI User’s Guide  
Command Line Interface for QLogic FC and FCoE Adapters  
Added new FCoE menu option to Interactive Com- 3 Interactive Commands  
mands chapter.  
Added Flash Image Version to list of actual VPD  
information.  
Added new ENode MAC Address information for  
QLE81xx adapters.  
Added cautions about deleting the LUN persistent “Persistent Names Menu (Command Line Option  
name for a LUN with active I/O.  
Updated the Utilities menu (renamed some  
options per modifications to the CLI, added new  
MPI config table options, and removed the FCoE  
Utility option).  
Updated Update Flash option.  
Added new message passing interface (MPI)  
options for the Utilities menu.  
Updated loopback and read/write buffer test  
descriptions and examples.  
Updated the transceiver details output examples.  
Updated FCoE menu section to reflect support for “FCoE Menu (Command Line Option -cna)” on  
both QLE80xx (FCoE adapters) and QLx81xx  
(converged network adapters).  
Added new section for converged network adapt-  
ers (QLE81xx and QMI81xx).  
Added new command line options for converged  
network adapters (QLE81xx and QMI81xx).  
Renamed Interactive Exit Codes appendix and  
updated and added new error return codes.  
Removed redundant Non-Interactive Error Codes  
appendix (codes are the same as in Appendix C  
Added new glossary terms.  
SN0054614-00 K  
iii  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI User’s Guide  
Command Line Interface for QLogic FC and FCoE Adapters  
Notes  
iv  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table of Contents  
xv  
xv  
xvi  
xvii  
xvii  
xviii  
xviii  
xviii  
xviii  
1-2  
1-3  
1-4  
1-4  
1-5  
1-5  
1-6  
1-7  
1-8  
1-8  
SN0054614-00 K  
v
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI User’s Guide  
Command Line Interface for QLogic FC and FCoE Adapters  
2-1  
2-4  
2-9  
3-4  
3-4  
3-5  
3-6  
vi  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI User’s Guide  
Command Line Interface for QLogic FC and FCoE Adapters  
SN0054614-00 K  
vii  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI User’s Guide  
Command Line Interface for QLogic FC and FCoE Adapters  
viii  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI User’s Guide  
Command Line Interface for QLogic FC and FCoE Adapters  
FCoE Utilities Menu for QLE80xx Adapters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-108  
SN0054614-00 K  
ix  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI User’s Guide  
Command Line Interface for QLogic FC and FCoE Adapters  
FCoE Utilities Menu for QLx81xx Adapters (Command Line  
Option -cna) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-111  
-cna (FCoE Utilities Menu for QLx81xx Adapters). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
4-1  
4-1  
4-2  
4-3  
4-4  
4-5  
4-6  
4-7  
4-8  
4-8  
x
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI User’s Guide  
Command Line Interface for QLogic FC and FCoE Adapters  
A-1  
A-1  
A-1  
A-2  
A-2  
A-2  
A-2  
A-3  
A-4  
SN0054614-00 K  
xi  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI User’s Guide  
Command Line Interface for QLogic FC and FCoE Adapters  
A-5  
A-7  
A-7  
A-8  
A-8  
A-9  
A-9  
B-1  
B-1  
B-2  
B-2  
B-2  
B-2  
B-3  
B-4  
B-4  
B-5  
B-7  
B-8  
B-9  
B-9  
xii  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI User’s Guide  
Command Line Interface for QLogic FC and FCoE Adapters  
List of Figures  
Figure  
Page  
1-7  
1-8  
1-9  
SN0054614-00 K  
xiii  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI User’s Guide  
Command Line Interface for QLogic FC and FCoE Adapters  
List of Tables  
4-4  
4-6  
C-1  
D-1  
D-2  
xiv  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Preface  
The SANsurfer® FC/CNA HBA CLI tool provides a command line interface (CLI)  
that lets you easily install, configure, and deploy QLogic® Fibre Channel (FC)  
adapters, as well as QLogic Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) converged  
network adapters (CNAs). It also provides robust diagnostic and troubleshooting  
capabilities and useful statistical information to optimize SAN performance. This  
tool only configures adapters on the local machine (where SANsurfer FC/CNA  
HBA CLI is installed.)  
SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI is a simplified, condensed version of the SANsurfer  
FC HBA Manager graphical user interface (GUI), which manages both local and  
remote hosts.  
SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI can be operated in two modes:  
Interactive mode (menu-driven interface). This mode requires user  
intervention.  
Non-interactive mode (command line interface). Use this mode for  
scripting or when you want to do a single operation.  
NOTE:  
This guide uses interchangeably the terms HBA, CNA, and adapter.  
Intended Audience  
This guide is intended for end users responsible for administration of QLogic FC  
adapters.  
What’s in This Guide  
This preface provides a general overview of the product and covers the intended  
audience, related materials, document conventions, and contact information for  
technical support.  
SN0054614-00 K  
xv  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
               
Preface  
What’s in This Guide  
The remainder of this guide is organized into the following chapters and  
appendices:  
1 Installation and Removal lists the supported QLogic adapters and  
operating systems, lists the system hardware and software requirements,  
and provides step-by-step instructions for installing and uninstalling  
SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI on Windows, Linux, Solaris, and Macintosh.  
2 Getting Started describes the two modes used in SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA  
CLI: interactive and non-interactive. It also explains some special terms  
used in this guide.  
3 Interactive Commands provides detailed explanations and examples of  
the command line options used in interactive mode.  
4 Non-Interactive Commands provides detailed explanations and examples  
of the command line options used in non-interactive mode.  
Appendix A XML Format 1 provides explanations and examples of XML files  
created with the -x1command line option.  
Appendix B XML Format 2 provides explanations and examples of XML files  
created with the -x2command line option.  
Appendix C Error/Exit Return Codes lists the error return codes that can  
occur while running SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI in interactive and  
non-interactive modes. For each return code number, it provides the name  
and description.  
Appendix D Help Commands provides an alphabetical list of the command  
line actions, arguments, and functions of the help commands.  
Following the appendices are a glossary of terms used and an index that will help  
you quickly find the information you need.  
Documentation Conventions  
This guide uses the following typographic conventions:  
Text in bold font indicates a menu or menu item. For example:  
From the General Information Menu, type the number for Host  
Topology.  
Text in a monospace font (Courier New) indicates CLI window text output.  
For example:  
The HBA already has the device selected as boot device.  
Text in a bold sans serif font (Courier New) indicates user input (what you  
type). For example:  
# scli -z  
xvi  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Preface  
License Agreements  
Text in ALL CAPITALS indicates the name of a key that you press on the  
keyboard. For example:  
Type the number for Host Information and then press ENTER  
.
Italicized text indicates either a document reference, glossary term, or  
emphasis. For example:  
Attached Port means a QLogic adapter....  
For a complete list, see the QLogic SAN Interoperability Guide.  
Italicized text within angle brackets indicates user-defined variables. For  
example:  
# scli -k (<hba instance> | <hba wwpn>)  
Text shown in blue indicates a cross-reference hyperlink to a Web site or to  
another section of this guide. Click the hyperlink to jump to that site or  
section. For example:  
Visit the QLogic support Web site at support.qlogic.com for the latest  
firmware and product updates.  
For information on the Virtual Menu, see “Virtual Menu for Adapter  
In 3 Interactive Commands, a “breadcrumbs” line follows most command  
headings to show you how to access that option; that is, it shows the  
hierarchical path from the top level to the command under discussion. For  
example, to reach the Save to Text File options from the main SANsurfer  
FC/CNA HBA CLI menu, you would select option 1to open the General  
Information menu, 2to open the Host Topology menu, and 2again to see  
the Save to Text File options.  
The following shows a breadcrumbs example:  
1: General Information 2: Host Topology 2: Save to Text File  
Related Materials  
For additional information, refer to the SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI ReadMe file  
and release notes.  
License Agreements  
Refer to the QLogic Software End User License Agreement for a complete listing  
of all license agreements affecting this product.  
SN0054614-00 K  
xvii  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Preface  
Technical Support  
Technical Support  
Customers should contact their authorized maintenance provider for technical  
support of their QLogic switch products. QLogic-direct customers may contact  
QLogic Technical Support; others will be redirected to their authorized  
maintenance provider.  
Visit the QLogic support Web site listed in Contact Information for the latest  
firmware and software updates.  
Availability  
QLogic Technical Support for products under warranty is available during local  
standard working hours excluding QLogic Observed Holidays.  
Training  
QLogic offers training for technical professionals for all iSCSI, InfiniBand, and  
Fibre Channel products. From the main QLogic Web page, www.qlogic.com, click  
the Education and Resources tab at the top, and then click the Education &  
Training tab at the left. The QLogic Global Training Portal offers online courses,  
certification exams, and scheduling of in-person training.  
Technical certification courses include installation, maintenance, and  
troubleshooting QLogic products. Upon demonstrating knowledge using live  
equipment, QLogic awards a certificate identifying the student as a Certified  
Professional. The training professionals at QLogic may be reached by e-mail at  
Contact Information  
Please feel free to contact your QLogic approved reseller or QLogic Technical  
Support at any phase of integration for assistance. QLogic Technical Support can  
be reached by the following methods:  
Web  
E-mail  
The QLogic knowledge database contains troubleshooting information for the  
QLogic adapters. Access the database from the QLogic Support Web page,  
http://support.qlogic.com. Use the Support Center search engine to look for  
specific troubleshooting information.  
xviii  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
             
1 Installation and Removal  
This chapter lists the supported QLogic adapters and system requirements,  
provides procedures for downloading and installing SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI,  
and instructions for removing the product. Refer to the following sections:  
Prerequisites  
Before you run SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI, ensure that the following  
requirements are met:  
The adapters must be installed.  
The adapter drivers must be installed.  
For QLE81xx and QMI81xx adapters, a QLogic-specific small form factor  
pluggable (SFP) must be installed.  
NOTE:  
Some SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI features are not available when:  
You have a Solaris system that is running with the driver distributed with  
the OS installation CDs (QLC driver).  
You have a Linux system that is running with the IOCTL or sysfs (inbox)  
driver.  
You have a Linux system that is running with a VMware driver.  
SN0054614-00 K  
1-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
1–Installation and Removal  
Supported QLogic Adapters  
Supported QLogic Adapters  
SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI is supported for the following QLogic adapters:  
QLA2xx  
QLA234x  
QLE2xx  
QLA246x  
QLE246x  
QLE256x  
QLE8042  
QLE81xx  
QMI81xx  
Not all SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI features are available on every supported  
adapter. For more information, see “Unsupported Features” on page 1-5.  
NOTE:  
If SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI detects an unsupported adapter, the  
following message appears, where Xis the adapter instance number and  
YYYYYYYis the adapter model:  
Unsupported HBA (Instance X YYYYYYY)  
If SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI detects an adapter for which no information  
is known, the following message appears, where Xis the adapter instance  
number, 0xYYYYis the subsystem vendor ID, and 0xZZZZis subsystem  
device ID of the adapter:  
Unknown HBA type (Instance X SSVID=0xYYYY SSDID=0xZZZZ)!  
1-2  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
1–Installation and Removal  
Supported Operating Systems  
Supported Operating Systems  
SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI is supported on the following operating systems:  
Microsoft® Windows®:  
Windows 2000, 32-bit, Intel x86 Intel 64, AMD64  
Windows Server 2003, 32-bit Intel x86, Intel 64, AMD64  
Windows Server 2008, 32-bit Intel x86, Intel 64, AMD64  
Windows XP Professional, 32-bit Intel x86, Intel 64, AMD64  
Windows XP Professional, x64-bit Intel 64, AMD64  
Windows Vista, 32-bit Intel x86  
Windows Vista x64  
Linux®:  
Red Hat® RHEL AS/ES 5.0 32-bit, 64-bit Intel IA64, Intel 64, AMD64  
Red Hat RHEL AS/ES 4.5 32-bit, 64-bit Intel IA64, Intel 64, AMD64  
Red Hat RHEL AS/ES 4.0 32-bit, 64-bit Intel IA64, Intel 64, AMD64  
Red Hat RHEL AS/ES 3.0 32-bit, 64-bit Intel x86, Intel 64, AMD64  
Red Hat PowerPC64  
Novell® SLES 10 32-bit, 64-bit Intel IA64, Intel 64, AMD64  
Novell SLES 9 32-bit, 64-bit Intel IA64, Intel 64, AMD64  
Novell SLES 8 32-bit, 64-bit Intel x86, AMD64  
Novell PowerPC64  
NOTE:  
RHEL 3.0 and SLES 8 do not support 8Gb adapters.  
Solaris®:  
Solaris 9, 10 x86 32-bit, 64-bit Intel x86, Intel 64, AMD64  
Solaris 2.6, 7, 8, 9, and 10 SPARC 32-bit, 64-bit SPARC  
Apple® Macintosh®:  
Mac OS X (Panther/Tiger), 32-bit, 64-bit PowerPC/Intel  
NetWare®:  
NetWare 6.5 32-bit Intel x86, Intel 64, AMD64  
VMware® ESX:  
ESX 3.5 32-bit, Intel 64, AMD64  
SN0054614-00 K  
1-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
               
1–Installation and Removal  
System Requirements  
NOTES:  
Throughout this guide, the terms Windows, Linux, Solaris, and  
Macintosh refer to all the respective supported operating systems unless  
otherwise noted.  
For specific service packs (SPs) and OS updates, refer to the  
descriptions where this software version is posted on the QLogic Web  
System Requirements  
The system requirements for SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI are described in the  
following sections:  
Hardware Requirements  
The minimum hardware requirements are as follows:  
Single- or multiprocessor server or workstation:  
Pentium® III with 450 MHz or greater for Windows 2000, Windows  
Server 2003, Windows XP Professional, Linux, and Solaris.  
Windows Vista and Windows Server 2008—Use the minimum  
requirements from Microsoft.  
Power Mac® G5 1.8 MHz or greater with 512 MB of memory.  
FC devices, such as disks and RAID subsystems.  
QLogic FC adapters.  
SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI supports most FC devices. For a complete list of  
devices that support failover, see the QLogic SAN Interoperability Guide, which  
you can download from the QLogic Web site:  
http://connect.qlogic.com/interopguide/Interoperability.asp  
NOTE:  
Tape devices are shown as part of the configuration, but are not fully  
supported by SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI. Only persistent binding and LUN  
masking are available.  
1-4  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
1–Installation and Removal  
System Requirements  
256 MB physical RAM are required to run SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI;  
running with less memory can cause disk swapping (“paging” or “paging  
out”), which severely affects performance.  
Video card capable of 256 colors and a screen resolution of 800x600 pixels.  
About 7 MB of disk space.  
Software Requirements  
The minimum software requirements are as follows:  
QLogic drivers for your OS platform.  
Administrative privileges to perform management functions.  
One of the operating systems listed in “Supported Operating Systems” on  
Unsupported Features  
Depending on your system, not all SANsurfer FC adapter features are available.  
Features Not Available When Running Windows Driver with NPIV Enabled  
When running the driver with NPIV enabled on Windows, the following features  
are not available with virtual ports:  
Adapter parameters settings  
Adapter parameters restore default  
Flash update from file  
Flash save to file  
Adapter parameters update from file  
Adapter parameters save to file  
Adapter parameters update from templates  
Target link speed  
Boot device settings  
Driver settings  
Adapter beacon  
Target/LUN list  
Features Not Available When Running IOCTL Module Driver  
When running the input/output control (IOCTL) module driver on a Linux OS, the  
following features are not available:  
Persistent binding  
Selective LUN  
Adapter port statistics  
Driver settings  
Host topology  
SN0054614-00 K  
1-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
1–Installation and Removal  
Downloading the Installation Package  
Features Not Available When Running Linux with Converged Network Adapters  
When running Linux OS with converged network adapters (QLE81xx and  
QMI81xx), the following features are not available:  
Support for inbox driver only; no driver update support  
Persistent binding  
Adapter port statistics  
iiDMA support  
Loopback test  
Features Not Available When Running Sysfs Inbox Driver  
When running the Sysfs Inbox driver on a Linux OS, the following features are not  
available:  
Persistent binding  
Selective LUN  
Adapter port statistics  
Driver settings  
Host topology  
Link status  
Loopback test  
Features Not Available When Running VMware Driver  
When running the VMware driver on a Linux OS, the following features are not  
available with virtual ports:  
Adapter parameters settings  
Adapter parameters restore default  
Flash update from file  
Flash save to file  
Adapter parameters update from file  
Adapter parameters save to file  
Adapter parameters update from templates  
Downloading the Installation Package  
Follow these steps to download the SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI installation  
package from the QLogic Web site.  
To download the installation package:  
1.  
2.  
From the QLogic home page (www.qlogic.com), click the Downloads tab.  
On the Driver Downloads / Manuals page, select Fibre Channel HBAs,  
your adapter model, and operating system, and then click Go!  
1-6  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
1–Installation and Removal  
Installing SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI  
Figure 1-1 shows an example.  
Figure 1-1 Selecting Adapter Model (Example)  
The resources page for the selected model appears.  
Under Management Tools, click SANsurfer CLI....  
The End User Software License Agreement page appears.  
Scroll to the bottom and click Agree.  
3.  
4.  
5.  
On the File Download dialog box, click Save. Select a directory on your  
system and download the file.  
Installing SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI  
NOTE:  
If you have a previous version of SANsurfer FC HBA CLI already installed,  
the installation program (except on Solaris) provides the option to upgrade  
the previous version to this latest version. However, QLogic recommends  
that you always uninstall any older version of SANsurfer before  
installing the new version.  
Follow the installation instructions in the section that corresponds to your  
operating system (OS):  
SN0054614-00 K  
1-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
1–Installation and Removal  
Installing SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI  
Windows Installation  
To install SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI on Windows, follow either the GUI or  
command line installation steps:  
Standard (GUI) Installation  
Follow these steps to install SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI on a Windows operating  
system using the standard (GUI) method.  
To install SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI on Windows (GUI):  
1.  
Locate and double-click the installer package.  
The Preparing to Install dialog box appears, as shown in Figure 1-2. The  
status bar indicates that the installation package is loading.  
Figure 1-2 Preparing to Install Dialog Box  
1-8  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
1–Installation and Removal  
Installing SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI  
After the install package is loaded, the Welcome dialog box appears as  
shown in Figure 1-3.  
Figure 1-3 Welcome Dialog Box  
2.  
Read the information, and then click Next.  
SN0054614-00 K  
1-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
1–Installation and Removal  
Installing SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI  
The Choose Destination Location dialog box appears as shown in  
Figure 1-4 Choose Destination Location Dialog Box  
3.  
In the Choose Destination Location dialog box, do one of the following:  
To select the destination location in the dialog box, click Next  
(recommended). The default location for a Windows system is:  
Program Files\QLogic Corporation\SANsurferCLI  
To select a different location:  
a.  
b.  
c.  
Click Browse.  
Select an installation location.  
The Choose Destination Location dialog box reappears. Click  
Next.  
1-10  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
1–Installation and Removal  
Installing SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI  
The Ready to Install the Program dialog box appears as shown in  
Figure 1-5 Ready to Install the Program Dialog Box  
4.  
Read the information, and then click Install.  
The Setup Status dialog box appears as shown in Figure 1-6.  
Figure 1-6 Setup Status Dialog Box  
SN0054614-00 K  
1-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
1–Installation and Removal  
Installing SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI  
If you want to stop the installation, click Cancel.  
The InstallShield Wizard Complete dialog box appears as shown in  
Figure 1-7 InstallShield Wizard Complete DIalog Box  
5.  
6.  
(Optional.) Select one of the following:  
If you want to see more information about SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA  
CLI, select the I would like to view the README file check box.  
If you want to start SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI, select the I would  
like to launch SANsurfer FC CLI check box.  
Click Finish.  
Command Line Installation  
To install SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI using the command line installation, follow  
the steps for either standard or silent installation:  
“Standard Command Line Installation” on page 1-13  
“Silent Command Line Installation” on page 1-13  
1-12  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
1–Installation and Removal  
Installing SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI  
Standard Command Line Installation  
Type the following text for a standard installation of SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI  
on a Windows operating system, where xxindicates the version of SANsurfer  
FC/CNA HBA CLI:  
scli-1.x.x.xx.windows.exe  
By default, SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI is installed in the following directory:  
Program files\QLogic Corporation\SANsurferCLI  
If you want to change the default location, enter the directory in the command line;  
for example:  
scli-1.x.x-xx.windows.exe installdir="c:\sansurfercli"  
Silent Command Line Installation  
The command for a silent installation is the same as for a standard installation  
(see “Standard Command Line Installation” on page 1-13), with the addition of the  
command parameters listed in Table 1-1. Examples using these parameters  
follow the table.  
Table 1-1. Windows Command Line Installation Parameters  
Parameter  
Meaning  
Description  
Record modea  
/r  
To run the SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI installation package  
in silent mode, first run scli-1.x.x-xx.windows.exe  
with the /rparameter to generate a response file, which  
stores information about the data entered and options  
selected at run time. By default, the response file is created  
inside the system's Windows folder. To specify an alternative  
response file name and location, use the /f1parameter.  
/s  
Silent mode  
For an InstallScript MSI or InstallScript project, the command  
scli-1.x.x-xx.windows.exe /sruns the installation in  
silent mode, based on the responses contained in the  
Setup.issfile, located in the same directory. (Response  
files are created by running Setup.exewith the /roption).  
To specify an alternative file name or location of the  
response file, use the /f1parameter.  
/f1  
Specify alternative  
response file namea  
This parameter allows you to specify the name and location  
of the response file.  
The /f1parameter is available when creating a response  
file (with the /roption) and when using a response file (with  
the /soption).  
SN0054614-00 K  
1-13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
1–Installation and Removal  
Installing SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI  
Table 1-1. Windows Command Line Installation Parameters (Continued)  
Parameter  
Meaning  
Description  
/f2  
Specify alternative log  
file namea  
When running an InstallScript MSI or InstallScript installation  
in silent mode (using the /sparameter), the log file  
Setup.logis created in the same directory and with the  
same name (except for the extension) as the response file.  
The /f2parameter allows you to specify an alternative log  
file location and file name.  
Table Notes  
a
InstallScript and InstallScript MSI projects only.  
To create a response file for a silent installation of SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI,  
enter the following:  
scli-1.x.x-xx.windows.exe /r /f1"C:\Temp\install_1.iss"  
To run the installation in silent mode with a log file, enter the following:  
scli-1.x.x-xx.windows.exe /s /f1"C:\Temp\install_2.iss"  
To run the installation in silent mode with an alternate file in a temporary directory,  
enter the following:  
scli-1.x.x-xx.windows.exe /s /f1"C:\Temp\install_1.iss"  
/f2"C:\Temp\install_3.log"  
NOTE:  
After installing SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI, you can create an  
uninstallation script for future use by creating a response file with a different  
name. For example:  
scli-1.x.x-xx.windows.exe /r /f1"C:\Temp\uninstall.iss"  
Linux Installation  
To install SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI on a Red Hat/SUSE Linux operating  
system, follow these steps:  
To install SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI on Linux:  
1.  
From the QLogic Web site or the SANsurfer for FC and FCoE Adapters  
CD-ROM, download to your local machine following file:  
scli-x.xx.xx-xx.i386.rpm.gz  
Where x.xx.xx-xxspecifies the current version of SANsurfer FC/CNA  
HBA CLI.  
1-14  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
1–Installation and Removal  
Installing SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI  
2.  
3.  
Decompress the file with the following command:  
gunzip <file name>  
Enter the following command to install the package:  
rpm -iv scli-x.xx.xx-xx.i386.rpm  
NOTE:  
For SUSE SLES IA64, the command line is:  
rpm --iv scli-x.xx.xx-xx.ia64.rpm --nodeps  
The new package is installed in the following directory:  
/opt/QLogic_Corporation/SANsurferCLI  
To query for the installed SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI package name, enter the  
following text from the command line:  
rpm -q scli  
Solaris Installation  
To install SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI on Solaris, follow the steps in one of these  
sections:  
Solaris SPARC 8, 9, 10 Installation  
Follow these steps to install SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI on a Solaris SPARC 8,  
9, or 10 operating system.  
To install SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI on Solaris 8, 9, or 10:  
1.  
From the QLogic Web site or the SANsurfer for FC and FCoE Adapters  
CD-ROM, download to a temporary directory (for example, /tmp) on your  
machine the following file:  
scli-x.xx.xx-xx.sparc.Solaris.pkg  
NOTE:  
In the file name, x.xx.xx-xxstands for the current version of  
SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI. The -xxstands for the build version.  
SN0054614-00 K  
1-15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
1–Installation and Removal  
Installing SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI  
2.  
To see the available package file, type the following:  
# ls  
The available packages appear. For example:  
# scli-x.xx.xx-xx.sparc.Solaris.pkg  
3.  
4.  
To install SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI, type the following:  
# pkgadd -d scli-x.xx.xx-xx.sparc.Solaris.pkg  
You are prompted to select a package. For example:  
The following packages are available:  
1 QLScli QLogic SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI (HBA Configuration  
Utility)  
(sparc) x.xx.xx Build xx  
Select package(s) you wish to process (or 'all' to process all  
packages). (default: all) [?,??,q]:  
Enter 1 to proceed with the installation.  
5.  
The pkgadd program does a series of checks, and then posts a script  
warning and asks whether to continue the installation. For example:  
Processing package instance <QLScli> from  
</space/chuynh/scli/qlogic/Solaris/pkgs/x>  
QLogic SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI (HBA Configuration Utility)  
(sparc) x.xx.xx Build xx  
QLogic Corporation  
## Executing checkinstall script.  
Using </> as the package base directory.  
## Processing package information.  
## Processing system information.  
39 package pathnames are already properly installed.  
## Verifying disk space requirements.  
## Checking for conflicts with packages already installed.  
## Checking for setuid/setgid programs.  
This package contains scripts which will be executed with  
super-user permission during the process of installing this  
package.  
Do you want to continue with the installation of <QLScli>  
[y,n,?]  
To continue, type y, then press ENTER  
.
6.  
Messages appear showing what files have been installed. The system  
shows a final message when installation is complete. For example:  
Installing QLogic SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI (HBA Configuration  
Utility) as <QLScli>  
## Installing part 1 of 1.  
/opt/QLogic_Corporation/SANsurferCLI/adapters.properties  
1-16  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
1–Installation and Removal  
Installing SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI  
/opt/QLogic_Corporation/SANsurferCLI/libs/libqlsdm.so  
/opt/QLogic_Corporation/SANsurferCLI/menu.properties  
/opt/QLogic_Corporation/SANsurferCLI/nvramdefs/default/nvram2  
2.dat  
/opt/QLogic_Corporation/SANsurferCLI/nvramdefs/default/nvram2  
3.dat  
. . .  
Installation of <QLScli> was successful.  
Solaris x86 9 and 10 Installation  
Follow these steps to install SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI on a Solaris x86 9 or 10  
operating system.  
To install SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI on Solaris x86 9 or 10:  
1.  
From the QLogic Web site or the SANsurfer for FC and FCoE Adapters  
CD-ROM, download to a temporary directory (for example, /tmp) on your  
machine the following file:  
scli-x.xx.xx-xx.x86.Solaris.pkg  
NOTE:  
In the file name, x.xx.xx-xxstands for the current version of  
SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI. The -xx stands for the build version.  
2.  
3.  
To decompress the file, type the following:  
# uncompress scli-x.xx.xx-xx.x86.Solaris.pkg  
To see the available package file, type the following:  
# ls  
The available packages appear. For example:  
# scli.x.xx.xx-xx.SPARC-X86.Solaris.pkg  
4.  
5.  
To install SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI, type the following:  
# pkgadd -d scli-x.xx.xx-xx.SPARC-X86.Solaris.pkg  
You are prompted to select a package. For example:  
The following packages are available:  
1 QLSclix QLogic SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI (HBA Configuration  
Utility)  
(i386) x.xx.xx Build xx  
SN0054614-00 K  
1-17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
1–Installation and Removal  
Installing SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI  
Select package(s) you wish to process (or 'all' to process all  
packages). (default: all) [?,??,q]: q  
Enter 1 to proceed the installation.  
6.  
Type the number that corresponds to your operating system, and then press  
ENTER  
.
The pkgadd program does a series of checks, posts a script warning, and  
asks whether to continue the installation. For example:  
Processing package instance <QLSclix> from  
</space/chuynh/scli/qlogic/Solaris/pkgs/x>  
SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI (HBA Configuration Utility) (sparc)  
1.xx.xx (Build xx Solaris 8-10)  
QLogic Corporation  
## Executing checkinstall script.  
## Processing package information.  
## Processing system information. 3 package pathnames are  
already properly installed.  
## Verifying disk space requirements.  
## Checking for conflicts with packages already installed.  
## Checking for setuid/setgid programs.  
.
.
.
[ verifying class <none>]  
## Executing postinatall script.  
Installation of <QLSclix> was successful.  
Macintosh Installation  
To install SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI on a Macintosh system, follow either the  
standard GUI or command line installation method:  
Standard (GUI) Installation  
Follow these steps to install SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI on a Macintosh using  
the standard GUI method.  
To install SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI on Macintosh (GUI):  
1.  
2.  
You must have Admin privileges to install SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI. To  
verify/enable Admin privileges, go to System Preferences, select Account,  
and then Security Tab. Make sure the Allow user to administer this  
computer check box is selected.  
Download the SCLI zip file with Safari™ or other browser.  
1-18  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
1–Installation and Removal  
Installing SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI  
3.  
When the download has finished, StuffIt® expands the zip file to a tar  
file onto the desktop.  
4.  
5.  
6.  
Double-click the SCLI tar file icon to create the SCLI pkgfile.  
Double-click the SCLI pkg file icon.  
Follow the Installer menu.  
The installation directory is:  
$HOME/Applications/QLogic_Corporation/SANsurferCLI  
where $HOME is root.  
7.  
After the installation process has finished, you can delete the SCLI pkg  
and tar files.  
Command Line Installation  
Follow these steps to install SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI on a Macintosh using  
the command line method.  
To install SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI on Macintosh (command line):  
1.  
Download the SCLI install package for Mac OS x (compressed tar file) to a  
local directory.  
2.  
Decompress the file by typing the following command:  
tar -zxvf <file>.tgz  
For example:  
qlogic:~ root#tar -zxvf scli-x.x.x-x.macos.pkg.tgz  
./scli-x.x.x-x.pkg/  
./scli-x.x.x-x.pkg/Contents/  
./scli-x.x.x-x.pkg/Contents/Archive.bom  
./scli-x.x.x-x.pkg/Contents/Archive.pax.gz  
...  
...  
This command extracts the compressed file to a directory named  
scli-x.x.x-x.pkg.  
3.  
Install the package to the default directory. For example:  
installer -pkg scli-x.x.x-x.pkg -target /  
This command installs the product in the default Applicationsdirectory:  
/var/root/Applications/QLogic_Corporation/SANsurferCLI  
SN0054614-00 K  
1-19  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
1–Installation and Removal  
Installing SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI  
If this is the first time you are installing SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI, the system  
shows the following messages:  
qlogic:~ root# installer -pkg scli-x.x.x-x.pkg -target /  
installer: Package name is SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI x.x.x  
Build x  
installer: Installing onto volume mounted at /.  
installer: The install was successful.  
If there is a previous version of SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI on the system, the  
installer automatically runs an update operation. For example:  
qlogic:~ root# installer -pkg scli-x.x.x-x.pkg -target /  
installer: Package name is SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI x.x.x  
Build x  
installer: Upgrading volume mounted at /.  
installer: The upgrade was successful.  
VMware Installation  
Follow these steps to install SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI on a system running  
VMware ESX 3.5.  
To install SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI on VMware ESX 3.5:  
1.  
From either the QLogic Web site or the SANsurfer for FC and FCoE  
Adapters CD-ROM, download to your local machine the following file:  
scli-x.xx.xx-xx.i386.rpm.gz  
Where x.xx.xxstands for the current version of SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA  
CLI.  
2.  
3.  
Decompress the file using the following command:  
gunzip <file name>  
Install the package using the following command:  
rpm -iv scli-x.xx.xx-xx.i386.rpm  
The new package is installed in the following directory:  
/opt/QLogic_Corporation/SANsurferCLI  
4.  
(Optional) To query for the installed SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI package  
name, enter the following from the command line:  
rpm -q scli  
1-20  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
1–Installation and Removal  
Uninstalling SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI  
Uninstalling SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI  
Refer to the following sections for the appropriate procedure to uninstall  
SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI from your system:  
Windows Uninstall  
To uninstall SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI, use either the standard GUI or  
command line method:  
Standard (GUI) Uninstall  
Follow these steps to uninstall SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI on Windows using  
the GUI method.  
To uninstall SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI on Windows (GUI):  
1.  
2.  
3.  
From the Control Panel, click Add or Remove Programs.  
Highlight SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI.  
Click Remove. No re-boot is required.  
Alternately, invoke scli-1.x.x-xx.windows.exe and select the option to  
Remove all installed features.  
Command Line Uninstall  
Follow these steps to uninstall SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI on Windows using  
the command line method.  
To uninstall SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI on Windows (command line):  
1.  
2.  
At a command line prompt, type the following:  
scli-1.x.x-x.windows.exe /uninst /s  
If you created an uninstall script in “Silent Command Line Installation” on  
page 1-13, you can uninstall SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI in silent mode by  
type the following:  
scli-1.x.x-x.windows.exe /s /f1”C:\Temp\uninstall.iss"  
SN0054614-00 K  
1-21  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
1–Installation and Removal  
Uninstalling SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI  
Linux Uninstall  
To uninstall SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI on a Linux system, go to the command  
line and type one of the following commands, where x.xx.xx is the current version  
of CLI:  
rpm -e scli-x.xx.xx-xx  
rpm -e scli  
To query for the installed SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI package name, type the  
following text from the command line:  
rpm -q scli  
Solaris Uninstall  
To uninstall SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI on a Solaris system, follow one of these  
procedures:  
Solaris SPARC 8, 9, and 10 Uninstall  
Follow these steps to uninstall SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI.  
To uninstall SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI on Solaris SPARC 8, 9, and 10:  
1.  
2.  
Type the following:  
# pkgrm QLScli  
The program shows the package name and a script warning asking whether  
to continue the uninstall process. For example:  
The following package is currently installed:  
QLScli QLogic SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI (HBA Configuration  
Utility) (sparc) 1.x.x Build xx  
Do you want to remove this package?  
3.  
Type y and then press ENTER. The program shows a script warning  
asking whether to continue the uninstall process. For example:  
## Removing installed package instance <QLScli>  
This package contains scripts which will be executed with  
super-user permission during the process of removing this  
package  
Do you want to continue with the removal of this package  
[y,n,?,q]  
4.  
Type y and then press ENTER. The pkgrm program notifies you when the  
uninstall process is complete. For example:  
1-22  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
1–Installation and Removal  
Uninstalling SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI  
## Verifying package dependencies.  
## Processing package information. ...  
/opt/QLogic_Corporation/SANsurferCLI/adapters.properties  
/opt/QLogic_Corporation/SANsurferCLI  
## Executing postremove script.  
scli removed.  
Menu property file removed.  
Adapter property file removed.  
SCLI property file removed.  
## Updating system information.  
Removal of <QLScli> was successful.  
Solaris x86 8, 9, and 10 Uninstall  
Follow these steps to uninstall SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI on a Solaris system.  
To uninstall SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI on Solaris x86 8, 9, and 10:  
1.  
Type the following to remove SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI:  
# pkgrm QLSclix  
2.  
The program shows the package name and a script warning asking whether  
to continue the uninstall process. For example:  
The following package is currently installed:  
QLSclix QLogic SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI (HBA Configuration  
Utility) (x86) 1.x.x Build xx  
Do you want to remove this package?  
3.  
Type y and then press ENTER. The program shows a script warning  
asking whether to continue the uninstall process. For example:  
## Removing installed package instance <QLSclix>  
This package contains scripts which will be executed with  
super-user permission during the process of removing this  
package  
Do you want to continue with the removal of this package  
[y,n,?,q]  
4.  
Type y and then press ENTER. The pkgrm program notifies you when the  
uninstall process is complete. For example:  
## Verifying package dependencies.  
## Processing package information.  
...  
/opt/QLogic_Corporation <shared pathname not removed>  
/opt <shared pathname not removed>  
## Executing postremove script.  
scli removed.  
Menu property file removed.  
Adapter property file removed.  
SN0054614-00 K  
1-23  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
1–Installation and Removal  
Uninstalling SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI  
SCLI property file removed.  
## Updating system information.  
Removal of <QLSclix> was successful.  
Macintosh Uninstall  
Uninstalling SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI is not necessary for Mac OS X; the  
native installer automatically updates the product whenever it detects a change in  
the product version.  
To manually uninstall SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI, delete its folder and any  
references to the SANsurfer installer package(s) in the /Library/Receipts  
directory. For example:  
rm -rf /Library/Receipts/scli-x.x.x-x.pkg  
NOTE:  
You must be in the root directory or have root/admin privileges to do this  
operation.  
VMware Uninstall  
To uninstall SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI on a VMware ESX 3.5 system, go to the  
command line and type one of the following commands, where x.xx.xxis the  
current version of the CLI:  
rpm -e scli-x.xx.xx-xx  
rpm -e scli  
To query for the installed SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI package name, enter the  
following command:  
rpm -q scli  
1-24  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
2 Getting Started  
This chapter provides the following sections to help you get started using  
SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI:  
SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI Modes  
SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI operates in two modes:  
Interactive (menu-driven). The CLI starts and prompts for user input. Based  
on the input, the CLI executes the specified commands until terminated by  
the user. Use this mode to do multiple operations. 3 Interactive Commands  
covers this interface.  
Non-interactive (command line). The CLI starts, executes the functions  
defined by the list of parameters provided, and then terminates. Use this  
mode to run SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI from a script file or when you want  
to do a single operation. 4 Non-Interactive Commands covers this interface.  
SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI is not case sensitive in either mode. However, file  
names in some operating systems are case sensitive; in this case, SANsurfer  
FC/CNA HBA CLI is case sensitive for that specific file.  
Starting Interactive Mode  
To start SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI in interactive mode, use one of these  
methods:  
For Windows, click the SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI icon on the desktop.  
For Linux or Solaris, open a command window and type one of the following:  
scli INT  
scli  
SN0054614-00 K  
2-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                 
2–Getting Started  
Starting Interactive Mode  
NOTE:  
When starting SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI from a Solaris console serial  
port connection, the CLI may take a long time to come up. To resolve this  
issue, specify the INT flag, as shown in the preceding bullet.  
For Mac OS X, follow these steps:  
1.  
2.  
Double-click the SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI (SCLI) icon.  
A terminal window opens. SCLI (interactive mode) scans the host for  
QLogic adapters and SAN storage.  
3.  
4.  
Run SCLI commands as required.  
When finished, return to the main menu, and type the indicated  
number to exit SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI.  
5.  
Close the terminal window.  
The Main Menu appears as shown in the following:  
SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI  
v1.x.x Build xx  
Main Menu  
1: General Information  
2: HBA Information  
3: HBA Parameters  
4: Target/LUN List  
5: Target Link Speed  
6: Target Persistent Bindings  
7: Selective LUNs  
8: Boot Device  
or 5: iiDMA Settings  
9: Driver Settings  
10: Utilities  
11: Beacon  
12: Diagnostics  
13: Statistics  
14: Help  
15: Exit  
or 14: Virtual(if supported by adapter)  
or 15: QoS(if supported by adapter)  
or 16: FCoE(if supported by adapter)  
or 17: Help  
or 18: Exit  
2-2  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
2–Getting Started  
Starting Interactive Mode  
NOTE:  
Selections on the Main Menu are dynamic, and what you see depends on  
your system’s operating system, drivers, and adapter type. Based on your  
specific system, this menu may contain different items. For example:  
Selection 5: may be either Target Link Speed or iiDMA Settings.  
The Virtual menu selection is available only on Windows systems  
running with a driver that supports NPIV (N_Port ID virtualization).  
The QoS menu selection is available only on Windows systems with an  
8Gb adapter.  
The FCoE menu selection is available only if an FCoE or converged  
network adapter is present.  
For a converged network adapter with an inbox driver, the Main Menu  
contains only these options:  
Main Menu  
1: General Information  
2: HBA Information  
3: HBA Parameters  
4: Target/LUN List  
5: Boot Device  
6: Utilities  
7: Beacon  
8: Diagnostics  
9: FCoE  
10: Help  
11: Exit  
Depending on which menu you select, may prompt you for more input. For  
example, if you select HBA Parameters, SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI prompts  
you for the port number that corresponds to the adapter model you want to view.  
NOTE:  
The Driver Update option under Utilities (option 10) is only available on  
Windows.  
In Solaris SPARC, the option to Save/Update BIOS is Save/Update  
FCode.  
SN0054614-00 K  
2-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
2–Getting Started  
Starting Non-Interactive Mode  
Starting Non-Interactive Mode  
To start SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI in non-interactive mode, type the following  
in a command window:  
scli <parameters>  
SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI executes the command options, and then  
terminates.  
To list all of the available command line parameters and the SANsurfer FC/CNA  
HBA CLI version, type one of the following:  
scli -h  
scli -?  
In Solaris SPARC, include double quotes around the view option (?) if the system  
is running with a csh or tsch shell. For example:  
# scli -e 0 "?"  
For world wide node name (WWNN), world wide port name (WWPN), and port ID  
parameter inputs, SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI accepts the notation with and  
without the dash (–). Hexadecimal values can be uppercase or lowercase.  
The following input formats are both valid for the WWNN and WWPN:  
20-00-00-E0-8B-01-83-C4  
200000E08B0183C4  
The following inputs are valid for the port ID:  
68-5C-AB 685CAB  
All command line options must be preceded by the dash (–) or forward slash (/)  
notation. Most options have a corresponding menu selection in interactive mode.  
Table 2-1 lists all valid command line options, shows the corresponding menu  
selection by OS, and provides a description and cross-reference.  
.
Table 2-1. Non-interactive Mode Options  
Interactive  
Menu (Red  
Interactive  
Interactive  
Menu  
(Macintosh)  
CLI  
Option  
Hat/SUSE  
Linux,  
See User Guide  
Section  
Menu  
Description  
(Windows)  
Solaris  
SPARC)  
-a  
11  
11  
11  
Flash adapter beacon “-a (View or Tog-  
gle Beacon Sta-  
2-4  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
2–Getting Started  
Starting Non-Interactive Mode  
Table 2-1. Non-interactive Mode Options (Continued)  
Interactive  
Menu (Red  
Hat/SUSE  
Linux,  
Interactive  
Menu  
(Windows)  
Interactive  
Menu  
(Macintosh)  
CLI  
Option  
See User Guide  
Section  
Description  
Solaris  
SPARC)  
-b  
10  
10  
Save/update  
BIOS/FCodea  
“-b (Save or  
b
BIOS or FCode)”  
-c  
2
2
2
Show adapter set-  
tings  
“-c (Show Parame-  
ter Settings)” on  
-cna  
16  
16  
16  
View and modify con- “-cna (FCoE Utili-  
verged network  
adapters  
QLx81xx Adapt-  
-d  
-dm  
-e  
10  
12  
8
12  
8
10  
12  
8
Update driver  
“-d (Update Device  
Driver)” on  
Transceiver details  
Boot device settings  
“-dm (Display Diag-  
nostics Monitoring  
“-e (Boot Device  
able)” on  
-f  
Input from a file  
“-f (Input Parame-  
Text File)” on  
-fg  
-fs  
9
9
9
9
9
9
View driver settings  
Driver settings  
“-fg (Show Driver  
Settings)” on  
“-fs (Configure  
Driver Settings)” on  
10  
10  
10  
Adapter utilities  
SN0054614-00 K  
2-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
2–Getting Started  
Starting Non-Interactive Mode  
Table 2-1. Non-interactive Mode Options (Continued)  
Interactive  
Menu (Red  
Hat/SUSE  
Linux,  
Interactive  
Menu  
(Windows)  
Interactive  
Menu  
(Macintosh)  
CLI  
Option  
See User Guide  
Section  
Description  
Solaris  
SPARC)  
-g  
1
1
1
Show system infor-  
mation  
“-g (Display Sys-  
tem Information)”  
-gs  
13  
13  
13  
Adapter statistics  
“-gs (Show HBA  
Statistics)” on  
-h  
-?  
14  
14  
14  
14  
14  
14  
Show usage  
Show usage  
-ha  
2
2
2
Adapter alias  
“-ha (Set | Delete  
HBA Alias)” on  
-i  
2
2
2
Show adapter infor-  
mation  
“-i (Display HBA  
General Informa-  
mation for One or  
All HBAs)” on  
-kl  
-kr  
12  
12  
12  
12  
12  
12  
Loopback test  
“-kl (Loopback  
Test)” on  
Read/write buffer test “-kr (Run  
Test)” on  
-l  
4
4
4
Show LUN list  
-ls  
13  
13  
13  
Show Link status  
“-ls (Display Link  
Status)” on  
-m  
7
7
7
Selective LUNs  
“-m (View, Enable,  
or Disable LUNs)”  
2-6  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
2–Getting Started  
Starting Non-Interactive Mode  
Table 2-1. Non-interactive Mode Options (Continued)  
Interactive  
Menu (Red  
Hat/SUSE  
Linux,  
Interactive  
Menu  
(Windows)  
Interactive  
Menu  
(Macintosh)  
CLI  
Option  
See User Guide  
Section  
Description  
Solaris  
SPARC)  
-n  
3
3
3
Configure adapter  
settings  
“-n (Set Selected  
HBA Parameter)”  
-o  
-p  
1
6
1
6
1
6
Output to a file  
Target persistent  
binding  
“-p (Display Persis-  
ing Info)” on  
-pa  
-pl  
2
2
6
2
Adapter port alias  
“-pa (Define Port  
Alias)” on  
Persistent device  
names  
“-pl (Show, Add,  
tent Names)” on  
-q  
5
5
5
Target link speed  
“-q (View or Set  
Speed)” on  
-qos  
-r  
15  
Quality of service  
Save/update NVRAM “-r (Update HBA  
Parameters)” on  
-s  
1
15 (16)  
1
15 (16)  
1
15 (16)  
Refresh  
Quit  
Silent mode  
-t  
4
4
4
Show device list  
“-t (Display Target  
Information)” on  
SN0054614-00 K  
2-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
2–Getting Started  
Starting Non-Interactive Mode  
Table 2-1. Non-interactive Mode Options (Continued)  
Interactive  
Menu (Red  
Hat/SUSE  
Linux,  
Interactive  
Menu  
(Windows)  
Interactive  
Menu  
(Macintosh)  
CLI  
Option  
See User Guide  
Section  
Description  
Solaris  
SPARC)  
-tb  
-tp  
-u  
11  
1
11  
1
11  
1
Flash target beacon  
Show host topology  
“-tb (Target Bea-  
con On/Off)” on  
“-tp (Display Host  
Topology)” on  
10  
10  
10  
Update or save firm-  
ware preload area  
“-u (Firmware Area  
Update/Save)” on  
-v  
Show version  
Virtual portsc  
“-v (Display Ver-  
sion)” on  
-vp  
-x  
14  
1
14  
1
1
Output in XML format “-x (Output in XML  
Format 1)” on  
-z  
2
2
2
Show all information  
“-z (Display All  
for one or all adapters HBA information  
for One or All  
HBAs)” on  
Table Notes  
a
Windows, Linux, Solaris x86  
Solaris SPARC  
b
c
Windows or Solaris systems running driver that supports NPIV (excluding QLE8042 adapter)  
Options that have a corresponding menu selection cannot be combined. That is,  
only one option is allowed in a single command. If multiple options are specified in  
a command, only the first one is processed. These options, however, can be  
combined with one or more options that do not have a corresponding menu  
selection, with the exception of -F.  
2-8  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
2–Getting Started  
Terminology  
For all command line options, SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI shows the following  
when there are errors in the command line input:  
Error <error message>  
SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI  
v1.x.x Build xx  
Copyright 2003-2009 QLogic Corp.  
All rights reserved.  
Command Line QLogic FC Host Bus Adapters  
description of command entered  
Usage: <current command use usage>  
Terminology  
Some of the terms used in this guide are similar and some have changed slightly  
as technology changes. The following definitions apply:  
adapter port  
Adapter port refers to the actual physical port on an adapter. For example, a  
QLA2462 has two ports called HBA port 1 and HBA port 2.  
adapter instance, adapter instance number, or adapter port instance  
When you install adapter in a system with other adapters, each adapter port gets  
assigned a number by the driver or API so it knows which adapter to communicate  
with. This assigned number might be called adapter instance, adapter instance  
number, or adapter port instance.  
adapter alias  
When an alias is assigned to a physical adapter, no matter how many ports that  
adapter has, the adapter alias refers to the adapter, not one of its ports.  
port alias  
You can also assign an alias to an individual port on an adapter. This port alias  
refers to only that port and none other.  
Thus, an adapter can only have one adapter alias, but each port on that adapter  
must have a unique port alias.  
SN0054614-00 K  
2-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
2–Getting Started  
Advanced Features  
Advanced Features  
SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI adds the following advanced features to its toolset:  
N_Port ID virtualization (NPIV). NPIV (N_Port ID virtualization) allows you  
to make the most of your server and Fibre Channel fabric. For instance, you can  
partition your server to support multiple operating systems at the same time,  
maximizing server utilization. By creating virtual ports from a single physical  
adapter port, you allow multiple initiators. SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLIfacilitates  
creating multiple virtual ports from a single physical adapter port.  
NOTE:  
NPIV is available only for Windows and Solaris operating systems and 4Gb  
and greater adapters.  
Quality of service (QoS). QoS refers to service level agreement (SLA) to  
ensure business continuity when transmitting data over virtual ports by either  
setting priorities or allocating bandwidth. SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI provides an  
easy-to-use interface that lets you either assign QoS to virtual ports by setting  
priorities (which eventually translates to IOPS) or allocating bandwidth to them.  
Setting the QoS by bandwidth lets you allocate up to 80% of the number of  
gigabits per second (Gbps) transmission speed of the physical port's  
capacity to its defined virtual ports (NPIV). Using this feature lets you  
guarantee a transmission rate for each virtual port that requires a specific  
bandwidth to run mission-critical applications for business continuity using  
virtual ports. The setting for a given QoS can resolve bottlenecks that exist  
when virtual machines contend for port bandwidth on the same server.  
Setting the QoS by priority lets you set the priority level for the defined  
virtual ports. This enables to you give preference to data transmissions for  
one virtual port over others by giving it a higher priority than the others. You  
can set the priority level on any virtual port, regardless of the settings  
applied to other virtual ports.  
NOTE:  
QoS is available only for Windows operating systems and 8Gb adapters. On  
Windows Server 2008, MSI-X must be enabled.  
2-10  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
3 Interactive Commands  
This chapter describes the interactive mode command line options for specific  
QLogic FC adapters. The interactive mode uses a series of menus from which you  
select the option you want and enter the number for that option. (For information  
on non-interactive mode operation—in which you simply enter a one- or two-letter  
code to perform operations on the adapter—refer to 4 Non-Interactive  
This chapter covers the following options available (depending on your system  
setup) on the main menu:  
SN0054614-00 K  
3-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
3–Interactive Commands  
Starting Interactive Mode  
To start the interactive mode, type one of the following:  
[ scli ]  
[ scli int](on some Solaris installations)  
When you start SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI in interactive mode, the Main Menu  
appears as follows:  
Main Menu  
1: General Information  
2: HBA Information  
3: HBA Parameters  
4: Target/LUN List  
5: Target Link Speed  
or 5: iiDMA Settings  
6: Target Persistent Bindings  
7: Selective LUNs  
8: Boot Device  
9: Driver Settings  
10: Utilities  
11: Beacon  
12: Diagnostics  
13: Statistics  
14: Help  
15: Exit  
or 14: Virtual(if supported by adapter)  
or 15: QoS(if supported by adapter)  
or 16: FCoE(if supported by adapter)  
or 17: Help  
or 18: Exit  
3-2  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
3–Interactive Commands  
NOTES:  
Selections on the Main Menu are dynamic, and what you see depends on  
your system’s operating system, drivers, and adapter type. Based on your  
specific system, this menu may contain different items. For example:  
Selection 5: may be either Target Link Speed or iiDMA Settings.  
The Virtual menu selection is available only on Windows systems  
running with a driver that supports NPIV (N_Port ID virtualization).  
The QoS menu selection is available only on Windows systems with an  
8Gb adapter.  
The FCoE menu selection is available only if an FCoE or converged  
network adapter is present.  
For a converged network adapter with an inbox driver, the Main Menu  
contains only these options:  
Main Menu  
1: General Information  
2: HBA Information  
3: HBA Parameters  
4: Target/LUN List  
5: Boot Device  
6: Utilities  
7: Beacon  
8: Diagnostics  
9: FCoE  
10: Help  
11: Exit  
Selections from the Main Menu open new menus. For example, if you enter  
option 1(General Information) on the main interactive menu, the system shows  
a new menu, the General Information Menu. From this menu you have several  
choices including 1: Host Information, 2: Host Topology, and so forth. On every  
menu you can type the number for Return to Previous Menu and move to the  
next higher level (parent) menu.  
In the remainder of this chapter, you will see a “breadcrumbs” line following most  
subsection headings. The breadcrumbs line shows you how to access that option;  
that is, it shows the hierarchical path from the top level to the command under  
discussion. For example, to reach the Save to Txt File options from the main  
SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI menu, you would select option 1to open the  
General Information menu, 2to open the Host Topology menu, and then 2  
again to see the Save As Txt File options. The following shows the breadcrumbs  
example:  
SN0054614-00 K  
3-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
3–Interactive Commands  
General Information Menu (Command Line Option -g)  
1: General Information 2: Host Topology 2: Save As Txt File  
General Information Menu  
(Command Line Option -g)  
1: General Information  
This option shows you general information for the adapter.  
To see the HBA General Information menu, from the Main Menu, type the  
number for the General Information option, and then press ENTER  
.
The General Information menu contains the following options:  
Host Information  
(Command Line Option -g)  
1: General Information 1: Host Information  
This option shows you host information.  
From the Main Menu, type the number for General Information, and then press  
ENTER  
.
From the General Information Menu, type the number for Host Information,  
and then press ENTER. Host information includes the following data:  
Host name  
OS type  
OS version (patches where applicable)  
SDM API version  
A list of adapters including, for each adapter:  
Adapter model and serial number (SN)  
Port number  
WWPN  
Adapter instance number  
Status (online/offline)  
(Repeats for each adapter)  
3-4  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
               
3–Interactive Commands  
General Information Menu (Command Line Option -g)  
Total number of QLogic adapters detected  
NOTE:  
The SAN Device Management (SDM) API is a QLogic-specific library  
required for SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI. The version number of this library  
is useful in debugging.  
------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
Host Name  
: BRAGI  
OS Type  
OS Version  
SDM API Uersion  
: Microsoft Windows Svr 2003 Enterprise Ed. x86  
: Service Pack 1 (Build 3790  
: 1.28.0.50 QLSDM.DLL  
------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
HBA Model QLA2342 (SN C28750):  
Port 1 WWPN 21-00-00-E0-8B-01-43-9B SN B05283 (HBA Instance 0) Online  
Port 2 WWPN 21-01-00-E0-8B-21-43-9B SN B05283 (HBA Instance 1) Online  
HBA Model QLA2300 (SN D825408):  
Port 1 WWPN 21-00-00-E0-8B-05-CB-D8 SN D83179 (HBA Instance 2) Loop down  
Port 2 WWPN 21-01-00-E0-8B-25-CB-D8 SN D83179 (HBA Instance 3) Online  
HBA Model QLA2462 (SN FFC0551C34679):  
Port 1 WWPN 21-00-00-E0-8B-1F-9D-F0 SN FFC0519U93213 (HBA Instance 4)  
Online  
Port 2 WWPN 21-01-00-E0-8B-3F-9D-P0 SN FFC0519U93213 (HBA Instance 5) Loop  
down  
HBA Model QLA21O (SN C655417):  
Port 1 WWPN 21—00—00—E0—8B—1A—3F—E0 SN R61343 (HBA Instance 6) Online  
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------  
Total QLogic HBA(s) : 4  
Host Topology  
(Command Line Option -tp | -topology)  
1: General Information 2: Host Topology  
This option shows you the HBA Host Topology menu.  
NOTE:  
Under Linux, host topology (-tp) is disabled if you are using the IOCTL or  
sysfs (inbox) driver.  
From the General Information Menu, type the number for Host Topology, and  
then press ENTER. When you select this option, the following options appear:  
Display  
SN0054614-00 K  
3-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
3–Interactive Commands  
General Information Menu (Command Line Option -g)  
Save As Txt file  
Save As XML File  
Display (Host Topology)  
(Command Line Option -tp | -topology)  
1: General Information2: Host Topology1: Display  
The host topology option shows information about interconnect elements  
(switches or adapters) and switch ports.  
NOTE:  
Attached Port means a QLogic adapter, a tape or disk target device, or GBIC  
connected to a physical port on a switch.  
If the interconnect element is a switch:  
Interconnect element (switch)  
Type (Switch or adapter)  
World wide name  
Domain ID  
Management ID  
IP address  
Model  
Symbolic name  
Serial number  
MAC address  
Firmware version  
Port count  
Beacon status  
If the interconnect element is an adapter:  
Interconnect element (adapter)  
Type  
World wide node name  
World wide port name  
Vendor ID  
Adapter Model  
Adapter Serial Number  
Adapter Alias  
Port Alias  
Driver Version  
Firmware Version  
Total Number of Devices  
Host  
3-6  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
3–Interactive Commands  
General Information Menu (Command Line Option -g)  
Number of Port  
Beacon Status  
Port Type  
Port State  
Port Information (repeats for each port) (Every port may not use all items):  
Physical Port Number (switch or adapter port number), including:  
Port Name (WWPN)  
Port State (Online or Loop Down)  
Port Type  
TX Port Type  
Port Module Type  
Attached Port (Repeats for every target/initiator that functions as an  
attached port). (Not all items may appear for every port):  
Target/Initiator  
Node Name  
Port Name  
Vendor ID  
Product ID (if applicable)  
Product Revision (if applicable)  
Product Serial Number (if applicable)  
Adapter Model (if applicable)  
Adapter Serial Number (if applicable)  
Adapter Alias (if applicable)  
Port Alias (if applicable)  
Driver Version (if applicable)  
Firmware version (if applicable)  
Total number of devices (targets, if applicable)  
Host (if applicable)  
Here is an example:  
=================================  
= InterConnect Element  
=
=================================  
Type  
: HBA  
World Wide Node Name  
World Wide Port Name  
Vendor Id  
: 20-00-00-E0-8B-03-55-7C  
: 21-00-00-E0-8B-03-55-7C  
: QLogic Corporation  
HBA Model  
: 2200  
HBA Serial Number  
HBA Alias  
: C28437  
:
Port Alias  
:
Driver Version  
Firmware Version  
: SCSI Miniport 8.1.5.15 (W2K IP)  
: 2.02.03  
Total Number of Devices : 0  
SN0054614-00 K  
3-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
3–Interactive Commands  
General Information Menu (Command Line Option -g)  
Host  
: BRAGI  
Number of Port  
Beacon status  
Port Type  
: 1  
: Unsupported  
: L_Port  
: Online  
Port State  
=================================  
= InterConnect Element  
=================================  
=
Type  
: Switch  
World Wide Name  
Domain ID  
: 10-00-00-C0-DD-00-6A-9F  
: 4 (0x4)  
Management ID  
IP Address  
: 0  
: 10.3.10.178  
Model  
:
Symbolic Name  
Serial Number  
MAC Address  
Firmware Version  
Port Count  
:
:
:
:
: 8  
Beacon Status  
: Unsupported  
=============================  
= Port Information  
=
=============================  
=============================  
Physical Port Number  
: 1  
=============================  
Port Name  
: 20-00-00-C0-DD-00-6A-9F  
Port state  
: Offline  
Port Type  
: F_Port  
TX Port Type  
Port Module Type  
: Electrical - EL  
: GBIC  
=============================  
Physical Port Number : 2  
=============================  
Port Name  
: 20-01-00-C0-DD-00-6A-9F  
Port state  
: Offline  
Port Type  
TX Port Type  
: Vendor Specific/Reserved Port Type.  
: Electrical - EL  
Port Module Type  
: GBIC  
========================  
= Attached Port  
=
========================  
Target/Initiator  
Node Name  
: Target  
: 20-00-00-20-37-1A-6B-CF  
: 21-00-00-20-37-1A-6B-CF  
: SEAGATE  
Port Name  
Vendor Id  
Product Id  
: ST136403FC  
Product Revision  
: FF5F  
3-8  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3–Interactive Commands  
General Information Menu (Command Line Option -g)  
Product Serial Number : LT06464600001011HGGH  
Target/Initiator  
Node Name  
Port Name  
: Target  
: 20-00-00-20-37-11-FF-EF  
: 21-00-00-20-37-11-FF-EF  
: SEAGATE  
Vendor Id  
Product Id  
Product Revision  
: ST118273 CLAR18  
: SG1D  
Product Serial Number : LP60266900001919HQ1K  
. . .  
=============================  
Physical Port Number : 8  
=============================  
Port Name  
: 20-07-00-C0-DD-00-6A-9F  
Port state  
: Offline  
Port Type  
TX Port Type  
Port Module Type  
========================  
: Vendor Specific/Reserved Port Type.  
: Short wave laser - SN (850nm)  
: GBIC  
= Attached Port  
=
========================  
Target/Initiator  
Node Name  
: ISL  
: 20-00-00-E0-8B-03-55-7C  
Port Name  
: 21-00-00-E0-8B-03-55-7C  
Vendor Id  
: QLogic Corporation  
HBA Model  
: 2200  
HBA Serial Number  
HBA Alias  
: C28437  
:
Port Alias  
:
Driver Version  
Firmware Version  
: SCSI Miniport 8.1.5.15 (W2K IP)  
: 2.02.03  
Total Number of Devices: 0  
Host  
: BRAGI  
=================================  
= InterConnect Element  
=
=================================  
Type  
: HBA  
World Wide Node Name  
World Wide Port Name  
Vendor Id  
: 20-00-00-E0-8B-85-8C-7C  
: 21-00-00-E0-8B-85-8C-7C  
: QLogic Corporation  
HBA Model  
: QLA2462  
HBA Serial Number  
HBA Alias  
: FFC0551D59564  
:
Port Alias  
:
Driver Version  
Firmware Version  
: STOR Miniport 9.1.0.18 (w32)  
: 4.00.12  
Total Number of Devices : 0  
Host  
Number of Port  
: BRAGI  
: 1  
SN0054614-00 K  
3-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3–Interactive Commands  
General Information Menu (Command Line Option -g)  
Beacon status  
Port Type  
: Off  
: Unknown  
Port State  
: LinkDown  
Hit <RETURN> to continue:  
Save As Txt File  
(Command Line Option -b)  
1. General Information 2: Host Topology 2: Save As Txt File  
When you save the host topology to a text file, the system responds with the file  
name. For example:  
Topology has been successfully saved to file  
BRAGI_topology_06152009_093855.txt  
Save As XML File  
1: General Information 2: Host Topology 3: Save As XML File  
When you choose to save the host topology to an XML file, the system responds  
with the Host Topology Menu with options to:  
Save as XML Format 1  
Save as XML Format 2  
Save As XML File: Format 1  
(Command Line Option -x)  
1: General Information 2: Host Topology 3: Save As XML File 1: Save As XML File format 1  
The system responds with the name of the XML Format 1 file; for example:  
Topology has been successfully saved to file  
BRAGI_topology_06152009_093855.xml  
Save to XML File: Format 2  
(Command Line Option -x2)  
1: General Information 2: Host Topology 3: Save As XML File 2: Save As XML File format 2  
The system responds with the name of the XML Format 2 file; for example:  
Topology has been successfully saved to file  
BRAGI_topology_06152009_093855.xml  
Generate Report  
(Command Line Option -z)  
1: General Information 3: Report  
The Report Menu provides the option to select an individual port instance from a  
list of all adapters or to select All HBAs.  
3-10  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
               
3–Interactive Commands  
General Information Menu (Command Line Option -g)  
Adapter Model  
Port Number  
Port WWPN  
Port Status  
Generate Report (Per Adapter Port)  
1: General Information3: Report1 - n: Port Number  
If you enter the number for an adapter port instance from the list, the system  
shows a variety of adapter and system information including:  
SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI header  
Version and build  
Adapter header  
Host name  
OS type  
OS version  
SDM API version  
Adapter Model (Serial Number)  
Port number  
Port WWPN  
Adapter instance  
Status (online/offline  
Adapter General Information  
Host Name  
Adapter Instance  
Adapter Model  
Adapter Description  
Adapter ID  
Adapter Alias  
Adapter Port  
Port Alias  
Node Name (WWNN)  
Port Name (WWPN)  
Port ID  
Serial Number  
Driver Version  
BIOS Version (Windows and Linux)  
Firmware Version  
Flash BIOS Version  
Flash FCode Version  
Flash EFI Version  
Flash Firmware Version  
SN0054614-00 K  
3-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
3–Interactive Commands  
General Information Menu (Command Line Option -g)  
Actual Connection Mode  
Actual Data Rate  
PortType (Topology)  
Target Count  
PCI Bus Number (Windows and Linux)  
PCI Device Number (Windows and Linux)  
Adapter Status (online, offline)  
Adapter VPD Header (Vital Product Data) Information (for QLA/QLE24xx  
and QLE81xx only)  
Adapter Instance  
Adapter Type  
Port Number  
WWPN  
Port ID  
The actual VPD information:  
Product Identifier  
Part Number  
Serial Number  
Misc. Information (for example, PCI and PCI-X speeds)  
Manufacturing ID  
EFI Driver Version  
Firmware Version  
BIOS Version (Windows and Linux)  
FCode Version (Solaris)  
Flash Image Version  
Adapter Parameters Settings Header (Command Line Options -c)  
Adapter Instance  
Adapter Part Number  
Port Number  
WWPN  
Port ID  
Adapter Parameter Settings  
Connection Options  
Data Rate (QLA23xx, QLA24xx, QLE23xx, and QLE24xx adapters)  
Frame Size  
Hard Loop ID  
Loop Reset Delay (in seconds)  
Enable Host Adapter BIOS  
Enable Hard Loop ID  
Enable FC Tape Support  
Operation Mode  
3-12  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
3–Interactive Commands  
General Information Menu (Command Line Option -g)  
Interrupt Delay Timer  
Execution Throttle  
Login Retry Count  
Port Down Retry Count  
Enable LIP Full Login  
Link Down Timeout (in seconds)  
Enable Target Reset  
LUNs Per Target  
Enable Receive Out Of Order Frame  
Driver Settings Information Header (Command Line Options -fg)  
Adapter Instance  
Adapter Part Number  
Port Number  
WWPN  
Port ID  
Driver Settings (repeats for each adapter instance)  
Driver Settings - Group: Persistent  
Persistently bound Plus New targets  
Persistently bound targets only  
Driver Settings - Group: Binding  
Bind by WWPN  
Bind by Port ID  
Device/LUNs Information Header (Repeats for each adapter instance)  
Adapter Instance  
Adapter Part Number  
Port Number  
WWPN  
PORT ID  
Device/LUNs Information (Repeats for each LUN)  
Path  
Target  
Device ID  
Product Vendor  
Product ID  
Product Revision  
Serial number  
Node name  
Port Name  
Port ID  
Product Type  
LUN count(s)  
SN0054614-00 K  
3-13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3–Interactive Commands  
General Information Menu (Command Line Option -g)  
Status  
LUN N (Repeats for each LUN)  
Product Vendor  
Product ID  
Product revision  
LUN  
Size  
Type  
WWULN  
Selective LUN Information Header (repeats for each selective LUN)  
Adapter Instance  
Adapter Part Number  
Port Number  
WWPN  
Port ID  
Selective LUN Information  
Device Vendor ID  
Device Product ID  
Serial Number  
Device Port Name  
Device Port ID  
Boot Device Settings  
Selectable Boot  
Primary Boot Port Name  
Primary Boot Port Address  
Alternate 1 Boot Port Name  
Alternate 1 Boot Port Address  
Alternate 2 Boot Port Name  
Alternate 2 Boot Port Address  
Alternate 3 Boot Port Name  
Alternate 3 Boot Port Address  
An example follows:  
SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI  
vx.x.x Build x  
Copyright (C) 2003-2009 QLogic Corp.  
All rights reserved.  
Command Line QLogic FC Host Bus Adapters  
Build Type: Release  
Build Date: 10/25/2009 5:18:58 PM  
------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
3-14  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3–Interactive Commands  
General Information Menu (Command Line Option -g)  
Host Name  
: BRAGI  
OS Type  
: Microsoft Windows Server 2003 Enterprise  
Edition x86  
OS Version  
SDM API Version  
: Service Pack 1 (Build 3790)  
: 1.28.0.50 QLSDM.DLL  
------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
HBA Model 2200 (SN C28437):  
Port 1 WWPN 21-00-00-E0-8B-03-55-7C (HBA instance 0) Online  
Port 2 WWPN 21-01-00-E0-8B-23-55-7C (HBA instance 1) Online  
HBA Model QLA2300 (SN D83179):  
Port 1 WWPN 21-00-00-E0-8B-05-CB-D8 (HBA instance 2) Online  
Port 2 WWPN 21-01-00-E0-8B-25-CB-D8 (HBA instance 3) Online  
HBA Model QLA2462 (SN FFC0551D59564):  
Port 1 WWPN 21-00-00-E0-8B-85-8C-7C (HBA instance 4) Loop down  
Port 2 WWPN 21-01-00-E0-8B-A5-8C-7C (HBA instance 5) Online  
------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
Total QLogic HBA(s) : 3  
Time and date:  
Tue Nov 20 16:11:43 2009  
------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
HBA General Information  
------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
Host Name  
: BRAGI  
HBA Instance  
HBA Model  
: 1  
: 2200  
HBA Description  
HBA ID  
: QLA2200 /02/12/04 QLA2202FS QCP2202  
: 1-2200  
HBA Alias  
:
HBA Port  
: 2  
Port Alias  
:
Node Name  
: 20-00-00-E0-8B-03-55-7C  
Port Name  
: 21-01-00-E0-8B-23-55-7C  
Port ID  
: 11-06-00  
Serial Number  
Driver Version  
BIOS Version  
Firmware Version  
Actual Connection Mode  
Actual Data Rate  
PortType (Topology)  
Target Count  
PCI Bus Number  
PCI Device Number  
HBA Status  
: C28437  
: SCSI Miniport 8.1.5.15 (W2K IP)  
: 1.83  
: 2.02.03  
: Point to Point  
: 1 Gbps  
: NPort  
: 2  
: 1  
: 5  
: Online  
------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
SN0054614-00 K  
3-15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3–Interactive Commands  
General Information Menu (Command Line Option -g)  
HBA VPD Information  
------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
Feature is not supported with selected HBA (Instance 1 - 2200)!  
------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
HBA Parameters Settings  
------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
HBA Instance 1: 2200 Port 2 WWPN 21-01-00-E0-8B-23-55-7C PortID 11-06-00  
------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
Connection Options  
Frame Size  
Hard Loop ID  
: 3 - Point-to-Point, Otherwise Loop  
: 1024  
: 0  
Loop Reset Delay (seconds)  
Enable Host HBA BIOS  
Enable Hard Loop ID  
Enable FC Tape Support  
Execution Throttle  
Login Retry Count  
: 5  
: Disabled  
: Disabled  
: Enabled  
: 16  
: 8  
Enable LIP Reset  
: Disabled  
: 30  
: Enabled  
: 0  
: Enabled  
: 8  
Port Down Retry Count  
Enable LIP Full Login  
Link Down Timeout (seconds)  
Enable Target Reset  
LUNs Per Target  
------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
Driver Settings Information  
------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
HBA Instance 1: 2200 Port 2 WWPN 21-01-00-E0-8B-23-55-7C PortID 11-06-00  
------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
-----------------------------------  
Driver Settings - Group: Persistent  
-----------------------------------  
Present targets that are persistently bound plus any new target(s) : Enable  
Present targets that are persistently bound Only  
--------------------------------  
: Disable  
Driver Settings - Group: Binding  
--------------------------------  
Bind by World Wide Port Name  
Bind by Port ID  
: Enable  
: Disable  
------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
Devices/LUNs Information  
------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
3-16  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3–Interactive Commands  
General Information Menu (Command Line Option -g)  
------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
HBA Instance 1: 2200 Port 2 WWPN 21-01-00-E0-8B-23-55-7C PortID 11-06-00  
------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
Path  
: 0  
Target  
: 0  
Device ID  
Product Vendor  
Product ID  
Product Revision  
Serial Number  
Node Name  
Port Name  
Port ID  
: 0x82  
: SEAGATE  
: ST136403FC  
: FF5F  
: LT06464600001011HGGH  
: 20-00-00-20-37-1A-6B-CF  
: 21-00-00-20-37-1A-6B-CF  
: 11-01-E4  
Product Type  
LUN Count(s)  
Status  
: Disk  
: 1  
: Online  
------------------------------------------------------------  
---------------------------------------  
LUN 0  
---------------------------------------  
Product Vendor  
Product ID  
Product Revision  
LUN  
: SEAGATE  
: ST136403FC  
: FF5F  
: 0  
Size  
: 33.92 GB  
Type  
: SBC-2 Direct access block device  
(e.g., magnetic disk)  
: 20-00-00-20-37-1A-6B-CF  
WWULN  
------------------------------------------------------------  
------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
HBA Instance 1: 2200 Port 2 WWPN 21-01-00-E0-8B-23-55-7C PortID 11-06-00  
------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
Path  
: 0  
Target  
: 1  
Device ID  
Product Vendor  
Product ID  
Product Revision  
Serial Number  
Node Name  
Port Name  
Port ID  
: 0x83  
: SEAGATE  
: ST118273 CLAR18  
: SG1D  
: LP60266900001919HQ1K  
: 20-00-00-20-37-11-FF-EF  
: 21-00-00-20-37-11-FF-EF  
: 11-01-E8  
Product Type  
LUN Count(s)  
Status  
: Disk  
: 1  
: Online  
------------------------------------------------------------  
---------------------------------------  
LUN 0  
---------------------------------------  
SN0054614-00 K  
3-17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3–Interactive Commands  
General Information Menu (Command Line Option -g)  
Product Vendor  
Product ID  
Product Revision  
LUN  
: SEAGATE  
: ST118273 CLAR18  
: SG1D  
: 0  
Size  
: 16.95 GB  
Type  
: SBC-2 Direct access block device  
(e.g., magnetic disk)  
: 20-00-00-20-37-11-FF-EF  
WWULN  
------------------------------------------------------------  
------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
Target Persistent Binding Information  
No target persistent binding configuration on HBA instance 1 (WWPN  
21-01-00-E0-8  
B-23-55-7C).  
------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
Selective LUNs Information  
------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
HBA Instance 1: 2200 Port 2 WWPN 21-01-00-E0-8B-23-55-7C PortID 11-06-00  
------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
Device Vendor ID : SEAGATE  
Device Product ID: ST136403FC  
Serial Number  
: LT06464600001011HGGH  
Device Port Name : 21-00-00-20-37-1A-6B-CF  
Device Port ID : 11-01-E4  
------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
Enable Type  
Target/LUN Info  
Port Name  
LUN ID  
------ -------- ----------------------- ----------------------- ------  
------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
HBA Instance 1: 2200 Port 2 WWPN 21-01-00-E0-8B-23-55-7C PortID 11-06-00  
------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
Device Vendor ID : SEAGATE  
Device Product ID: ST118273 CLAR18  
Serial Number  
: LP60266900001919HQ1K  
Device Port Name : 21-00-00-20-37-11-FF-EF  
Device Port ID : 11-01-E8  
------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
Enable Type  
Target/LUN Info  
Port Name  
LUN ID  
------ -------- ----------------------- ----------------------- ------  
------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
HBA Instance 1: 2200 Port 2 WWPN 21-01-00-E0-8B-23-55-7C PortID 11-06-00  
------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
Boot Device Settings:  
---------------------------------------  
Selectable Boot: Disabled  
---------------------------------------  
(Primary  
) Boot Port Name  
LUN  
3-18  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3–Interactive Commands  
HBA Information Menu (Command Line Option -i)  
----------------------------  
00-00-00-00-00-00-00-00  
------  
0
----------------------------  
(Alternate 1) Boot Port Name  
----------------------------  
00-00-00-00-00-00-00-00  
------  
LUN  
------  
0
----------------------------  
(Alternate 2) Boot Port Name  
----------------------------  
00-00-00-00-00-00-00-00  
------  
LUN  
------  
0
----------------------------  
(Alternate 3) Boot Port Name  
----------------------------  
00-00-00-00-00-00-00-00  
------  
LUN  
------  
0
Finish in 1 second(s)...  
Hit <RETURN> to continue:  
Generate Report (All Adapters)  
(Command Line Option -z)  
1: General Information 3: Report 4_N: All HBAs  
The system shows the report information for all adapters. See “Generate Report  
(Per Adapter Port)” on page 3-11, in which data repeats for every adapter.  
Refresh  
1: General Information 4: Refresh  
This selection returns the option to refresh the configuration for the current host.  
HBA Information Menu  
(Command Line Option -i)  
2: HBA Information  
This command shows the HBA Information Menu that includes list of all detected  
adapters and their ports, as well as the options to view all adapters and to return  
to the previous menu.  
Adapter Model QLxnnnn  
1. Port information  
Port number  
WWPN  
Status  
[additional port(s) or FCoE engines, as appropriate]  
SN0054614-00 K  
3-19  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
             
3–Interactive Commands  
HBA Information Menu (Command Line Option -i)  
Additional adapters (as appropriate)  
All adapters  
Here is an example of a typical HBA Information Menu. In this example, the host  
includes three adapters with two ports each:  
HBA Information Menu  
HBA Model 2200:  
1: Port 1: WWPN: 21-00-00-E0-8B-03-55-7C Online  
2: Port 2: WWPN: 21-01-00-E0-8B-23-55-7C Online  
HBA Model QLA2300:  
3: Port 1: WWPN: 21-00-00-E0-8B-05-CB-D8 Online  
4: Port 2: WWPN: 21-01-00-E0-8B-25-CB-D8 Online  
HBA Model QLA2462:  
5: Port 1: WWPN: 21-00-00-E0-8B-85-8C-7C Loop down  
6: Port 2: WWPN: 21-01-00-E0-8B-A5-8C-7C Online  
7: All HBAs  
8: Return to Previous Menu  
In the following example, the QLE8042 adapter includes an FCoE engine:  
HBA Information Menu  
HBA Model QLE2562  
1: Port 1: WWPN: 21-00-00-1B-32-16-C3-EE Online  
2: Port 2: WWPN: 21-01-00-1B-32-36-C3-EE SFP not installed  
HBA Model QLE8042  
3: Port 1: WWPN: 21-00-00-E0-8B-80-5F-0F Link Down  
4: FCoE Engine  
5: Port 2: WWPN: 21-01-00-E0-8B-A0-5F-0F Link Down  
HBA Model QLE220  
6: Port 1: WWPN: 21-00-00-E0-8B-91-A4-26 Loop Down  
HBA Model QLE2462  
7: Port 1: WWPN: 21-01-00-1B-32-20-27-CE Loop Down  
8: All HBAs  
9: Return to Previous Menu  
HBA General Information (per Adapter Port)  
2: HBA Information 1 - n: Port Number  
When you select one of the adapter ports by number, this option shows the HBA  
Information Menu for that adapter port. The menu includes options for:  
Information  
HBA Alias  
HBA Port Alias  
VPD  
3-20  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
3–Interactive Commands  
HBA Information Menu (Command Line Option -i)  
If you select a number corresponding to an FCoE engine rather than a port, the  
following general information is shown:  
-----------------------------------------------------------------  
Host Name  
: TARGET3  
HBA Model  
: QLE8042  
HBA Description  
Firmware Version  
: QLE8042 Mercury CNA  
: 1.1.0 (Operational)  
-----------------------------------------------------------------  
Where Firmware Versionis the version of FCoE firmware installed on the  
adapter, along with one of the following descriptions:  
Operational indicates you are using an installed version of the  
application.  
Goldenindicates you are running from the ROM version.  
HBA Information  
(Command Line Option -i)  
2: HBA Information n: Port Number 1: HBA Information  
This option produces the same HBA Information Menu available from the  
General Information, Report menu. See “Generate Report (Per Adapter Port)”  
To view FCoE information, enter the following command line option:  
scli -fcoe ( <hba instance> | <hba wwpn> ) --info  
For the QLx81xx adapters only, additional information includes the ENode MAC  
Address, which is that adapter’s FC node MAC address.  
HBA Alias  
(Command Line Option -ha)  
2: HBA Information n: Port Number 2: HBA Alias  
When you select this option, SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI shows the following  
information about the adapter:  
Adapter Model  
WWNN  
Serial number  
Alias  
With this option you can create, modify, or delete the symbolic name or alias, for  
an adapter.  
SN0054614-00 K  
3-21  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
             
3–Interactive Commands  
HBA Information Menu (Command Line Option -i)  
To create, modify, or delete an adapter alias:  
1.  
2.  
3.  
From the Main Menu, type the number for the HBA Information option, and  
then press ENTER  
.
Type the number for the adapter you want to configure, and then press  
ENTER  
.
Type the number for the HBA Alias option, and then press ENTER  
.
The HBA Alias menu appears:  
N: HBA Model: QLnnnn  
Port n WWPN: nn-nn-nn-nn-nn-nn-nn-nn  
Serial Number: XXXXnnnnnnnnn  
Port Alias: (If the adapter already has an alias, it appears; otherwise,  
blank.)  
4.  
5.  
Type the number for the adapter model, and then press ENTER  
.
Create, modify, or delete the adapter alias as follows:  
a.  
b.  
To create or modify an the adapter alias, type a symbolic name  
(maximum 100 characters) at the HBA Alias prompt, and then press  
ENTER  
To delete an existing adapter alias, leave the HBA Alias field empty,  
and then press ENTER  
.
.
Here is an example of the HBA Alias option.  
HBA Alias Menu  
1: HBA Model: QLA2462  
WWNN: xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx  
Serial Number: FFC0519U93213  
HBA Alias: 4G Dual Port HBA  
2: Cancel  
Note: 0 to return to the Main Menu  
Enter Selection: 1  
HBA Alias:  
HBA Port Alias  
(Command Line Option -pa)  
2: HBA Information n: Port Number 3: HBA Port Alias  
The HBA Port Alias option allows you to create, modify, or delete a symbolic  
name (Alias) for the specified adapter port.  
3-22  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
3–Interactive Commands  
HBA Information Menu (Command Line Option -i)  
To create, modify, or delete an adapter port alias:  
1.  
From the Main Menu, type the number for the HBA Information option, and  
then press ENTER  
.
2.  
Type the number for the HBA Port for which you want to change the Port  
Alias, and then press ENTER  
.
3.  
4.  
Type the number for the HBA Port Alias option, and then press ENTER.  
The Port Alias Menu appears. Here is an example:  
Port Alias Menu  
1: HBA Model: QLA2462  
WWNN: xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx  
Serial Number: FFC0519U93213  
Port Alias: 4G Port 1  
2: Cancel  
Enter 0 to return to the Main Menu  
Enter Selection:  
If you select a port number from the Port Alias Menu, the CLI prompts you to  
enter a Port Alias as follows:  
Port Alias: _  
To keep the current port alias, enter the number for Cancel, and then  
press ENTER  
.
To change the port alias, type a new name, and then press ENTER  
To delete an existing port alias, leave the field blank, and then press  
ENTER  
.
.
HBA VPD Information  
(Command Line Option -l and Reserved Word “vpd”)  
2: HBA Information n: Port Number 4: VPD  
With QLA/QLE24xx and QLE81xx adapters only, if you select option 4, the Vital  
Product Data (VPD) information appears:  
Adapter instance number, model, port number, adapter port name (WWPN),  
and port ID  
Product Identifier  
VPD-R tag (VPD ReadOnly field) (if available)  
Part Number (adapter model)  
Serial Number  
Misc. Information (for example, PCI and PCI-X speeds)  
Manufacturing ID  
EFI Driver Version  
Firmware Version  
SN0054614-00 K  
3-23  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
3–Interactive Commands  
HBA Parameters Menu  
BIOS Version (Windows and Linux)  
FCode Version (Solaris)  
Flash Image Version (QLE81xx adapters only)  
If the adapter does not support VPD, the following message appears:  
VPD not supported on current HBA x!  
HBA Information (All HBAs)  
2: HBA Information n: All HBAs  
Depending on how many adapters are in the host, the number to select this option  
varies. When you select that option, the All HBAs menu shows the HBA  
Information and VPD (Vital Product Data) options.  
Information  
VPD  
Information  
2: HBA Information n: All HBAs 3: Information  
The Information menu shows the same adapter Information available from the  
2: HBA Information n: All HBAs 3: VPD  
The VPD menu shows the same Vital Product Data available from the HBA  
HBA Parameters Menu  
3: HBA Parameters  
The HBA Parameters command shows the HBA Parameters Menu, which is  
similar to the HBA Information Menu. It also includes list of all detected adapters  
and their ports, as well as the options to view all adapters and to return to the  
previous menu.  
Adapter Model QLxnnnn  
Port information  
Port number  
WWPN  
Status  
[additional port(s) or FCoE engines, as appropriate]  
Additional adapters (as appropriate)  
3-24  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
3–Interactive Commands  
HBA Parameters Menu  
All adapters  
Here is an example of an HBA Parameters Menu. In this example, the host  
includes three adapters with two ports each and one adapter with a single port  
HBA Model QLA2342:  
1. Port 1 WWPN 21-00-00-EO-8B-01-43-9B Online  
2. Port 2 WWPN 21-01-00-E0-8B-21-43-9B Online  
HBA Model QLA2300:  
3. Port 1 WWPN 21-00-00-E0-8B-05-CB-D8 Loop down  
4. Port 2 WWPN 21-01-00-E0-8B-25-CB-D8 Online  
HBA Model QLA2462:  
5. Port 1 WWPN 21-00-00-E0-8B-1P-9D-P0 Online  
6. Port 2 WWPN 21-01-00-E0-8B-3P-9D-P0 Loop down  
HBA Model QLA21O:  
7. Port 1 WiIPN 21-00-00-E0-8B-1A-3F-E0 Online  
8. All HBAs  
9. Return to Previous Menu  
The following example of an HBA Parameters Menu includes adapter QLE8042  
with an FCoE engine (see HBA Parameters (Per FCoE Engine):  
HBA Model QLE2562  
1: Port 1: WWPN: 21-00-00-1B-32-16-C3-EE Online  
2: Port 2: WWPN: 21-01-00-1B-32-36-C3-EE SFP not installed  
HBA Model QLE8042  
3: Port 1: WWPN: 21-00-00-E0-8B-80-5F-0F Link Down  
4: FCoE Engine  
5: Port 2: WWPN: 21-01-00-E0-8B-A0-5F-0F Link Down  
HBA Model QLE220  
6: Port 1: WWPN: 21-00-00-E0-8B-91-A4-26 Loop Down  
HBA Model QLE2462  
7: Port 1: WWPN: 21-01-00-1B-32-20-27-CE Loop Down  
8: All HBAs  
9: Return to Previous Menu  
Enter the number to select the adapter you want to configure or All HBAs.  
HBA Parameters (Per Adapter Port)  
3: HBA Parameters n: Port Instance  
The HBA Instance menu has the following options:  
Display HBA Parameters  
Configure HBA Parameters  
Restore Defaults (4Gb and above adapters only)  
Return to Previous Menu  
SN0054614-00 K  
3-25  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
3–Interactive Commands  
HBA Parameters Menu  
Display HBA Parameters  
(Command Line Option -c#)  
3: HBA Parameters n: Port Instance 1: Display HBA Parameters  
When you select this option, the following parameters appear:  
Connection Options  
Data Rate (4Gb and above adapters)  
Frame Size  
Hard Loop ID  
Loop Reset Delay (seconds)  
Enable Host Adapter BIOS  
Enable Hard Loop ID  
Enable FC Tape Support  
Operation Mode  
Interrupt Delay Timer (100 ms)  
Execution Throttle  
Login Retry Count  
Enable LIP Reset  
Port Down Retry Count  
Enable LIP Full Login  
Link Down Timeout (seconds)  
Enable Target Reset  
LUNs Per Target  
Enable Receive Out Of Order Frame  
Configure HBA Parameters  
(Command Line Option -n)  
3: HBA Parameters n: Port Number 2: Configure HBA Parameters  
From the Configure HBA Parameters menu, you can configure the following  
adapter parameters:  
Connection Options  
Data Rate  
Frame Size  
Hard Loop ID  
Loop Reset Delay (seconds)  
Enable Adapter Port BIOS  
Enable Adapter Hard Loop ID  
Enable Fibre Channel Tape Support  
Operation Mode  
Interrupt Delay Timer  
Execution Throttle  
Login Retry Count  
Enable LIP Reset  
Port Down Retry Count  
3-26  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                                 
3–Interactive Commands  
HBA Parameters Menu  
Enable LIP Full Login (QLA/QLE23xx adapters)  
Link Down Timeout (seconds)  
Enable Target Reset  
LUNs per Target  
Enable Receive Out Of Order Frame  
Commit Changes  
Abort Changes  
Table 3-1 lists the configurable adapter parameters alphabetically by name and  
alias, and provides values and descriptions of each.  
Table 3-1. Adapter Parameters Settings (NVRAM)  
Parameter Name  
Alias  
Value  
Description  
ConnectionOption  
CO  
DR  
EB  
EL  
EF  
HL  
FL  
LP  
EO  
TR  
ET  
FR  
HD  
ID  
LT  
LR  
ML  
0–3  
0–4  
See table note 1.  
DataRate  
See table note 2.  
See table notes 3, 4.  
See table notes 3, 4.  
See table note 3.  
See table note 3.  
See table note 3.  
See table note 3.  
See table notes 3, 5.  
See table note 3.  
EnableBIOS  
0, 1  
EnableExtendedLogging  
EnableFCTape  
0, 1  
0, 1  
EnableHardLooplD  
EnableLIPFullLogin  
EnableLipReset  
0, 1  
0, 1  
0, 1  
EnableReceiveOutOfOrderFrame  
EnableTargetReset  
ExecutionThrottle  
FrameSize  
0, 1  
0, 1  
1–65535  
512, 1024, 2048  
0–125  
0–255  
0–240  
0–255  
HardLoopID  
InterruptDelayTimer  
LinkDownTimeOut  
LoginReTryCount  
MaximumLUNsPerTarget  
0, 8, 16, 32, 64,  
128, 256  
OperationMode  
OM  
PD  
0, 5, 6  
0–255  
See table note 6.  
PortDownRetryCount  
SN0054614-00 K  
3-27  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
3–Interactive Commands  
HBA Parameters Menu  
Table 3-1. Adapter Parameters Settings (NVRAM) (Continued)  
Parameter Name  
Alias  
Value  
Description  
ResetDelay  
RD  
0–255  
Table Notes  
1. Connection Options (read-only on QLE8042, QLE/QMI81xx, and SMB adapters):  
0 = Loop Only  
1 = Point-to-point Only  
2 = Loop preferred, otherwise Point-to-Point  
3 = Point-to-Point, otherwise Loop (QLA22xx Only)  
2. Data Rate (read only on QLE8042 and SMB adapters):  
0 = 1 Gbs  
1 = 2 Gbs  
2 = Auto  
3 = 4 Gbs  
4 = 8 Gbs  
3. Others:  
0 = Disable  
1 = Enable  
4. Option is not available on 4Gb or latest adapters.  
5. Option is available on 4Gb or latest adapters.  
6. Operation Modes:  
0 = Interrupt for every I/O completion  
5 = Interrupt when Interrupt Delay Timer expires.  
6 = Interrupt when Interrupt Delay Timer expires or no active I/O.  
Connection Options  
3: HBA Parameters 1: Port Number 2: Configure HBA Parameters n. Connection Options  
From this menu, you can configure the connection options:  
0—Loop Only  
1—Point to Point Only  
2—Loop Preferred, Otherwise Point-to-Point  
3—Point-to-Point, Otherwise Loop (QLA22xx adapter only)  
Type the number for the connection type you want, and then press ENTER  
.
NOTE:  
Connection options are read-only on QLE8042, QLE/QMI81xx, and SMB  
adapters.  
QLE/QMI81xx adapters support only the Point to Point Only option.  
3-28  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
3–Interactive Commands  
HBA Parameters Menu  
Data Rate  
3: HBA Parameters N: Port Number 2: Configure HBA Parameters n. Data Rate  
This option shows the Data Rate menu. (Note that data rate configuration is not  
available for all adapter port instances.) From this menu you can select:  
Auto  
1 Gbps  
2 Gbps  
4 Gbps  
8 Gbps  
NOTE:  
The 1 Gbps data rate is not supported with 8G adapters.  
QLE/QMI81xx adapters support 10Gbps only and cannot be modified.  
Type the number for the data rate you want, and then press ENTER  
.
Frame Size  
3: HBA Parameters N: Port Number 2: Configure HBA Parameters n. Frame Size  
This option shows the Frame Size menu. From it you can select:  
Frame Size: 512  
Frame Size: 1024  
Frame Size: 2048  
Type the number for the frame size you want, and then press ENTER  
Hard Loop ID  
3: HBA Parameters N: Port Number 2: Configure HBA Parameters n. Hard Loop ID  
This option prompts you to enter a valid Hard Loop ID from 0 to 125. Type the  
.
number you want, and then press ENTER  
.
Loop Reset Delay  
3: HBA Parameters N: Port Number 2: Configure HBA Parameters n. Loop Reset Delay  
This option prompts you to enter a Reset Delay from 0 to 255 seconds. Type the  
number you want for the loop reset delay, and then press ENTER  
.
SN0054614-00 K  
3-29  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
3–Interactive Commands  
HBA Parameters Menu  
Enable HBA Port BIOS  
3: HBA Parameters N: Port Number 2: Configure HBA Parameters n. Enable HBA Port BIOS  
This option allows you to enable or disable the BIOS boot setting. When this  
setting is disabled, the ROM BIOS on the adapter is disabled. If you are booting  
from a FC hard disk attached to the adapter, you must enable this setting. The  
default is disabled.  
Enable HBA Hard Loop ID  
3: HBA Parameters N: Port Number 2: Configure HBA Parameters n. Enable HBA Hard Loop ID  
This choice gives you the option to enable or disable the Hard Loop ID. Type the  
number you want, and then press ENTER  
.
Enable Fibre Channel Tape Support  
3: HBA Parameters N: Port Number 2: Configure HBA Parameters n. Enable Fibre Channel Tape Support  
This choice gives you the option to enable or disable Fibre-Channel Tape support.  
Type the number you want, and then press ENTER  
.
Operation Mode  
3: HBA Parameters N: Port Number 2: Configure HBA Parameters n. Operation Mode  
This option shows the Operation Mode Menu. From it you can select:  
Interrupt for every I/O Completion  
Interrupt when Interrupt Delay Timer expires  
Interrupt when Interrupt Delay Timer expires or no active I/O  
Type the number for the Operation Mode you want, and then press ENTER  
.
Interrupt Delay Timer  
3: HBA Parameters N: Port Number 2: Configure HBA Parameters n. Interrupt Delay Timer  
This choice gives you the option to set the Interrupt Delay timer to 0 to 255  
seconds.  
You cannot set the Interrupt Delay timer when the Operation Mode (blue) is set to  
Interrupt for Every I/O Completion.  
Execution Throttle  
3: HBA Parameters N: Port Number 2: Configure HBA Parameters n. Execution throttle_  
This choice gives you the option to set the Execution Throttle to a value from 1 to  
65535. This value specifies the delay in seconds between the execution of each  
line of code.  
3-30  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
3–Interactive Commands  
HBA Parameters Menu  
Login Retry Count  
3: HBA Parameters N: Port Number 2: Configure HB\A Parameters n. Login Retry Count  
This choice gives you the option to set the Login Retry Count to a value from 0 to  
255.  
Enable LIP Reset  
3: HBA Parameters N: Port Number 2: Configure HBA Parameters n. Enable LIP Reset  
This choice gives you the option to Enable or Disable LIP Reset.  
Port Down Retry Count  
3: HBA Parameters N: Port Number 2: Configure HBA Parameters n. Port Down Retry Count  
This choice gives you the option to set the Port Down Retry Count to a value from  
0 to 255.  
Enable LIP Full Login  
3: HBA Parameters N: Port Number 2: Configure HBA Parameters n. Enable LIP Full Login  
This choice gives you the option to enable or disable LIP Full Login.  
Link Down Timeout  
3: HBA Parameters N: Port Number 2: Configure HBA Parameters n. Link Down Timeout  
This choice gives you the option to set the Link Down timeout to a value from 0 to  
240.  
Enable Target Reset  
3: HBA Parameters N: Port Number 2: Configure HBA Parameters n. Enable Target Reset  
This choice gives you the option to Enable or Disable Target Reset.  
LUNs per Target  
3: HBA Parameters N: Port Number 2: Configure HBA Parameters n. LUNs per Target  
This option shows the LUNs per Target menu. From it you can select:  
0 LUN per Target  
8 LUNs per Target  
16 LUNs per Target  
32 LUNs per Target  
64 LUNs per Target  
128 LUNs per Target  
256 LUNs per Target  
SN0054614-00 K  
3-31  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
             
3–Interactive Commands  
HBA Parameters Menu  
Commit Changes  
3: HBA Parameters N: Port Number 2: Configure HBA Parameters n. Commit changes  
Choose this option to make the changes permanent.  
CAUTION!  
There is undo after you commit to making changes to the adapter  
parameters.  
Abort Changes  
3: HBA Parameters N: Port Number2: Configure HBA Parameters n: Abort changes  
Choose this option to stop without making any changes.  
Restore Defaults  
3: HBA Parameters n: Port Number 3: Restore Defaults  
This option is for 4Gb and 8Gb adapters only. Selecting the Restore Defaults  
option causes the following warning to appear:  
Warning:  
Please update the HBA parameters with extreme care.  
Incorrectly updating the HBA parameters may render the HBA  
inoperable.  
If you currently have boot device information set up in the HBA  
parameters, updating the HBA parameters from a file may result in  
changing that information.  
If you wish to preserve the boot device information, please either  
update the file with the correct boot device settings before the  
HBA parameters update or re-configure the boot settings after the  
update.  
Do you want to proceed with the operation?  
1: Yes  
2: No  
If you enter 1 to proceed, the system returns a message similar to the following:  
Restoring default settings on HBA instance 5 - QLA2462. Please  
wait...  
HBA Parameters restore completed. Changes has been saved to HBA  
instance 5.  
You must reboot in order for the changes to become effective.  
3-32  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
3–Interactive Commands  
HBA Parameters Menu  
HBA Parameters (Per FCoE Engine)  
3: HBA Parameters n: FCoE Engine  
The FCoE Parameters menu appears only for the QLE8042 adapter and has the  
following options:  
Return to Previous Menu  
Display FCoE Parameters  
3: HBA Parameters n: FCoE Engine1: Display FCoE Parameters  
When you select this option, the FCoE Port Selection menu appears. Select a  
port number and then press ENTER to show the FCoE parameters for that  
instance, as shown in the following example:  
FCoE Port Selection Menu  
FCoE Engine (QLE8042)  
Desc: QLE8042 Mercury CNA  
1: Port 0  
2: Port 1  
3: Return to Previous Menu  
Note: 0 to return to Main Menu  
Enter Selection: 1  
------------------------------------------------------  
FCoE Parameters Port 0  
------------------------------------------------------  
Host Name  
: TARGET3  
HBA Instance  
HBA Model  
: 3  
: QLE8042  
HBA Description  
Port Type  
: QLE8042 Mercury CNA  
: Access  
Pause Type  
Priority Pause Mask  
: Priority Flow Control  
: 0[ ] 1[ ] 2[ ] 3[x] 4[ ] 5[ ]  
6[ ] 7[ ]  
FCoE Config  
FCoE COS  
: T11 Rev 0 Frame Format  
: 3  
Configure FCoE Parameters  
3: HBA Parameters n: FCoE Engine2: Configure FCoE Parameters  
When you select this option, the FCoE Port Selection menu appears. Select a  
port number and then press ENTER to list the configurable FCoE parameters for  
that instance. For example:  
SN0054614-00 K  
3-33  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
3–Interactive Commands  
HBA Parameters Menu  
FCoE Parameters Menu  
FCoE Engine (QLE8042) Port 0  
Desc: QLE8042 Mercury CNA  
1: Port Type  
2: Pause Type  
3: FCoE COS  
4: Save Changes  
5: Return to Previous Menu  
If you make any changes to the configuration of the FCoE engine, select the Save  
Changes option before you leave the FCoE Parameters menu.  
Port Type  
3: HBA Parameters N: FCoE Engine 2: Configure FCoE Parameters n. Port Type  
This option shows the Port Type menu. From this menu you can select one of the  
following port types; the current type is indicated:  
Access (default; does not carry the VLAN tag)  
Trunk (carries the VLAN tag)  
Type the number for the port type you want, and then press ENTER. Note that the  
Port Type must be set to Trunk to configure Pause Type and FCoE CoS (see the  
following sections).  
When the network (Ethernet) port is configured as a trunk port, packets are  
tagged. When the port is configured as an access port, packets are untagged and  
do not contain a VLAN tag.  
Pause Type  
3: HBA Parameters n: FCoE Engine 2: Configure FCoE Parameters n. Pause Type  
This option shows the Pause Type menu. Pause types include Standard Pause  
and Priority Flow Control (per-priority pause). Pause is a frame that controls the  
flow between transmitter and receiver if the transmitter sends data at a higher rate  
than the receiver. In that situation, the receiver sends a PAUSE frame to the  
transmitter and the transmitter suspends transmission for the specified time.  
From the Pause Type menu you can select one of the following pause types; the  
current type is indicated:  
Standard Pause (default)  
Priority Flow Control  
Type the number for the pause type you want, and then press ENTER  
.
Standard Pause applies to all the frames. By default, Standard Pause is enabled  
on the server-facing Ethernet ports, as well as on the network-facing Ethernet  
ports.This setting affects the connection only when connected to a peer that is not  
configured with data center bridging capability exchange protocol (DCBX).  
3-34  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
3–Interactive Commands  
HBA Parameters Menu  
Priority Flow Control enables you to manage pauses in traffic according to  
assigned priorities to class of service (CoS) frames; that is, on per-flow basis. CoS  
is a way of managing traffic in a network by grouping similar types of traffic (for  
example, e-mail, streaming video, voice, large document file transfer) together  
and treating each type as a class with its own level of service priority.  
Priority Flow Control applies to servers with a single adapter interface, which  
could carry traffic for LAN, SAN, and IPC. In this case, SAN traffic is marked with  
a specific CoS to identify it as a distinct flow among other flows (LAN, IPC), and  
pause can be applied to this specific CoS to assure lossless SAN frames. When  
connected to a DCBX-enabled peer, the pause type is automatically set with  
priority flow control (per-priority pause) when the peer sends a priority flow control  
time length value, regardless of this parameter setting.  
The pause type will be reconfigured based on the setting of this parameter  
whenever the following occurs:  
The network link goes down.  
The system is reset.  
DCBX: When connected to a data center bridging exchange protocol (DCBX)  
enabled peer, the pause type is automatically configured to be Priority Flow  
Control (per-priority pause) when the peer sends a Priority Flow Control  
type-length-value (TLV), this parameter is configured on the adapter. When not  
connected to a DCBX-enabled peer, or before receipt of a Priority Flow Control  
TLV, on setting of this parameter on the adapter.  
FCoE COS  
3: HBA Parameters N: FCoE Engine 2: Configure FCoE Parameters n. FCoE COS  
This option prompts you to configure a persistent value for the FCoE class of  
service (CoS) for priority encoded FCoE packets. Type a numeric value in the  
range of 0 through 7, and then press ENTER. The current value is indicated in  
brackets; the default value is 3.  
FCoE packets must carry a CoS value and must be tagged, meaning that the port  
must be configured as a trunk port. This setting affects the connection when  
connected to a peer with DCBX protocol and a matching CoS setting. If the DCBX  
peer CoS setting does not match, the connection is not affected by this setting.  
When not connected to a DCBX-enabled peer, or before receiving an FCoE CoS  
value, the FCoE CoS type length value is based on this parameter setting. In this  
case, the FCoE packets will only be priority encoded if the network port is  
configured as a trunk port (see “Port Type” on page 3-34).  
When connected to a DCBX-enabled peer, the FCoE CoS value is automatically  
set to value specified in the FCoE CoS type length value, regardless of this  
parameter setting. When connected to a switch that supports DCBX (for example,  
the Cisco Nexus™ 5020 switch), the port type is implicitly changed by FCoE  
engine firmware to be a trunk port, regardless of the persistent settings.  
SN0054614-00 K  
3-35  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
3–Interactive Commands  
Target/LUN List Menu (Command Line Options -t and -l)  
The priority pause mask is a bitmap of CoS values for which pause is being  
enabled. SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI allows you to select or clear boxes from 0  
to 7, representing the different CoS values for which pause is being enabled (or  
disabled). Because FCoE uses CoS 3 and because FC is lossless, you must  
enable pause for CoS 3.  
If you need to change the FCoE CoS value, you should also enable pause for the  
new CoS value.  
These values need not be modified when talking to a switch that supports DCBX  
(for example, the Cisco Nexus 5020 switch). The values are valid only when  
talking to a switch that does not support DCBX.  
HBA Parameters (All HBAs)  
3: HBA Parameters n: All HBAs  
When you select this option, the parameters listed in “HBA Parameters (Per  
Adapter Port)” on page 3-25 appear for every adapter.  
Target/LUN List Menu  
(Command Line Options -t and -l)  
4: Target/LUN List  
This option shows the main Target List Menu, which includes a list of all adapters  
and port instances detected on the host. You have the option to select:  
Each adapter port individually  
All adapters  
Here is an example of the Target List Menu:  
HBA Model QLA2462  
1: Port 1: WWPN: 21-00-00-E0-8B-1F-9D-F0 Online  
2: Port 2: WWPN: 21-01-00-E0-8B-3F-9D-F0 Online  
HBA Model QLE2562  
3: Port 1: WWPN: 21-00-00-1B-32-1B-4E-4C Online  
4: Port 2: WWPN: 21-01-00-1B-32-3B-4E-4C Online  
5: All HBAs  
6: Return to Previous Menu  
Table 3-2 lists the variables and their descriptions for target/LUN information.  
3-36  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
3–Interactive Commands  
Target/LUN List Menu (Command Line Options -t and -l)  
Table 3-2. Target/LUN Information  
Variable  
Description  
<address>  
IP address.  
<hba instance>  
<hba wwpn>  
Adapter number (adapter instance number).  
Adapter world wide port name, format xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx  
or xxxxxxxx.  
<lun id>  
Logical unit number (0–255).  
Target ID.  
<target id>  
<target portid>  
<target wwnn>  
Target world wide port name, format xx-xx-xx or xxxxxx.  
Target world wide node name, format xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx  
or xxxxxxxx.  
<target wwpn>  
Target world wide port name, format xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx or  
xxxxxxxx.  
Target/LUN List (Per Adapter Port)  
4: Target/LUN List 1 - n Target List Menu - Port n  
When you select an HBA port instance from the Target/LUN List, a list of LUNs  
(disks) attached to that port instance appears. Technical information for each LUN  
appears, including:  
Vendor  
Product ID  
Product Revision  
Serial Number  
Node Name  
Port Name  
Port ID  
Here is an example of a typical menu item:  
1: Disk(Online)  
Vendor  
: SEAGATE  
Product ID  
Product Rev  
Serial Number  
Node Name  
Port Name  
Port ID  
: ST318453FC  
: 0006  
: 3JA9TN7600007517T6P1  
: 20-00-00-11-C6-2D-5B-F9  
: 22-00-00-11-C6-2D-5B-F9  
: 02-0A-DC  
2: Disk (Online)  
SN0054614-00 K  
3-37  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
3–Interactive Commands  
Target/LUN List Menu (Command Line Options -t and -l)  
Vendor  
: SEAGATE  
Product ID  
Product Rev  
Serial Number  
Node Name  
Portname  
: ST318453FC  
: 0006  
: 3JA9TN7600007523T6P1  
: 20-00-00-11-C6-2D-5B-FA  
: 22-00-00-11-C6-2D-5B-FA  
: 02-0A-DE  
Port ID  
And so on.  
You can select any LUN and view additional information by entering its number at  
the prompt and then pressing ENTER  
.
Per Target/LUN  
4: Target/LUN List 1 - n Target List Menu Port n 1 - n: Target  
When you enter the number for an individual target, the LUN List Menu for that  
target appears. It includes a list of all LUNs on that target and the following  
information for each LUN:  
LUN Number  
Vendor  
Product ID  
Port Name  
Port ID  
All LUN(s)  
Here is an example of the LUN List Menu:  
1: LUN 0  
Vendor  
: SEAGATE  
Product ID  
Port Name  
Port ID  
: ST318453FC  
: 22-00-00-11-C6-2D-5B-F9  
: 02-0A-DC  
And so on.  
n: All LUN(s)  
n: Return to Previous Menu  
Per Target/All LUNs  
4: Target/LUN List 1 - n Target List Menu Port n 1 - n: Target 1 - n: LUN (Number)  
When you select a specific LUN from the LUN list, information for the selected  
LUN appears, as well as options to view additional information and access  
persistent names. For example:  
HBA Instance 2 (QLE2462 Port 1) : Online  
WWPN: 21-00-00-E0-8B-86-E5-D0  
3-38  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
3–Interactive Commands  
Target/LUN List Menu (Command Line Options -t and -l)  
Desc: QLE2462 PCI Express to 4Gb FC Dual Channel  
1: Information  
2: Persistent Names  
3: Return to Previous Menu  
Information  
4: Target/LUN List 1 - n Target List Menu Port n 1 - n: Target 1 - n: LUN (Number) 1: Information  
When you select Information from the previous menu, the following information  
for that LUN appears:  
Product Vendor  
Product ID  
Product Revision  
LUN  
Size  
Type  
WWULN  
OS LUN Name (on Solaris and Linux)  
For example:  
Product Vendor  
Product ID  
Product Revision  
LUN  
: HP  
: MSA VOLUME  
: 6.68  
: 8  
Size  
: 4.88 GB  
Type  
: SBC-2 Direct access block device  
(e.g., magnetic disk)  
:
WWULN  
60-05-08-B3-00-90-8D-B0-AF-57-A1-B0-88-40-00-20  
OS LUN Name  
: /dev/sdh;  
Persistent Names Menu  
(Command Line Option -pl)  
4: Target/LUN List 1 - n Target List Menu Port n 1 - n: Target 1 - n: LUN (Number) 2: Persistent Names  
NOTE:  
The Persistent Names Menu is available only on Linux Red Hat 5 (2.6  
kernel) systems; it is not available for Novell SLES.  
In large SAN configurations, the udev mechanism eases storage device  
management by enabling intuitive device file names to help manage LUNs.  
SN0054614-00 K  
3-39  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
3–Interactive Commands  
Target/LUN List Menu (Command Line Options -t and -l)  
When you select Persistent Names from the previous menu, the following  
Persistent Names Menu for that LUN appears. This menu provides options to  
view, add, and delete persistent names for the LUN. For example:  
Persistent Names Menu  
HBA Instance 2 (QLE2462 Port 1) : Online  
WWPN: 21-00-00-E0-8B-86-E5-D0  
Desc: QLE2462 PCI Express to 4Gb FC Dual Channel  
1: Info  
2: Add  
3: Delete  
4: Return to Previous Menu  
1. Info To view information about the selected LUN’s persistent binding, select  
1 on the Persistent Names Menu. The following shows an example of the  
information that appears:  
Product Vendor  
: HP  
Product ID  
Product Revision  
LUN  
: MSA VOLUME  
: 6.68  
: 8  
WWULN  
:
60-05-08-B3-00-90-8D-B0-AF-57-A1-B0-88-40-00-20  
OS LUN Name  
Persistent LUN Name  
: /dev/sdh;  
:
2. Add To add persistent binding for the LUN, select 2 on the Persistent  
Names Menu. The following device information is shown and you are prompted to  
enter a new persistent device name. For example:  
------------------------------------------------------------  
Product Vendor  
Product ID  
Product Revision  
LUN  
: HP  
: MSA VOLUME  
: 6.68  
: 8  
WWULN  
:
60-05-08-B3-00-90-8D-B0-AF-57-A1-B0-88-40-00-20  
OS LUN Name  
: /dev/sdh;  
------------------------------------------------------------  
Persistent LUN Name  
:
Enter new persistent device names: MSA_UDEV  
New persistent device name has been added to LUN 8 (TID 4).  
Please reboot or run 'udevtrigger' command for the changes to take effect  
Hit <RETURN> to continue:  
For the persistent device name change to take effect and show in the Persistent  
Names Info output, you must either reboot the system or run the  
-udevtrigger command.  
3-40  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
3–Interactive Commands  
Target/LUN List Menu (Command Line Options -t and -l)  
3. Delete To delete persistent binding for the LUN, select 3 on the Persistent  
Names Menu. SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI lists the existing LUN persistent  
binding names, prompts you to select one for deletion, and then immediately  
deletes the persistent LUN name. For example:  
1: test1  
2: Return to Previous Menu  
Note: 0 to return to Main Menu  
Enter Selection: 1  
------------------------------------------------------------  
Product Vendor  
Product ID  
Product Revision  
LUN  
: SANBlaze  
: VLUN FC RAMDisk  
: 3.1.  
: 28  
WWULN  
:
60-00-62-B0-00-0F-53-50-00-00-00-00-00-00-00-1C  
OS LUN Name  
: /dev/sdbh;/dev/sg59;  
------------------------------------------------------------  
Persistent LUN Name : test1  
Persistent device name of LUN 28 (TID 1) has been deleted.  
Please reboot or run 'udevtrigger' command for the changes to take effect  
Hit <RETURN> to continue:  
CAUTION!  
Do not delete a LUN’s persistent device name if there is any active I/O on  
the LUN.  
For the persistent device name deletion to take effect, you must either reboot the  
system or run the -udevtrigger command.  
All Targets  
4: Target/LUN List 1 - n Target List Menu Port n 1 - n: Target m: All LUNs  
When you select a specific LUN from the LUN list, the following information for all  
LUNs appears:  
Product Vendor  
Product ID  
Product Revision  
LUN  
Size  
Type  
WWULN  
OS LUN Name (on Solaris and Linux)  
(Repeats for each LUN)  
SN0054614-00 K  
3-41  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
3–Interactive Commands  
Target/LUN List Menu (Command Line Options -t and -l)  
Here is an example of the LUN information.  
Product Vendor  
Product ID  
Product Revision  
LUN  
: SEAGATE  
: ST318453FC  
: 0006  
: 0  
Size  
: SBC-2 Direct Access block device  
(e.g. magnetic disk)  
: 20-00-00-11-C6-2D-5A-3F  
WWULN  
------------------------------------------------------------------  
Hit <Return> to continue:  
And so on. Repeats for each LUN.  
Target/LUN List (All Adapters)  
4: Target/LUN List N: All HBAs  
This choice shows the Target List Menu for All HBAs:  
Individual Target  
Individual LUN  
All Target(s)  
All LUN(s)  
Individual Target  
4: Target/LUN List N: All HBAs 1: Individual Target  
This choice shows the Target List Menu for All HBAs. Information for each  
individual target includes:  
(Target type) on QLAxxxx (adapter instance n)  
Vendor  
Product ID  
Product Revision  
Serial Number  
Port Name  
Port ID  
Repeats for each target  
Here is an example of the Target List Menu for All HBAs:  
1: Disk 0 on QLA2462 (HBA Instance 0)  
Vendor  
: SEAGATE  
Product ID  
Product Rev  
Serial Number  
Port Name  
Port ID  
: ST336607FC  
: 0006  
: 3JA9TN7600007517T6P1  
: 22-00-00-11-C6-2D-5B-F9  
: 02-0A-DC  
3-42  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
3–Interactive Commands  
Target/LUN List Menu (Command Line Options -t and -l)  
1: Disk 1 on QLA2462 (HBA Instance 0)  
Vendor  
: SEAGATE  
Product ID  
Product Rev  
Serial Number  
Port Name  
Port ID  
: ST336607FC  
: 0006  
: 3JA9TN7600007517FK7W  
: 22-00-00-11-C6-2D-5A-B8  
: 02-0A-EO  
And so on.  
Individual LUN  
4: Target/LUN List n: Port Number 1: Individual LUN 1 - n: Target  
When you select an individual target, the following target information appears:  
Path  
Target  
Device ID  
Product Vendor  
Product ID  
Product Revision  
Node Name  
Port Name  
Product Type  
LUN Count(s)  
Status  
Here is an example of the Target information:  
Path  
: 0  
Target  
: 3  
Device ID  
Product Vendor  
Product ID  
Product Revision  
Serial Number  
Node Name  
Port Name  
Port ID  
: 0x87  
: SEAGATE  
: ST336607FC  
: 0006  
: 3JA9TN7600007517T6P1  
: 20-00-00-11-C6-2D-5B-F9  
: 22-00-00-11-C6-2D-5B-F9  
: 02-0A-DC  
Product Type  
LUN Count(s)  
Status  
: Disk  
: 1  
: Online  
All Targets  
4: Target/LUN List n: Port Number 1: Individual LUNs  
When you select this option, SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI shows the LUN List  
Menu containing:  
SN0054614-00 K  
3-43  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
3–Interactive Commands  
Target/LUN List Menu (Command Line Options -t and -l)  
Product Vendor  
Product ID  
Port Name  
Port ID  
LUN ID  
OS LUN Name (on Solaris and Linux)  
NOTE:  
In the Solaris OS, the QLA adapter driver supports a maximum of 256  
LUNs.  
In the Solaris OS, the QLC adapter driver supports a maximum of 16K  
LUNs.  
Here is an example of the LUN information:  
Product Vendor  
Product ID  
Product Revision  
LUN  
: SEAGATE  
: ST336607FC  
: 0006  
: 0  
Size  
: 34.18 GB  
Type  
: SBC-2 Direct access block device  
(e.g., magnetic disk)  
: 20-00-00-0C-50-68-1E-9A  
WWULN  
------------------------------------------------  
Hit (RETURN) to continue:  
All Target(s)  
4: Target/LUN List n: Port Number 3: All Target(s)  
This choice shows information for all targets connected to the system, including:  
Path  
Target  
Device ID  
Product Vendor  
Product ID  
Product Revision  
Serial Number  
Node Name  
Port Name  
Port ID  
Product Type  
LUN Count(s)  
Status  
3-44  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
3–Interactive Commands  
Target/LUN List Menu (Command Line Options -t and -l)  
Here is an example of the All Targets option.  
Note: 0 to return to Main Menu  
Enter Selection: 3  
------------------------------------------------------------------  
HBA Instance 5: QLA2300 Port 2 WWPN 21-01-00-E0-8B-25-CB-D8 PortID  
11-05-EF  
------------------------------------------------------------------  
Path  
: 0  
Target  
: 0  
Device ID  
Product Vendor  
Product ID  
Product Revision  
Serial Number  
Node Name  
Port Name  
Port ID  
: 0x85  
: SEAGATE  
: ST136403FC  
: FF5F  
: LT06464600001011HGGH  
: 20-00-00-20-37-1A-6B-CF  
: 21-00-00-20-37-1A-6B-CF  
: 11-01-E4  
Product Type  
LUN Count(s)  
Status  
: Disk  
: 1  
: Online  
---------------------------------------------------------------  
And so forth.  
All LUN(s)  
4: Target/LUN List n: Port Number 3: All LUN(s)  
When you select this option, SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI shows the following  
information about all LUNs for all adapter port instances:  
Product Vendor  
Product ID  
Product Revision  
LUN  
Size (in GB or MB)  
Type (for example, magnetic disk)  
WWULN (world-wide unique LUN name)  
OS LUN Name (on Solaris and Linux)  
NOTE:  
In the Solaris OS, the QLA adapter driver supports a maximum of 256  
LUNs.  
In the Solaris OS, the QLC adapter driver supports a maximum of 16K  
LUNs.  
Here is an example of the All LUNs information:  
SN0054614-00 K  
3-45  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
3–Interactive Commands  
Target/LUN List Menu (Command Line Options -t and -l)  
-------------------------------------------------------------  
HBA Instance 0: QLA2462 Port 1 WWPN 21-00-00-E0-8B-1F-9D-F0 Port  
ID 02-00-00  
-------------------------------------------------------------  
Target WWPN (22-00-00-04-CF-9C-24-CA)  
-------------------------------------------------------------  
Product Vendor  
Product ID  
Product Revision  
LUN  
: SEAGATE  
: ST318203FC  
: 0006  
: 0  
Size  
: 34.18 GB  
Type  
: SBC-2 Direct access block device  
(e.g., magnetic disk)  
: 20-00-00-20-37-38-73-BC  
WWULN  
Press <Enter> to continue:  
Target information repeats for each target.  
Here is an example of the All LUNs information for Linux:  
Product Vendor  
Product ID  
Product Revision  
LUN  
: HITACHI  
: HUS103073FLF210  
: FA16  
: 0  
Size  
: 68.37 GB  
Type  
: SBC-2 Direct access block device  
(e.g., magnetic disk)  
: 20-00-00-00-87-72-85-B2  
: /dev/sda  
WWULN  
OS LUN Name  
Here is an example of the All LUNs information on Solaris with a QLA driver:  
Product Vendor  
Product ID  
Product Revision  
LUN  
: SUN  
: StorEdge 3510  
: 415F  
: 15  
Size  
: 4.88 GB  
Type  
: SBC-2 Direct access block device  
(e.g., magnetic disk)  
WWULN  
: 60-0C-0F-F0-00-00-00-00-09-8B-68-37-E0-B1-  
9B-04  
OS LUN Name  
: /dev/rdsk/c1t0d0s15  
3-46  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3–Interactive Commands  
Target Link Speed or iiDMA Settings Menu (Command Line Option -q)  
Target Link Speed or iiDMA Settings Menu  
(Command Line Option -q)  
5: Target Link Speed or 5: iiDMA Settings  
NOTE:  
Depending on your system, the SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI Main Menu  
may show either the Target Link Speed option or the iiDMA Settings  
option.  
This option shows the Target Link Speed Menu or iiDMA Menu that includes a  
list of all adapters and port instances detected, including the options to select:  
Each adapter port instance, individually  
All adapters  
Here is an example of the Target Link Speed Menu or iiDMA Settings Menu:  
HBA Model QLA2342:  
1. Port 1 WWPN 21-00-00-EO-8B-01-43-9B Online  
2. Port 2 WWPN 21-01-00-E0-8B-21-43-9B Online  
HBA Model QLA2300:  
3. Port 1 WWPN 21-00-00-E0-8B-05-CB-D8 Loop down  
4. Port 2 WWPN 21-01-00-E0-8B-25-CB-D8 Online  
HBA Model QLA2462:  
5. Port 1 WWPN 21-00-00-E0-8B-1P-9D-P0 Online  
6. Port 2 WWPN 21-01-00-E0-8B-3P-9D-P0 Loop down  
HBA Model QLA21O:  
7. Port 1 WiIPN 21-00-00-E0-8B-1A-3F-E0 Online  
8. All HBAs  
9. Return to Previous Menu  
Table 3-3 lists the target link speed settings and descriptions.  
Table 3-3. Target Link Speed Settings  
Target Link Speed Settings  
Description  
<address>  
IP address.  
<hba instance>  
<hba wwnn>  
Adapter number (adapter instance number).  
Adapter world wide port name, format  
xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx or xxxxxxxx.  
<lun id>  
<speed>  
Logical unit number (0–255).  
Target Link Speed (iiDMA) - (1, 2, or 4 Gbs).  
SN0054614-00 K  
3-47  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
3–Interactive Commands  
Target Link Speed or iiDMA Settings Menu (Command Line Option -q)  
Table 3-3. Target Link Speed Settings (Continued)  
Target Link Speed Settings  
Description  
<target id>  
Target ID.  
<target portid>  
Target world wide port name, format xx-xx-xx or  
xxxxxx.  
<target wwnn>  
<target wwpn>  
-targets | -t  
Target World Wide Node Name, format  
xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx or xxxxxxxx.  
Target world wide port name, format  
xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx or xxxxxxxx.  
All targets.  
Configuring the iiDMA Settings  
Use the intelligent interleaved direct memory access (iiDMA) menu to select the  
intelligent interleave factor settings per adapter type and device.  
NOTE:  
The iiDMA options are not available for the QLE8042 adapter with FCoE  
engine.  
To configure iiDMA settings:  
1.  
2.  
3.  
From the SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI main menu, select iiDMA Settings.  
Select the adapter that you want to apply the iiDMA update.  
Select one of the following options:  
Basic Configuration if you want to apply the iiDMA update to all  
devices attached to this adapter.  
Advanced Configuration if you want to select an apply different  
iiDMA update to each device attached to this adapter.  
4.  
To use Basic Configuration:  
a.  
b.  
Select the adapter.  
Select the iiDMA from the intelligent interleave factor speed list (1  
Gbps, 2 Gbps, 4 Gbps, or 8 Gbps) to all attached devices.  
c.  
Choose one of the following options:  
To apply the new settings to all attached devices, select Yes.  
The following is returned:  
3-48  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
3–Interactive Commands  
Target Link Speed or iiDMA Settings Menu (Command Line Option -q)  
iiDMA settings have been saved to selected target(s)  
on HBA instance n.  
To exit iiDMA Settings without making any changes, select No.  
5.  
To use Advanced Configuration:  
a.  
b.  
Select the adapter.  
From the device list, select a device (disk) that is currently attached to  
this adapter.  
c.  
From the iiDMA speed list, select the iiDMA (1 Gbps, 2 Gbps, 4 Gbps,  
or 8 Gbps) that you want to set for this device.  
d.  
e.  
Repeat the previous step for additional devices.  
Choose one of the following options:  
To proceed, select Select the Apply changes to selected  
target(s). The following is returned:  
The iiDMA settings have been saved to selected  
target(s).  
To exit without making any changes, select Return to Previous  
Menu.  
HBA Port Instance  
5: Target Link Speed Target Link Speed Menu for HBA instance 1-n  
This option shows the Target Link Speed Menu or iiDMA Settings Menu for a  
specific port instance.This menu looks like the Target List Menu shown in “Per  
Target/LUN” on page 3-38. It includes a list of all targets attached to the selected  
port instance and specific information about each target, including:  
Target Type (for example, Disk)  
Product Vendor  
Product ID  
Product Revision  
Serial Number  
Port Name  
Port ID  
Max Target Link Rate  
Next Target Type (for example, Disk)  
Apply Changes to Selected Targets  
Here is an example of the Target Link Speed Menu for all adapter instances:  
Target Link Speed Menu  
SN0054614-00 K  
3-49  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
3–Interactive Commands  
Target Link Speed or iiDMA Settings Menu (Command Line Option -q)  
HBA Instance 0 (QLA2463 Port 1) : Online  
Desc: QLA2462 PCI-X 2.0 to 4Gb PC Dual Channel  
1: Disk  
Vendor  
: SEAGATE  
Product ID  
Product Rev  
Serial Number  
Port Name  
Port ID  
: ST318453FC  
: DF12  
: 3EV0NYSG000072496DYD  
: 22-00-00-04-CF-9C-24-CA  
: 02-00-E1  
Max Target Link Rate : 4 Gbps  
2: Disk  
Vendor  
: SEAGATE  
Product ID  
Product Rev  
Serial Number  
Port Name  
: ST318453FC  
: 00006  
: 3JA9AYSG000072496FBJ  
: 22-00-00-0C-50-68-1E-9A  
: 11-0A-E2  
Port ID  
Max Target Link Rate : 4 Gbps  
m: Disk  
Vendor  
: SEAGATE  
Product ID  
Product Rev  
Serial Number  
Port Name  
: ST318453FC  
: 0006  
: 3JA9TQE0000724966ZK  
: 22-00-00-11-C6-2D-5A-3F  
: 02-0A-E4  
Port ID  
Max Target Link Rate : 4 Gbps  
n: Apply Changes to Selected Target(s)  
HBA Port  
5: iiDMA Settings 1 - n: HBA Port n  
If you select a port for adapter model QLA2462, the following information appears:  
iiDMA Menu  
HBA Instance 3 (QLA2462 Port 2) : Online  
WWPN: 21-01-00-E0-8B-A5-8C-7C  
Desc: QLA2462 PCI-X 2.0 to 4Gb FC Dual Channel  
1: Disk  
Vendor  
: SEAGATE  
Product ID  
Product Rev  
Serial Number  
Port Name  
Port ID  
: ST136403FC  
: FF5F  
: LT06464600001011HGGH  
: 21-00-00-20-37-1A-6B-CF  
: 11-01-E4  
Intelligent Interleave Factor: 4 Gbps  
2: Disk  
3-50  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
3–Interactive Commands  
Target Link Speed or iiDMA Settings Menu (Command Line Option -q)  
Vendor  
: SEAGATE  
Product ID  
Product Rev  
Serial Number  
Port Name  
: ST118273 CLAR18  
: SG1D  
: LP60266900001919HQ1K  
: 21-00-00-20-37-11-FF-EF  
: 11-01-E8  
Port ID  
Intelligent Interleave Factor: 4 Gbps  
3: Apply Changes to selected Target(s)  
4: Return to Previous Menu  
Note: 0 to return to Main Menu  
Enter Selection:  
Advanced Configuration  
5: Target Link Speed n: Port Number 2: Advanced Configuration  
When you select a port instance from the Target Link Menu, the Target Link  
Speed Menu (Advanced) appears. It includes the link speed options. The options  
vary according to the adapter in use. For example:  
1 Gbps  
2 Gbps  
4Gbps  
8 Gbps  
Type the number for the link speed you want for the adapter port instance  
selected, and then press ENTER  
.
The same menu reappears, allowing you to set the link speed for every port  
instance you want.  
When you have set the speed for all the links you want, type the number for Apply  
changes to Selected Target(s), and then press ENTER  
.
Target Link Speed: All HBAs  
5: Target Link Speed 2: All HBAs  
When you select this option, the Target Link Speed Menu for All HBAs appears.  
It offers two options:  
Basic configuration  
Advanced Configuration  
SN0054614-00 K  
3-51  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
3–Interactive Commands  
Target Link Speed or iiDMA Settings Menu (Command Line Option -q)  
Target Link Speed: All HBAs, Basic Configuration  
5: Target Link Speed 2: All HBAs 1: Basic Configuration  
When you select this option, the Target Link Speed Menu (Basic) for All HBAs  
appears. It offers the link speed options. The options vary according to the  
adapter in use. For example:  
1 Gbps  
2 Gbps  
4Gbps  
8 Gbps  
Respond Yes to the Proceed? prompt to apply the change to all port instances on  
all adapters.  
Target Link Speed: All HBAs, Advanced Configuration  
5: Target Link Speed 2: All HBAs 1: Advanced Configuration  
This option shows the Target Link Speed Menu (Advanced) for All HBAs. This  
menu lists all targets on all adapters and shows information about each target:  
Target Type, Target number, Adapter model, and instance  
Product vendor  
Product ID  
Product revision  
Serial Number  
Port Name  
Port ID  
Max Target Link Rate  
Next Target Type, Target number, Adapter model and instance  
Apply Changes to Selected Targets  
Here is an example of the Target Link Speed Menu (Advanced) for All HBAs:  
Target Link Speed Menu (Advanced)  
All HBAs  
1: Disk 0 on QLA2462 (HBA Instance 0)  
Vendor  
: SEAGATE  
Product ID  
Product Rev  
Serial Number  
Port Name  
Port ID  
: ST318453FC  
: DF12  
: 3EV0NYSG000072496DYD  
: 22-00-00-04-CF-9C-24-CA  
: 02-00-E1  
Max Target Link Rate : 4 Gbps  
2: Disk 1 on QLA2462 (HBA Instance 0)  
3-52  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
3–Interactive Commands  
Target Link Speed or iiDMA Settings Menu (Command Line Option -q)  
Vendor  
Product ID  
Product Rev  
: SEAGATE  
: ST318453FC  
: 00006  
Serial Number  
Port Name  
Port ID  
: 3JA9AYSG000072496FBJ  
: 22-00-00-0C-50-68-1E-9A  
: 11-0A-E2  
Max Target Link Rate : 4 Gbps  
...  
m: Disk 2 on QLA2462 (HBA Instance 1)  
Vendor  
: SEAGATE  
Product ID  
Product Rev  
Serial Number  
Port Name  
Port ID  
: ST318453FC  
: 00006  
: 3AJA9ALAG0000724966ZK  
: 22-00-00-11-C6-2D-5A-3F  
: 11-0A-E2  
Max Target Link Rate : 4 Gbps  
...  
n: Disk  
Vendor  
: SEAGATE  
Product ID  
: ST318453FC  
Product Rev  
Serial Number  
Port Name  
: 0006  
: 3JA9TQE0000724966ZK  
: 22-00-00-11-C6-2D-5A-3F  
: 02-0A-E4  
Port ID  
Max Target Link Rate : 4 Gbps  
p: Apply Changes to Selected Target(s)  
Target Link Speed: All HBAs, Advanced Configuration  
5: Target Link Speed 2: All HBAs 1: Advanced Configuration 1 - n: Link speed  
When you select an adapter to set its link speed, the Target Link Speed Menu  
(Advanced) menu for a specific adapter instance appears. It shows the link speed  
options you can choose from. The options vary according to the adapter in use.  
For example:  
1 Gbps  
2 Gbps  
4 Gbps  
8 Gbps  
When you set a Link Speed option for a specific (target) device the Target Link  
Speed Menu (Advanced) for All HBAs reappears, allowing you to set the link  
speed for another adapter instance.  
When you have set the link speed for all the instances you want to, type the  
number for Apply changes to Selected Target(s), and then press ENTER  
.
The system returns a message indicating the changes have been saved. For  
example:  
SN0054614-00 K  
3-53  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3–Interactive Commands  
Target Persistent Bindings Menu (Command Line Option -p)  
New iiDMA setting has been saved to seleted target(s) on HBA  
instance 0.  
iiDMA Settings: Disk  
5: iiDMA Settings 1 - n: HBA Port n n: Disk n  
When you select a specific disk on the adapter port, the following options are  
available on the iiDMA Menu (Advanced):  
1 Gps  
2 Gps  
4 Gps  
iiDMA: All HBAs  
5: iiDMA Settings n: All HBAs  
When you select All HBAs to configure, the options for Basic Configuration and  
Advance Configuration appear on the menu. See “Configuring the iiDMA  
Target Persistent Bindings Menu  
(Command Line Option -p)  
6: Target Persistent Bindings  
When you select this option, SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI shows the Target  
Persistent Binding menu listing standard adapter port instances (see “HBA Port  
Instance” on page 3-49), where you can select an individual adapter port or All  
HBAs.  
The following sections describe how to view, set, and delete the adapter’s target  
persistent binding in interactive and non-interactive modes.  
NOTE:  
In a Solaris OS, QLA/QLE24xx and QEM2462 adapters with a QLA  
driver allow up to 2048 targets with target IDs in the range of 0–2047.  
In a Solaris OS, QLA/QLE23xx adapters with a QLA driver allow up to  
256 targets with target IDs in the range of 0–2047.  
Under Solaris, this feature is disabled if you are using the driver from the  
OS installation CDs (QLC driver). Under Linux, this feature is disabled if  
you are using the IOCTL or sysfs (inbox) driver.  
Whether you select a specific adapter port instance or All HBAs, the Target  
Persistent Bindings Menu appears.  
3-54  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
             
3–Interactive Commands  
Target Persistent Bindings Menu (Command Line Option -p)  
Target Persistent Bindings (Per Adapter Port)  
(Command Line Option -p)  
6: Target Persistent Bindings 1 - n: Target Persistent Bindings HBA Instance n  
When you select an adapter instance to view or change its binding, this menu the  
Target Persistent Bindings Menu for a specific adapter instance appears. It  
shows the binding options you can choose from:  
Display Configuration  
Bind Target(s)  
Unbind Target(s)  
Type the number for the option you want, and then press ENTER  
.
Display Target Persistent Binding  
(Command Line Option -p)  
6: Target Persistent Binding 1 - n: Target Persistent Binding HBA Instance n 1: Display Configuration  
When you select the Display Configuration option, the following information  
appears. (Or, the message, No target persistent binding configuration on HBA  
instance n appears instead):  
Bind status (Yes or No)  
Device type (Disk, for example)  
Target information (model name and number, for example)  
Port Name  
Port ID  
Target ID  
Target Persistent Bindings: Bind Target(s)  
(Command Line Option -p)  
6: Target Persistent Bindings 1 - n: Target Persistent Bindings HBA Instance n 2: Bind Target(s)  
When you select the Bind Targets option, the Target Persistent Binding Menu  
for HBA Instance n appears. This menu lists all targets on the selected adapter  
instance and shows information about each target:  
Target Type  
Product Vendor  
Product ID  
Port Name  
Port ID  
Bind  
Target ID  
Next Target (repeats)  
All Targets  
SN0054614-00 K  
3-55  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
3–Interactive Commands  
Target Persistent Bindings Menu (Command Line Option -p)  
Here is an example of the Target Persistent Binding Menu for HBA Instance n:  
Target Persistent binding Menu  
HBA Instance 0  
1: Disk  
Vendor  
: SEAGATE  
Product ID  
Port Name  
Port ID  
Bind  
: ST318453FC  
: 22-00-00-04-CF-9C-24-CA  
: 02-00-E1  
: No  
:
Target ID  
2: Disk  
Vendor  
: SEAGATE  
Product ID  
Port Name  
Port ID  
Bind  
: ST318453FC  
: 22-00-00-0C-50-68-1E-9A  
: 11-0A-E2  
: No  
:
Target ID  
...  
m: Disk 2 on QLA2462 (HBA Instance 1)  
Vendor  
: SEAGATE  
Product ID  
Port Name  
Port ID  
Bind  
: ST318453FC  
: 22-00-00-11-C6-2D-5A-3F  
: 11-0A-E2  
: No  
:
Target ID  
...  
n: Disk  
Vendor  
: SEAGATE  
Product ID  
: ST318453FC  
Port Name  
Port ID  
: 22-00-00-11-C6-2D-5A-3F  
: 02-0A-E4  
Bind  
: No  
:
Target ID  
p: All Target(s)  
Target Persistent Binding - FC Port Configuration  
(Command Line Option -p)  
6: Target Persistent Binding 1 - n: Target Persistent Binding 2: Bind Target(s) 1-n: Port configuration  
When you select this menu, you are prompted to enter a Target ID. The Target  
Persistent Binding - FC Port configuration Menu appears and lists these  
options:  
Select More  
Commit Changes  
Cancel  
3-56  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
3–Interactive Commands  
Target Persistent Bindings Menu (Command Line Option -p)  
Type the number for the option you want, and then press ENTER  
.
Target Persistent Binding: Unbind Targets  
(Command Line Option -p)  
6: Target Persistent Binding 1 - n: Target Persistent Binding HBA Instance n 3: Unbind Target(s)  
The Unbind Targets option is like the Bind Targets option (see Target  
Target Persistent Binding (All HBAs)  
6: Target Persistent Binding p: All HBAs  
When you select this option, SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI shows the following  
options:  
Display Configuration  
Bind Target(s)  
Unbind Target(s)  
Display Target Persistent Binding  
6: Target Persistent Binding p: All HBAs 1: Display Configuration  
When you select the Display Configuration option, the following information  
appears. (Or, the message, No target persistent binding configuration on HBA  
instance n appears instead):  
Bind status (Yes or No)  
Device type (Disk, for example)  
Target information (model name and number, for example)  
Port Name  
Port ID  
Target ID  
Target Persistent Binding: Bind Targets  
6: Target Persistent Binding p: All HBAs 2: Bind Targets  
Target Persistent Binding: Unbind Targets  
6: Target Persistent Binding p: All HBAs 3: Unbind Targets  
SN0054614-00 K  
3-57  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
               
3–Interactive Commands  
Selective LUNs Menu (Command Line Option -m)  
Selective LUNs Menu  
(Command Line Option -m)  
7: Selective LUNs  
When you select this option, SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI shows the Selective  
LUNs Menu (see ), allowing you to select an individual adapter port or All HBAs.  
Selective LUNs (Per Adapter Port)  
7: Selective LUNs 1: - m: HBA Port Instance  
When you select this option, SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI shows the following  
options for the adapter:  
Display LUN Configuration  
Manual Configure LUNs  
Auto Configure LUNs  
If this option is not available for the selected LUN, the following message appears:  
Configuration not permitted. Device(s) either not present or not  
persistently bound (HBA n)!  
Selective LUNs (All HBAs)  
7: Selective LUNs 1: All HBAs  
When you select this option, SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI shows the following  
options for all adapters:  
Display LUN Configuration  
Manual Configure LUNs  
Auto Configure LUNs  
Display LUN Configuration  
7: Selective LUNs 1-m: Port Number 1: Display LUN Configuration  
When you select the Display LUN Configuration menu, you can choose to show  
either:  
Details View  
General View  
The detailed view shows:  
Selective LUN Menu (Display)  
HBA Instance 5 (QLA2300 Port 2) : Online  
WWPN: 21-01-00-E0-8B-25-CB-D8  
Desc: QLA2302 VA-CPQ (PCI to FC dual channel) HP Appliance  
3-58  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
               
3–Interactive Commands  
Selective LUNs Menu (Command Line Option -m)  
1: Disk  
Vendor  
: SEAGATE  
Product ID  
Port Name  
Port ID  
Bind  
: ST136403FC  
: 21-00-00-20-37-1A-6B-CF  
: 11-01-E4  
: Yes  
Target ID  
: 0  
2: Disk  
Vendor  
: SEAGATE  
Product ID  
Port Name  
Port ID  
: ST118273 CLAR18  
: 21-00-00-20-37-11-FF-EF  
: 11-01-E8  
Bind  
Target ID  
: Yes  
: 1  
3: Return to Previous Menu  
The general view shows:  
------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
HBA Instance 5: QLA2300 Port 2 WWPN 21-01-00-E0-8B-25-CB-D8 PortID 11-05-EF  
------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
Enable Type  
Target/LUN Info  
Port Name  
LUN ID  
------ -------- ----------------------- ----------------------- ------  
Yes  
Yes  
Disk SEAGATE ST136403FC  
Disk SEAGATE ST118273 CLAR18 21-00-00-20-37-11-FF-EF 0  
21-00-00-20-37-1A-6B-CF 0  
Manual Configure LUNs  
7: Selective LUNs 1-m: Port Number 2: Manual Configure LUNs  
When you select this option, SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI lists the disks on the  
selected adapter port and shows the current configuration of each. Select the  
number for the disk you want to configure, and then press ENTER to continue.  
You can then select either an individual LUN to configure, or All LUNs. Select  
option 1: Enable to enable the LUN(s), or option 2: Disable to disable the LUN(s).  
You are prompted to choose either 1: Select More to configure additional LUNs  
or 2: Commit Changes to confirm your configuration changes.  
Auto Configure LUNs  
7: Selective LUNs 1-m: Port Number 3: Auto Configure LUNs  
When you select this option, SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI provides the options 1:  
Enable to enable all targets and all LUN(s), or 2: Disable to disable all targets  
and all LUN(s). When you select either option, the changes are saved  
immediately and you are prompted to reboot:  
Configuration saved on HBA instance 5 (WWPN  
21-01-00-E0-8B-25-CB-D8). LUN persistent data saved successfully.  
SN0054614-00 K  
3-59  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
3–Interactive Commands  
Boot Device Menu (Command Line Option -e)  
Please reboot the system for the saved configuration to become  
effective.  
Boot Device Menu  
(Command Line Option -e)  
8: Boot Device  
NOTE:  
The Boot Device Menu option is not supported on Red Hat or Novell  
PowerPC64.  
When you select this option, SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI shows the standard  
HBA Port Instance menu (see “HBA Port Instance” on page 3-49) allowing you to  
select an individual adapter port or All HBAs.  
HBA Port Instance  
8: Boot Device 1 - m: HBA Port Instance  
When you select this option, SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI shows the Boot  
Device Settings menu for adapter instance m. You can choose to:  
Display Boot Device(s)  
Configure Boot Device(s)  
Boot Device(s) (Per Adapter Port)  
8: Boot Device n: Port Number 1: Display Boot Device(s)  
When you select this option, SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI shows the following  
information about the boot devices for this adapter instance:  
Adapter Instance Number  
Adapter Model Number (QLAxxxx)  
Port Number (on that adapter)  
WWPN  
Port ID  
Boot Device Settings  
Selectable Boot (Enabled/Disabled)  
Primary Boot Port Name (WWPN) and LUN  
Alternate 1 Boot Port Name and LUN  
Alternate 2 Boot Port Name and LUN  
Alternate 3 Boot Port Name and LUN  
For example:  
3-60  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
             
3–Interactive Commands  
Boot Device Menu (Command Line Option -e)  
------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
HBA Instance 0: 2200 Port 1 WWPN 21-00-00-E0-8B-03-55-7C PortID 00-00-EF  
------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
Boot Device Settings:  
---------------------------------------  
Selectable Boot: Disabled  
---------------------------------------  
(Primary  
----------------------------  
00-00-00-00-00-00-00-00  
) Boot Port Name  
LUN  
------  
0
----------------------------  
(Alternate 1) Boot Port Name  
----------------------------  
00-00-00-00-00-00-00-00  
------  
LUN  
------  
0
----------------------------  
(Alternate 2) Boot Port Name  
----------------------------  
00-00-00-00-00-00-00-00  
------  
LUN  
------  
0
----------------------------  
(Alternate 3) Boot Port Name  
----------------------------  
00-00-00-00-00-00-00-00  
------  
LUN  
------  
0
Configure Boot Device(s)  
8: Boot Device n: Port Number 2: Configure Boot Device(s)  
When you select this option, SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI shows the Boot  
Device Settings menu for adapter instance m, including the adapter model  
number, and details about its specifications. You can choose to configure the  
following:  
Primary Boot Device  
Alternate 1 Boot Device  
Alternate 2 Boot Device  
Alternate 3 Boot Device  
Boot Device Settings  
8: Boot Device n: Port Number 2: Configure Boot Device 2: Boot Device Settings  
When you select this option, SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI shows the Boot  
Device Settings menu with information about each one including:  
Device type (for example, Disk)  
Order (Primary, secondary, and so forth)  
Boot Port Name (WWPN)  
BIOS Boot Default  
SN0054614-00 K  
3-61  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
3–Interactive Commands  
Driver Settings Menu (Command Line Option -fg)  
LUN List Menu  
8: Boot Device n: Port Number 2: Configure Boot Device 2: Boot Device Settings 1: LUN List Menu  
When you select this option, SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI shows the LUN List  
Menu, which includes a list of LUNs on the selected device. You can select any of  
the lUNs as the boot device:  
LUN: 0  
LUN: 1  
And so on.  
Save Configuration  
8: Boot Device n: Port Number 2: Configure Boot Device 2: Device Settings 1: LUN List 1: Save  
Configuration  
When you select this option, the CLI shows the Save Configuration menu:  
Proceed  
Cancel  
Boot Device(s) (All HBAs)  
8: Boot Device 1: All HBAs  
When you select this option, SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI shows information  
about all boot devices for all adapters. For details, see “Boot Device(s) (Per  
Product vendor  
Product ID  
Product revision  
Driver Settings Menu  
(Command Line Option -fg)  
9: Driver Settings  
When you select this option, SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI shows the Driver  
Settings Menu that lists the ports on each adapter. Select the number  
corresponding to the port that you want, and then press ENTER to view the  
Target: Display Options and Target: Binding Options.  
3-62  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
3–Interactive Commands  
Driver Settings Menu (Command Line Option -fg)  
NOTE:  
Options on the Driver Settings menu differ according to the driver type:  
failover, non-failover, Windows, Solaris, or Macintosh:  
Present persistently bound target(s) plus any new target(s) with  
driver default (option available for all drivers)  
Present persistently bound target(s) Only (option available for all  
drivers)  
Present targets with driver default (option available for failover driver  
only)  
Bind by World Wide Port Name (option available for all drivers except  
Macintosh driver)  
Bind by Port ID (option available for all drivers except Macintosh driver)  
Commit Changes  
The current settings for the Present persistently bound target(s)... and Bind  
by... are indicated by the word Current in parentheses after the selection. To  
change these settings, select the menu number corresponding to the other option.  
NOTE:  
If you select a QLA22xx adapter, all QLA22xx adapters on the host will use  
the same settings. If you select a 23xx adapter, all 2Gb and 4Gb adapters on  
the host will also use the same settings. If you select any other adapter, all  
other 2Gb, 4Gb, and 8Gb adapters on the host will also use the same  
settings.  
To save your changes, select Commit Changes.  
Table 3-4 shows the driver settings.  
Table 3-4. Driver Settings  
Alias  
<param  
alias>  
Value  
<param  
value>  
Parameter Name  
<param name>  
Description  
PersistentOnly  
PO  
0, 1  
Present persistently bound  
target(s) only.  
Persistent-  
PlusNew  
PN  
0, 1  
Present persistently bound  
target(s) plus any new tar-  
get(s) with driver default.  
SN0054614-00 K  
3-63  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
3–Interactive Commands  
Utilities Menu  
Table 3-4. Driver Settings (Continued)  
Alias  
<param  
alias>  
Value  
<param  
value>  
Parameter Name  
<param name>  
Description  
NewOnlya  
NO  
0, 1  
Present targets with driver  
default.  
BindWWPN  
BW  
BP  
0, 1  
0, 1  
Bind devices by WWPNs.  
Bind devices by port IDs.  
BindPortID  
Table Notes  
a
Driver Parameter NewOnly(NO) is supported only with the failover driver.  
Utilities Menu  
10: Utilities  
The Utilities Menu provides options for saving and restoring Flash and adapter  
parameters. You can save adapter parameters in either a generic file or in a  
server manufacturer template such as QLogic, HP, IBM, EMC, and so on. Saving  
parameters in a template provides the advantage of tailored, default settings  
optimized for best results within the context.  
When you select this option, SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI shows the following  
utilities options:  
Update Flash (see page 3-65)  
Save Flash (see page 3-65)  
Update HBA Parameters (see page 3-65)  
Save HBA Parameters (see page 3-66)  
HBA Parameters Templates (see page 3-66)  
Update Driver (Windows only) (see page 3-69)  
Update Firmware Preload Table (8Gb adapters only) (see page 3-69)  
Save Firmware Preload Table (8Gb adapters only) (see page 3-70)  
Update MPI Config Table (see page 3-71)  
Save MPI Config Table (see page 3-71)  
Driver Rescan (Solaris with QLA driver only) (see page 3-72)  
Firmware Area Update (8Gb adapters only) (see page 3-72)  
Firmware Area Save (8Gb adapters only) (see page 3-74)  
Each of these menu options is described in this section.  
3-64  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
3–Interactive Commands  
Utilities Menu  
Update Flash (Per Adapter Port or All HBAs)  
(Command Line Option -b)  
10: Utilities 1: Update Flash  
When you select Update Flash, you are prompted to select either one of your  
adapter port instances or All HBAs to update. SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI then  
prompts you to Update Entire Image, to enter a file name (.bin) for the Flash  
update file, and to confirm the operation. The Flash update progress appears as  
in the following example:  
Validating Flash Image File...  
BIOS Version  
: 2.11  
Driver Firmware Version  
Flash BIOS Version  
Flash FCode Version  
Flash EFI Version  
Flash Firmware Version  
: 5.01.01  
: 2.11  
: 3.01  
: 3.10  
: 5.01.01  
Updating Flash on HBA port(s) - QLE8142. Please wait...  
Updating Adapter flash NIC Boot Code...  
Updating Adapter flash NIC MPI FW...  
Updating Adapter flash FC Boot Code/FW...  
Updating Adapter flash uncompressed FW...  
Updating Adapter flash FC VPD...  
Updating Adapter flash NIC VPD...  
Flash update complete. Changes have been saved to both ports of  
this HBA.  
Save Flash (Per Adapter Port)  
(Command Line Option -b and Reserved Word “save”)  
10: Utilities 2: Save Flash  
NOTE:  
The Flash save-to-file option is not supported on QLE/QMI81xx adapters.  
When you select this option, SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI opens the Save Flash  
Menu, where you select an adapter port and then enter a file name to save.  
Update HBA Parameters (Per Adapter Port or All HBAs)  
(Command Line Option -r)  
10: Utilities 3: Update HBA Parameters  
When you select Update HBA Parameters, you are prompted to select either one  
of your adapter port instances or All HBAs to update. SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA  
CLI then shows the following warning message:  
SN0054614-00 K  
3-65  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
             
3–Interactive Commands  
Utilities Menu  
Warning:  
Please update the HBA parameters with extreme care.  
Incorrectly updating the HBA parameters may render the HBA inoperable.  
If you currently have boot device information set up in the HBA  
parameters, updating the HBA parameters from a file may result in  
changing that information.  
If you wish to preserve the boot device information, please either  
update the file with the correct boot device settings before the  
HBA parameters update or re-configure the boot settings after  
the update.  
Do you want to proceed with the operation?  
1: Yes  
2: No  
Enter Selection:  
If you select 1: Yes, you are prompted to enter the name of a file from which to  
update the adapter parameters.  
Save HBA Parameters (Per Adapter Port)  
(Command Line Option -r and Reserved Word “save”)  
10: Utilities 4: Save HBA Parameters  
When you select the Save HBA Parameters option, SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI  
prompts you to select an adapter. You then enter a file name to save the  
parameters for that adapter.  
HBA Parameters Template (Per Adapter or All HBAs)  
(Command Line Option -n and OEM Name)  
10: Utilities 5: HBA Parameters Template  
Use templates to set OEM-specific storage qualified adapter parameters to a  
pre-determined value without using a specific DAT/DEFfile for each adapter type  
that you might be using.  
The following ISP2422/2432 parameters are subject to the template feature:  
Execution Throttle specifies the maximum number of commands executing  
on any one port. When a port’s execution throttle is reached, no new  
commands are executed until the current command finishes executing.  
Descending Loop ID Search specifies in what order the firmware assigns  
the AL_PA (ArbitratedLoop_PhysicalAddress). The firmware searches all  
the nodes in a loop topology and assigns the AL_PA in a descending order if  
you select 0, ascending order if you select 1.  
3-66  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
             
3–Interactive Commands  
Utilities Menu  
Maximum LUNs Per Target specifies the maximum number of LUNs per  
target. Multiple LUN support is typically for RAID boxes that use LUNs to  
map drives.  
Port Down Retry Count specifies the number of times SANsurfer FC/CNA  
HBA CLI retries a command to a port returning port down status.  
Link Down Timeout specifies the time the driver waits for the link to come  
up after link down before returning the I/Os. This is analogous to the Port  
Down Retry Count setting, which is used when the port is down.  
The following tables list the parameter settings supported by templates for the  
specified adapters by ISP number.  
NOTE:  
Settings that are effected by the template apply only to the ISP  
2300/2310/2312 2Gb adapters and the ISP2422/2432 4Gb adapters.  
Table 3-5. Template Supported Parameter Settings for QLA24xx/QLE24xx and QLE256x  
Adapters (ISP2422)  
Setting  
QLogic  
EMC  
HP  
IBM  
Sun  
Execution Throttle  
16  
0
256  
0
16  
0
256  
0
256  
0
Descending Loop ID Search  
Maximum LUNs Per Target  
Port Down Retry Count  
Link Down Timeout  
a
256  
45  
128  
16  
8
256  
30  
128  
30  
30  
*
30  
30  
45  
30  
a
Information not currently available.  
Table 3-6. Template Supported Parameter Settings for QLA24xx/QLE24xx and QLE256x  
Adapters (ISP2432)  
Setting  
QLogic  
Dell  
EMC  
HP  
IBM  
Sun  
Execution Throttle  
16  
0
256  
1
256  
1
16  
0
256  
0
16  
0
Descending Loop ID  
Search  
Maximum LUNs Per Target  
Port Down Retry Count  
Link Down Timeout  
128  
30  
256  
45  
256  
45  
128  
16  
8
256  
30  
128  
30  
30  
45  
45  
30  
30  
SN0054614-00 K  
3-67  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
3–Interactive Commands  
Utilities Menu  
Table 3-7. Template Supported Parameter Settings for QLA23xx Adapters (ISP2300/2310)  
Setting  
QLogic  
EMC  
IBM  
Sun  
Execution Throttle  
16  
0
256  
1
256  
0
16  
0
Descending Loop ID Search  
Maximum LUNs Per Target  
Port Down Retry Count  
Link Down Timeout  
128  
30  
30  
256  
45  
45  
0
8
30  
30  
30  
0
Table 3-8. Template Supported Parameter Settings for QLA23xx Adapters (ISP2312)  
Setting  
QLogic  
EMC  
HP  
HPQ  
IBM  
Sun  
Execution Throttle  
16  
0
256  
1
16  
0
16  
0
256  
0
16  
0
Descending Loop ID  
Search  
Maximum LUNs Per  
Target  
128  
256  
128  
128  
256  
8
Port Down Retry Count  
Link Down Timeout  
30  
30  
45  
45  
16  
8
16  
8
30  
30  
30  
0
Table 3-9. Template Supported Parameter Settings for QLA23xx Adapters (ISP2322)  
Setting  
QLogic  
EMC  
Execution Throttle  
16  
0
256  
1
Descending Loop ID Search  
Maximum LUNs Per Target  
Port Down Retry Count  
Link Down Timeout  
128  
30  
30  
256  
45  
45  
When you select the HBA Parameters Template option, SANsurfer FC/CNA  
HBA CLI prompts you to select an adapter port (or All HBAs), and then offers  
some or all of the following template types:  
Dell (Dell-specific settings)  
EMC (EMC-specific settings)  
HP (HP-specific settings)  
3-68  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
3–Interactive Commands  
Utilities Menu  
HPQ (HP-specific settings—2Gb HP adapters)  
IBM (IBM-specific settings)  
QLGC (QLogic-specific settings)  
SUN (Sun-specific settings)  
Select one of the templates to apply it immediately to the adapter port instance (or  
All HBAs.) The following is returned:  
Updating HBA Parameters on HBA instance n - QLA2nnn. Please  
wait...  
HBA Parameters update complete. Changes have been saved and  
applied to the HBA instance n.  
Update Driver  
(Command Line Option -d)  
10: Utilities n: Update Driver  
The Update Driver option is available on Windows systems only. When you  
select Update Driver from the Utilities menu, SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI  
prompts you to select an adapter port, and then enter a file name (INF, ZIP, or  
EXE) with which to update the driver for that port.  
NOTE:  
FCoE converged network adapters require a FCoE-specific driver.  
Update Firmware Preload Table  
10: Utilities n: Update Firmware Preload Table  
NOTE:  
The Update Firmware Preload Table option does not apply to Linux Inbox  
drivers.  
The preload table is basically a list of register addresses and data values. The  
only flexibility is provided by means of flags that indicate which function and for  
what type of reset the entry applies. The ROM code simply walks the list and  
loads the registers with the values, as permitted by the flags. The set of registers  
include MSI-X, Member, and so on.  
The Update Firmware Preload Table option is supported only for 8Gb adapters.  
When you select this option from the Utilities menu, SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI  
prompts you to select either an 8Gb adapter or All HBAs to update.  
For example:  
SN0054614-00 K  
3-69  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
3–Interactive Commands  
Utilities Menu  
Firmware Preload Table Update Menu  
HBA Model QLA2462  
Port 1: WWPN: 21-00-00-E0-8B-1F-9D-F0 Loop Down  
Port 2: WWPN: 21-01-00-E0-8B-3F-9D-F0 Online  
HBA Model QLE2562  
1: Port 1: WWPN: 21-00-00-1B-32-1B-4E-4C Online  
Port 2: WWPN: 21-01-00-1B-32-3B-4E-4C Online  
2: All HBAs  
3: Return to Previous Menu  
The CLI issues a warning and prompts you to confirm that you want to proceed  
with the firmware preload table update. If you respond Yes, enter the name of the  
previously saved .dat file (see “Save Firmware Preload Table” on page 3-70)  
from which to write its data to the Flash on the adapter. For example:  
Warning:  
Please update the HBA flash region with extreme care.  
Incorrectly updating the flash region may render the HBA  
inoperable.  
Do you want to proceed with the operation?  
1: Yes  
2: No  
Enter Selection: 1  
Enter a file name or Hit <RETURN> to abort: QLE2562_fwp.dat  
Save Firmware Preload Table  
10: Utilities n: Save Firmware Preload Table  
NOTE:  
The Update Firmware Preload Table option does not apply to Linux Inbox  
drivers.  
The Save Firmware Preload Table option is supported only for 8Gb adapters.  
When you select this option from the Utilities menu, SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI  
reads the contents of the firmware table in the adapter Flash, prompts you to  
select an 8Gb adapter port for which to save a firmware preload table, and to  
specify a .dat filename in which to save the information.  
For example:  
Firmware Preload Table Save Menu  
HBA Model QLA2462  
3-70  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
3–Interactive Commands  
Utilities Menu  
Port 1: WWPN: 21-00-00-E0-8B-1F-9D-F0 Loop Down  
Port 2: WWPN: 21-01-00-E0-8B-3F-9D-F0 Online  
HBA Model QLE2562  
1: Port 1: WWPN: 21-00-00-1B-32-1B-4E-4C Online  
Port 2: WWPN: 21-01-00-1B-32-3B-4E-4C Online  
2: Return to Previous Menu  
Note: 0 to return to Main Menu  
Enter Selection: 1  
Enter a file name or Hit <RETURN> to abort: QLE2562_fwp.dat  
After saving a firmware preload table to a file, you can use it to update the adapter  
Update MPI Config Table  
10: Utilities n: Update MPI Config Table  
Select the Update MPI Config Table option to write configuration data from a  
previously saved .dat file to the Flash on the adapter through the message  
passing interface (MPI), which enables you to update a new MPI config table to  
the MPI firmware. When you select this option from the Utilities menu, SANsurfer  
FC/CNA HBA CLI prompts you to select either an 8Gb adapter port (QLx81xx) or  
All HBAs to update.  
The CLI displays the current version of the MPI config table for the adapter; for  
example:  
MPI Config Table (CNA ):  
Current Version: v1.0  
The CLI then warns you of the danger inherent in updating the table and prompts  
you twice to confirm the update procedure. If you respond Yesto both prompts  
the update proceeds. For example:  
Updating MPI config table of HBA instance 0 - QLE8142...  
Successful, please reboot for the change to take effect.  
Save MPI Config Table  
10: Utilities n: Save MPI Config Table  
Select the Save MPI Config Table option to export the data in the MPI config  
table in the Flash to a file. When you select this option from the Utilities menu,  
SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI prompts you to select an 8Gb adapter port  
(QLx81xx) for which to save an MPI configuration table, and to specify a .dat  
filename in which to save the information.  
For example:  
MPI Config Table (CNA ):  
SN0054614-00 K  
3-71  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
3–Interactive Commands  
Utilities Menu  
Current Version: v1.0  
Enter a file name or Hit <RETURN> to abort: c:\QLE8142_MPI.dat  
Saving current MPI config table of HBA instance 0 to  
c:\QLE8142_MPI.dat...  
Mpi Configuration v1.0 of HBA instance 0 saved successfully.  
Driver Rescan  
(Command Line Option -rs)  
10: Utilities n: Driver Rescan  
The Driver Rescan option is available only on Solaris systems with the QLA  
driver. When you select Driver Rescan from the Utilities menu, SANsurfer  
FC/CNA HBA CLI prompts you to select an adapter port to rescan.  
Firmware Area Update  
(Command Line Option -u)  
10: Utilities n: Firmware Area Update  
The Firmware Area Update operation takes a firmware preload table .datfile  
and writes the data to the Flash on the card.  
This option is visible only if you have selected an 8Gb adapter.  
To update the firmware area:  
1.  
On the Utilities menu, select the number for the Firmware Area Update  
option.  
The following menu is shown, for example:  
Firmware Area Update Menu  
HBA Model QLE2562  
1: Port 1: WWPN: 21-00-00-1B-32-16-18-EE Loop Down  
2: Port 2: WWPN: 21-01-00-1B-32-36-18-EE Online  
HBA Model QLE8000  
Port 1: WWPN: 21-00-00-1B-32-0A-A9-B4 Link Down  
FCoE Engine  
Port 2: WWPN: 21-01-00-1B-32-2A-A9-B4 Link Down  
HBA Model QLE220  
Port 1: WWPN: 21-00-00-E0-8B-91-A4-26 Loop Down  
HBA Model QLE2462  
Port 1: WWPN: 21-00-00-1B-32-00-27-CE Online  
Port 2: WWPN: 21-01-00-1B-32-20-27-CE Loop Down  
3: All HBAs  
4: Return to Previous Menu  
3-72  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
3–Interactive Commands  
Utilities Menu  
2.  
Select the number corresponding to the QLE256x adapter port for which you  
want to update firmware, or select the option for All HBAs.  
SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI shows the following warning:  
Warning:  
Please update the HBA firmware area with extreme care.  
Incorrectly updating the firmware area may render the HBA  
inoperable.  
Do you want to proceed with the operation?  
1: Yes  
2: No  
3.  
4.  
Select option 1 to proceed.  
At the prompt, enter the name of a firmware preload table DATfile.  
An example of a typical firmware preload table file header follows:  
;Document number: ??  
;Document Description: FwArea DATA for standard cards  
;
;APPLICATION: ISP25xx FIBRE CHANNEL  
;
;NOTE: A companion file with ".DEF" file extension must be present to  
;
;
insure that file comparision during DVT testing will pass.  
;Revision History:  
;REV DATE WHO ER#  
;
DESCRIPTION OF CHANGE  
; a 08-24-07 kd xxxxx Initial Document  
; b 08-31-07 kc xxxxx Fix entries for Gen2 ZCNT and Gen1 TLTH  
; c 09-20-07 kc xxxxx Add Version field. Init Version = 1.  
;
;
;
;
;
Set default number of MSI-X vectors to 2  
Add disabled entry for Extended MSI-X  
Disable 1MB Membar 2  
Toggle internal RAM Access enable (HW workaround)  
Set G1CNT = 1  
; d 11-09-07 kc 57669 New RX Serdes settings for A1R  
;
;
57767 New TX Serdes settings for A1R  
57776 L8 A1R Ram Workaround (Swap Addr, RM=00b)  
; e 11-13-07 kc 57767b Adjust PCS regs for new TX serdes parms  
; f 12-07-07 kc 58189 Add File Version number.  
;
; This file is the default settings for the FwArea and must have the  
; extension of DAT. Edit this file to change parameters.  
;
; Numbers are in hexadecimal. File can also contain comments.  
SN0054614-00 K  
3-73  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3–Interactive Commands  
Utilities Menu  
;
; FW Area data file for standard card  
;**************************************************************************  
;
!!!!!  
DO NOT CHANGE THE ORDER OF THE DATA  
!!!!!!!!!!!!  
;**************************************************************************  
;
;***************************************************  
; FW Area header (BYTE OFFSET 0000h - 0013h)  
;***************************************************  
FW Signature  
...  
[0-FFFFFFFFh] = caba3821  
Firmware Area Save  
(Command Line Option -u)  
10: Utilities n: Firmware Area Save  
The Firmware Area Save operation reads the contents of the firmware preload  
table in the adapter Flash and exports the data to a specified DATfile.  
This option is visible only if you have selected an 8Gb adapter.  
To save the firmware area:  
1.  
On the Utilities menu, select the number for the Firmware Area Save  
option.  
The following menu is shown, for example:  
Firmware Area Save Menu  
HBA Model QLE2562  
1: Port 1: WWPN: 21-00-00-1B-32-16-18-EE Loop Down  
2: Port 2: WWPN: 21-01-00-1B-32-36-18-EE Online  
HBA Model QLE8000  
Port 1: WWPN: 21-00-00-1B-32-0A-A9-B4 Link Down  
FCoE Engine  
Port 2: WWPN: 21-01-00-1B-32-2A-A9-B4 Link Down  
HBA Model QLE220  
Port 1: WWPN: 21-00-00-E0-8B-91-A4-26 Loop Down  
HBA Model QLE2462  
Port 1: WWPN: 21-00-00-1B-32-00-27-CE Online  
Port 2: WWPN: 21-01-00-1B-32-20-27-CE Loop Down  
3: Return to Previous Menu  
2.  
3.  
Select the number corresponding to the QLE256x adapter port for which you  
want to save the firmware area.  
At the prompt, enter the name of an existing firmware preload table DATfile.  
3-74  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
3–Interactive Commands  
Beacon Menu  
Beacon Menu  
11: Beacon  
The Beacon menu provides options for beaconing: a process by which an LED on  
a device (adapter or target) is flashed or blinked to locate it. Use the Locate HBA  
option to beacon a specified adapter. Use the Locate Target option to beacon a  
specified storage device (the Locate Target option assumes that the target is a  
JBOD device rather than RAID).  
When you select the Beacon option, SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI shows the  
Beacon Menu containing these options:  
Locate HBA  
Locate Target(s)  
NOTE:  
The beaconing options are not available for the QLE8042 adapter nor the  
QLE/QMI81xx adapters.  
Locate HBA: HBA Beacon  
(Command Line Option -a)  
11: Beacon 1: Locate HBA  
When you select this option, SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI shows the HBA  
Beacon Menu that lists all adapter ports. Select any port, and then press ENTER  
to toggle the Beacon LED for that port:  
Locate Target(s): Target Beacon  
(Command Line Option -tb)  
11: Beacon 2: Locate Target(s)  
When you select this option, SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI shows the Target  
Beacon Menu that lists all adapter ports. Select any port, and then press ENTER  
to view the disk details of that port, including the current beacon status:  
HBA Instance 1 (2200 Port 2) : Online  
WWPN: 21-01-00-E0-8B-23-55-7C  
Desc: QLA2200 /02/12/04 QLA2202FS QCP2202  
1: Disk  
Vendor  
: SEAGATE  
Product ID  
Port Name  
Port ID  
Beacon  
: ST136403FC  
: 21-00-00-20-37-1A-6B-CF  
: 11-01-E4  
: No  
SN0054614-00 K  
3-75  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
3–Interactive Commands  
Diagnostics Menu (Command Line Options -kl, -kr, and -dm)  
2: Disk  
Vendor  
: SEAGATE  
Product ID  
Port Name  
Port ID  
: ST118273 CLAR18  
: 21-00-00-20-37-11-FF-EF  
: 11-01-E8  
Beacon  
: No  
3: Beacon Selected Target(s)  
4: Return to Previous Menu  
You can select a disk number to blink the LED on that target. The blinking asterisk  
(*) below the Device Port Nameline shows that the target beacon is active.  
------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
HBA Instance 1: 2200 Port 2 WWPN 21-01-00-E0-8B-23-55-7C PortID 11-06-00  
------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
Target Beacon  
--------------------------------------------------  
Hit <RETURN> to abort  
--------------------------------------------------  
Device Port Name  
Beacon Status  
------------------------ -------------  
21-00-00-20-37-11-FF-EF  
On - Active  
*
Beacon Selected Target(s)  
11: Beacon 2: Locate Target(s) 3: Beacon Selected Target(s)  
When you select the Beacon Selected Target(s) option, SANsurfer FC/CNA  
HBA CLI shows a list of the targets associated with the adapter. You can select  
any target to toggle the Beacon LED for that target:  
Diagnostics Menu  
(Command Line Options -kl, -kr, and -dm)  
12: Diagnostics  
The Diagnostics menu provides end-to-end diagnostics that allow you to test the  
adapters and the devices to which they are connected. The SANsurfer FC/CNA  
HBA CLI diagnostics include the following:  
Loopback test, which is external to the adapter, evaluates the ports (transmit  
and receive transceivers) on the adapter and the error rate.  
Read/write buffer test verifies the link between the adapter and its attached  
devices.  
3-76  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
3–Interactive Commands  
Diagnostics Menu (Command Line Options -kl, -kr, and -dm)  
When you select this option from the Main Menu, SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI  
shows Diagnostics Menu with the standard list of adapter ports. Type the  
number for the port on which you want to run diagnostic tests and then press  
ENTER  
.
When you select an adapter port from the Diagnostics menu, SANsurfer FC/CNA  
HBA CLI shows the list of diagnostic tests you can run for that port, including:  
Loopback Test  
Read/Write Buffer Test  
Transceiver Details (available on 4Gb and 8Gb only)  
NOTE:  
The diagnostic loopback test and transceiver details are not available for the  
QLE8042 adapter.  
The QLE81xx adapters support only the external loopback test and require a  
loopback connector.  
Test Results Test results for loopback and read/write buffer tests may include  
the following:  
Loopback test results:  
Test Status  
CRC Error  
Disparity Error  
Frame Length Error  
Read/Write buffer test results:  
Loop ID/Status  
Data Miscompare  
Link Failure  
Loss of Sync  
Loss of Signal  
Invalid CRC  
Diagnostics Loopback Test  
(Command Line Option -kl)  
12: Diagnostics n: Port Number 1: Loopback Test  
When you select the diagnostics Loopback Test option, SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA  
CLI shows the Loopback Test Menu containing the following options (see  
SN0054614-00 K  
3-77  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
3–Interactive Commands  
Diagnostics Menu (Command Line Options -kl, -kr, and -dm)  
Display Test Parameters  
Reset Test Parameters  
Configure Test Parameters  
Start Diagnostic Test  
NOTE:  
The diagnostic loopback test is not available for the QLE8042 adapter.  
Diagnostic tests interrupt normal adapter operations. At the completion of the  
testing, the adapter’s state before the tests are restored. Note the following:  
Run these tests when no other activities are required of the adapter.  
Tests read and write to sensitive areas on the adapter.  
Disruption of some diagnostic tests may require a complete update of the  
adapter's critical memory areas.  
NOTE:  
Although SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI protects against normal operation  
interruption and testing disruption, it is your responsibility to ensure that the  
diagnostics are run without causing interruptions to other processes and  
disruptions to the actual testing process.  
The loopback test is external to the adapter. If the adapter port is in loop mode,  
you can run the loopback test with a loopback connector. If the adapter port is in  
point-to-point mode and attached to a switch, an echo test is run instead (no  
loopback connector is used). In addition, some driver versions do not require a  
loopback connector.  
The test evaluates the ports (transmit and receive transceivers) on the adapter.  
More specifically, the loopback test transmits and receives (loopback) the  
specified data and checks for the frame CRC, disparity, and length errors.  
NOTE:  
Under Solaris, this feature is disabled if you are using the driver from the OS  
installation CDs (QLC driver).  
To prepare for a loopback test:  
1.  
In interactive mode, type the number for the Configure HBA Settings  
option, and then press ENTER  
.
2.  
From the Connections Options menu (interactive mode) or the -n  
command (non-interactive mode), do one of the following:  
3-78  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
3–Interactive Commands  
Diagnostics Menu (Command Line Options -kl, -kr, and -dm)  
If the adapter port is not connected to the fabric through a  
point-to-point connection (F-port) and is not connected to a switch,  
change the setting to loop only, if not currently set to this option.  
If the adapter port is connected to the fabric through a point-to-point  
connection (F-port) and is connected to a switch, change the setting to  
point-to-point only, if not currently set to this option.  
After completing the loopback test, change the connection option back to its  
original value.  
3.  
4.  
Attach a loopback connector to the FC connector on the adapter port.  
The loopback connector must be appropriate for the type of FC adapter  
connector. Be sure to select the appropriate adapter connector for testing.  
To install a loopback connector, do the following:  
a.  
b.  
Disconnect the cable from the appropriate adapter connector.  
Install the loopback connector on the adapter connector.  
(interactive mode) or “-kl (Loopback Test)” on page 4-20 (non-interactive  
mode).  
After completing the loopback test, follow these steps to prepare for normal  
adapter operations.  
To prepare for normal adapter operations:  
1.  
2.  
Remove the loopback connector from the adapter connector.  
Reconnect the cable that you disconnected before installing the loopback  
connector.  
3.  
From the Connections Options menu (interactive mode) or the -N  
command (non-interactive mode), change the setting back to its previous  
setting.  
Display Test Parameters (Loopback)  
12: Diagnostics n: Port Number 1: Loopback Test1: Display Test Parameters  
Select this option to show the current loopback test parameters. For example:  
------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
HBA Instance 2: QLE2560 Port 1 WWPN 21-00-00-1B-32-0E-1C-CB PortID 01-02-00  
------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
------------------  
Test Configuration  
------------------  
Data Pattern  
: Random  
SN0054614-00 K  
3-79  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
3–Interactive Commands  
Diagnostics Menu (Command Line Options -kl, -kr, and -dm)  
Data Size (Bytes)  
: 512  
Number of test(s)(1-65535) : 65535  
Test Increment(1-65535)  
On Error  
: 1  
: Ignore  
Test Continuous  
Loopback Type  
: OFF  
: External Loopback  
------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
Reset Test Parameters (Loopback)  
12: Diagnostics n: Port Number 1: Loopback Test2: Reset Test Parameters  
Select this option to reset the current loopback test parameters to the defaults.  
The default settings are restored immediately.  
Restoring default settings ..., done.  
Configure Test Parameters (Loopback)  
12: Diagnostics n: Port Number 1: Loopback Test3: Configure Test Parameters  
Select the Configure Test Parameters option to set the parameters for the  
loopback test. For example:  
Diagnostic Menu (Loopback)  
HBA Instance 2 (QLE2562 Port 1) : Online  
WWPN: 21-00-00-1B-32-1B-4E-4C  
Desc: QLE2562 PCI Express to 8Gb FC Dual Channel  
1: Data Pattern  
2: Data Size  
3: Number of Test(s)  
4: Test Increment(s)  
5: On Error Policy  
6: Enable/Disable Test Continuously  
7: Loopback Type (displayed for 8Gb adapters only)  
8: Return to Previous Menu  
Table 3-10 shows the diagnostics configuration settings.  
3-80  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
3–Interactive Commands  
Diagnostics Menu (Command Line Options -kl, -kr, and -dm)  
Table 3-10. Adapter Diagnostics Configuration Settings  
Alias  
<param  
alias>  
Parameter Name  
<param name>  
Value <param value>  
Description  
DataPattern  
DP  
00–FF  
CRPAT  
CSPAT  
CJTPAT  
See table note 1  
Loopback test only  
Loopback test only  
Loopback test only  
DataSize  
DS  
TC  
8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, See table note 2  
512, 1024, 2048  
TestCount  
0–65535 (Loopback)  
0–10000 (R/W Buffer)  
See table note 3  
See table note 3  
TestIncrement  
TI  
1–65535 (Loopback)  
1–10000 (R/W Buffer)  
See table note 4  
See table note 4  
OnError  
OE  
LT  
0, 1, 2  
0, 1, 2  
See table note 5  
See table note 6  
LoopbackType  
Table Notes:  
1. DataPattern is the test pattern in hexadecimal format, user-defined pattern (hex), or random pat-  
tern.  
Hex  
00  
55  
5A  
A5  
AA  
FF  
Binary  
00000000  
01010101  
01011010  
10100101  
10101010  
11111111  
2. DataSize specifies the data (frame payload) size in bytes. Actual data that is transferred during  
any given pass of the test. For R/W buffer test, the maximum data size is 128 bytes.  
3. TestCount:  
0: Test continuously  
1–Max: Total number of tests that will be executed  
4. TestIncrement must be less than the number of test count specified.  
5. OnError specifies the action if an error occurs during any given pass.  
0: Ignore  
1: Stop  
2: Ignore  
6. LoopbackType (for 8Gb adapters only):  
0: 10 bit internal loopback test  
1: 1 bit serial loopback test  
2: External loopback test  
SN0054614-00 K  
3-81  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
3–Interactive Commands  
Diagnostics Menu (Command Line Options -kl, -kr, and -dm)  
Selecting the Loopback Type option (available only for 8Gb adapters) shows the  
currently type and allows you to change the type to one of the following loopback  
test types:  
10 bit Internal Loopback  
1 bit Serial Loopback  
External Loopback (QLE81xx adapters support only the external loopback  
test and require a loopback connector)  
For example:  
Diagnostics Start Mode  
HBA Instance 2 (QLE2562 Port 1) : Online  
WWPN: 21-00-00-1B-32-1B-4E-4C  
Desc: QLE2562 PCI Express to 8Gb FC Dual Channel  
1: 10 bit Internal Loopback  
2: 1 bit Serial Loopback  
3: External Loopback (Current)  
4: Return to Previous Menu  
Start Diagnostic Test (Loopback)  
12: Diagnostics n: Port Number 1: Loopback Test4: Start Diagnostic Test  
When you select Start Diagnostics Test for the loopback test, the following is  
returned (example):  
------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
HBA Instance 4: QLE2562 Port 2 WWPN 21-01-00-1B-32-36-18-EE PortID 01-0F-00  
------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
------------------  
Test Configuration  
------------------  
Data Pattern  
Data Size (Bytes)  
: Random  
: 512  
Number of test(s)(1-65535) : 65535  
Test Increment(1-65535)  
On Error  
Test Continuous  
: 1  
: Ignore  
: OFF  
------------------------------------------------------------------------  
----------------------------------  
Diagnostics - Loopback Test Result  
----------------------------------  
Hit <RETURN> to abort  
---------------------------------------------  
HBA Test Data Pattern  
Status  
CRC  
Disparity FrameLength  
--- ----------------------- ----------- --------- --------- -----------  
4 BB-54-01-BD-AC-24-DD-80  
Success  
0
0
0 |  
3-82  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
3–Interactive Commands  
Diagnostics Menu (Command Line Options -kl, -kr, and -dm)  
Finished 6376 iterations in 1 second(s)...  
Diagnostics Read/Write Buffer Test  
12: Diagnostics n: Port Number 2: Read/Write Buffer Test  
When you select this option, SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI shows the Read/Write  
Buffer Test Menu containing the following options:  
Display Test Parameters  
Reset Test Parameters  
Configure Test Parameters  
Start Diagnostics Test  
The read/write buffer test sends specified data through the SCSI Write Buffer  
command to a target device (disk). It then reads the data back through the SCSI  
Read Buffer command and compares the data for errors. The test also compares  
the link status of the target before and after the read/write buffer test. If errors  
occur, the test indicates a broken or unreliable link between the adapter port and  
the target.  
NOTE:  
Not all storage supports read/write buffer tests.  
Under Solaris, this feature is disabled if you are using the driver from the  
OS installation CDs (QLC driver).  
Some targets (devices) may not support read/write buffer commands.  
Check with your hardware vendor or manufacturer.  
Configure Test Parameters (Read/Write)  
The read/write buffer test must be run on a disk device. Before running the  
read/write buffer test, verify that the adapter port is connected to at least one  
target by viewing the host configuration information. In interactive mode, from the  
Show System Information option, type the number for the Host Configuration  
option, and then press ENTER  
.
To configure a read/write buffer test:  
1.  
2.  
Select the number for the Diagnostics option, and then press ENTER  
The Diagnostics Menu appears. Type the number that corresponds to the  
adapter port you want to test, and then press ENTER  
From the next Diagnostics Menu, type the number for the Read/Write  
Buffer Test, and then press ENTER  
.
.
3.  
:
SN0054614-00 K  
3-83  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
3–Interactive Commands  
Diagnostics Menu (Command Line Options -kl, -kr, and -dm)  
1 = Loopback Test  
2 = Read/Write Buffer Test  
4.  
The Read/Write Buffer Test Menu appears. Select one of the following  
options:  
1.  
2.  
3.  
4.  
Display Test Parameters. Type 1to show the current parameter  
values.  
Reset Test Parameters. Type 2to return all parameters to their  
default values.  
Configure Test Parameters. Type 3to customize any or all of the  
parameter values. Continue with Step 5.  
Start Diagnostics Test. Type 4to run the read/write buffer test with  
the current parameter values. To see these values, type 1(Display  
Test Parameters).  
5.  
Return to Previous Menu. Type 5to go back to the main  
Diagnostics Menu.  
6.  
If you selected Configure Test Parameters in Step 4, the Diagnostic  
Menu (R/W Buffer) appears. For example:  
1: Data Pattern  
2: Data Size  
3: Number of Test(s)  
4: Test Increment(s)  
5: On Error Policy  
6: Enable/Disable Test Continuously  
7: Enable/Disable Device(s) (allows you to select or deselect targets  
and LUNs on which to run diagnostics)  
8: Return to Previous Menu  
See Table 3-10 on page 3-81 for a description of the parameters and their  
values. For each parameter you want to change, follow these steps:  
a.  
b.  
c.  
Type the number associated with the parameter you want to change.  
Type the number associated with the new parameter value.  
Return to the previous menu.  
Start Diagnostic Test (Read/Write Buffer)  
When you select Start Diagnostics Test for the read/write buffer test, the CLI  
shows the test configuration and results.  
The following warning message appears:  
Warning: The Diagnostic Loopback and Read/Write Buffer tests  
require that the HBA has no outstanding input and output  
3-84  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
3–Interactive Commands  
Diagnostics Menu (Command Line Options -kl, -kr, and -dm)  
operations. Please make sure there is no active I/O before starting  
the test(s).  
Do you want to proceed with the test(s)?  
1. Yes  
2. No  
Type 1to proceed or 2to cancel the operation. If you proceed, the test runs as  
shown in the following example:  
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
HBA Instance 8: QLE8142 Port 1 WWPN 21-00-00-C0-DD-0A-B1-FD PortID C5-02-0D  
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
------------------  
Test Configuration  
------------------  
Data Pattern  
Data Size (Bytes)  
: Random  
: 128  
Number of test(s)(1-10000) : 10000  
Test Increment(1-10000)  
On Error  
Test Continuous  
: 1  
: Ignore  
: OFF  
------------------------------------------------------------------------  
Diagnostics - Read/Write Buffer Test Result  
------------------------------------------------------------  
Hit <ENTER> to abort  
---------------------------------------------  
Iter No Data Pattern  
Status  
------- ----------------------- ---------------------------  
7219 F8-B8-7D-52-D1-0B-28-A2 Success  
7220 - Error: Data mis-compare (C5-01-00 - 1)  
Expected Data: 37-1C-6C-B0-B9-CE-EE-A2  
Received Data: 00-00-00-F0-00-00-00-00  
9999 A6-EE-1C-B0-04-8A-65-BF Success  
Diagnostics Transceiver Details: DMI  
(Command Line Option -dm)  
12: Diagnostics n: Port Number 3: Transceiver Details  
The Transceiver Details option is shown only for 4Gb and 8Gb. When you select  
this option, SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI shows the Transceiver Details Menu  
containing the following options:  
General  
Details  
Select either General or Details, and then press ENTER to retrieve the  
transceiver information for this port instance.  
SN0054614-00 K  
3-85  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
3–Interactive Commands  
Diagnostics Menu (Command Line Options -kl, -kr, and -dm)  
NOTE:  
The diagnostic transceiver details (DMI) are not available for the QLE8042  
FCoE engine.  
Transceiver Details: General  
Select the General option on the Transceiver Details menu to view general  
information for the selected adapter port. The following shows an example:  
------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
HBA Instance 0: QLE8142 Port 1 WWPN 21-00-00-C0-DD-12-0D-ED PortID C5-02-20  
------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
Media Information  
------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
Vendor: FINISAR CORP.  
Type: 10G Base-SR  
Part Number: FTLX8572D3BCL  
Speed: 10 GBytes/Sec  
Revision: A  
Serial Number: UDL0019  
QLogic SFP Installed: Yes  
------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
Temperature Voltage  
(C) (V)  
-------------- -------  
Tx Bias  
(mA)  
-------  
8.04  
Normal  
11.80  
10.80  
5.00  
Tx Power  
(mW)  
Rx Power  
(mW)  
--------  
0.5835  
Normal  
0.8318  
0.7079  
0.3162  
0.2512  
--------  
0.6172  
Normal  
1.0000  
0.7943  
0.0158  
0.0100  
Value  
Status  
High Alarm  
High Warning  
Low Warning  
Low Alarm  
35.84  
Normal  
78.00  
3.33  
Normal  
3.70  
73.00  
3.60  
-239.00  
-244.00  
3.00  
2.90  
4.00  
Transceiver Details: Details  
Select the Details option on the Transceiver Details menu to view detailed  
information for the selected adapter port. The following shows an example:  
------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
HBA Instance 0: QLE8142 Port 1 WWPN 21-00-00-C0-DD-12-0D-ED PortID C5-02-20  
------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
Optical Transceiver Digital Diagnostic Data:  
3-86  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
3–Interactive Commands  
Diagnostics Menu (Command Line Options -kl, -kr, and -dm)  
Address A0  
Identifier: SFP  
Ext. Identifier: GBIC/SFP defined by serial ID only  
Connector: LC  
Ethernet Speed: 10 GBytes/Sec  
Compliance: 0x00 0x00 0x00  
FC Link Length:  
FC Transmitter Tech:  
FC Transmission Media:  
FC Speed:  
Encoding: Reserved  
BR, Nominal: 0x67  
Length (9um) - km: 0x00  
Length (9um): 0x00  
Length (50um): 0x08  
Length (62.5um): 0x03  
Length (Copper): 0x00  
Vendor name: FINISAR CORP.  
Vendor OUI: 0x00 0x90 0x65  
Vendor PN: FTLX8572D3BCL  
Vendor Rev: A  
Wave Length: 0x0352  
CC_BASE: 0x3a  
Options:-Signal Loss, as defined in SFP MSA: 0x1  
-Signal Loss, inverted from SFP MSA: 0x0  
-TX_FAULT signal implemented: 0x1  
-TX_DISABLE implemented & disables serial o/p: 0x1  
-RATE_SELECT implemented: 0x0  
BR, max: 0x00  
BR, min: 0x00  
Vendor SN: UDL0019  
Date code: 090220  
Diag Monitoring Type:-Address change required: 0x0  
-Power Measurement: 0x1  
-Externally Calibrated: 0x0  
-Internally Calibrated: 0x1  
-Digital diag monitoring: 0x1  
-Legacy diagnostic: 0x0  
Enhanced Options:-Soft RATE_SELECT ctrl & monitoring: 0x0  
-Soft RX_LOS monitoring: 0x1  
-Soft TX_FAULT monitoring: 0x1  
-Soft TX_DISABLE ctrl & monitoring: 0x1  
-Alarm/warning flags: 0x1  
SFF-8472 Compliance: TBD  
CC_EXT: 0xb1  
Vendor Specific: 0x51 0x4c 0x6f 0x67 0x69 0x63 0x00 0x00  
0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00  
0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00  
SN0054614-00 K  
3-87  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3–Interactive Commands  
Diagnostics Menu (Command Line Options -kl, -kr, and -dm)  
0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00  
Address A2  
Temp High Alarm: 0x4e00  
Temp Low Alarm: 0x0c00  
Temp High Warning: 0x4900  
Temp Low Warning: 0x1100  
Voltage High Alarm: 0x9088  
Voltage Low Alarm: 0x7148  
Voltage High Warning: 0x8ca0  
Voltage Low Warning: 0x7530  
Bias High Alarm: 0x170c  
Bias Low Alarm: 0x07d0  
Bias High Warning: 0x1518  
Bias Low Warning: 0x09c4  
TX Signal Power High Alarm: 0x207e  
TX Signal Power Low Alarm: 0x09d0  
TX Signal Power High Warning: 0x1ba7  
TX Signal Power Low Warning: 0x0c5a  
RX Signal Power High Alarm: 0x2710  
RX Signal Power Low Alarm: 0x0064  
RX Signal Power High Warning: 0x1f07  
RX Signal Power Low Warning: 0x009e  
Rx_PWR(4): 0x00000000  
Rx_PWR(3): 0x00000000  
Rx_PWR(2): 0x00000000  
Rx_PWR(1): 0x3f800000  
Rx_PWR(0): 0x00000000  
Tx_I(Slope): 0x0100  
Tx_I(Offset): 0x0000  
Tx_PWR(Slope): 0x0100  
Tx_PWR(Offset): 0x0000  
T(Slope): 0x0100  
T(Offset): 0x0000  
V(Slope): 0x0100  
V(Offset): 0x0000  
Checksum: 0x0b  
Temperature MSB: 0x23  
Temperature LSB: 0xee  
Vcc MSB: 0x82  
Vcc LSB: 0x31  
TX Bias MSB: 0x0f  
TX Bias LSB: 0xbd  
TX Power MSB: 0x16  
TX Power LSB: 0xb7  
RX Power MSB: 0x18  
RX Power LSB: 0x1e  
Reserved MSB: 0x00  
Reserved LSB: 0x00  
3-88  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3–Interactive Commands  
Statistics Menu (Command Line Options -gs and -ls)  
Reserved MSB: 0x00  
Reserved LSB: 0x00  
Status/Control Bits:-Data_Ready_Bar: 0x0  
-LOS: 0x0  
-TX Fault: 0x0  
-Soft RX Rate Select: 0x0  
-RX Rate Select State: 0x1  
-Soft TX Disable: 0x0  
-TX Disable State: 0x0  
-TX Signal Power Low Alarm: 0x0  
-TX Signal Power High Alarm: 0x0  
-TX Bias Low Alarm: 0x0  
-TX Bias High Alarm: 0x0  
-Vcc Low Alarm: 0x0  
-Vcc High Alarm: 0x0  
-Temp Low Alarm: 0x0  
-Temp High Alarm: 0x0  
-RX Signal Power Low Alarm: 0x0  
-RX Signal Power High Alarm: 0x0  
-TX Signal Power Low Warning: 0x0  
-TX Signal Power High Warning: 0x0  
-TX Bias Low Warning: 0x0  
-TX Bias High Warning: 0x0  
-Vcc Low Warning: 0x0  
-Vcc High Warning: 0x0  
-Temp Low Warning: 0x0  
-Temp High Warning: 0x0  
-Reserved Warning: 0x0  
-Reserved Warning: 0x0  
-Reserved Warning: 0x0  
-Reserved Warning: 0x0  
-Reserved Warning: 0x0  
-Reserved Warning: 0x0  
-RX Power Low Warning: 0x0  
-RX Power High Warning: 0x0  
Vendor Specific: 0xff 0xff 0xff 0xff 0xff 0xff 0xff 0x01  
Statistics Menu  
(Command Line Options -gs and -ls)  
13: Statistics  
The Statistics option allows you to configure the adapter polling and sampling  
rate. When you select this option, SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI shows the  
Statistics Menu containing:  
HBA Statistics  
Link Status  
SN0054614-00 K  
3-89  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
3–Interactive Commands  
Statistics Menu (Command Line Options -gs and -ls)  
NOTE:  
Under Solaris, adapter statistics are disabled if you are using the driver  
from the OS installation CDs (QLC driver). Under Linux, this feature is  
disabled if you are using the IOCTL or sysfs (inbox) driver.  
Under Solaris, link statistics are disabled if you are using the driver from  
the OS installation CDs (QLC driver).  
HBA Statistics: Monitoring  
(Command Line Option -gs)  
13: Statistics 1: HBA Statistics  
When you select this option, SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI shows the HBA  
Statistics Menu including the following options:  
Configuration  
Show HBA Statistics  
Configuration  
13: Statistics 1: HBA Statistics 1: Configuration  
To change the adapter statistics:  
1.  
2.  
3.  
From the Main Menu, type the number for the Statistics option, and then  
press ENTER  
.
From the Statistics Menu, type the number for the HBA Statistics option,  
and then press ENTER  
.
From the HBA Statistics Menu, type the number for the Configuration  
option, and then press ENTER  
.
The HBA Statistics Settings Menu contains the following options:  
Current Settings  
Restore Default  
Auto Poll  
Set Rate  
Log to File  
4.  
To see the current port statistics, select Current Settings, and then press  
ENTER. For example:  
---------------------------------------  
HBA Port Statistics Settings  
---------------------------------------  
AutoPoll (AP): 10  
SetRate (SR): 5  
3-90  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
3–Interactive Commands  
Statistics Menu (Command Line Options -gs and -ls)  
LogToFile (LF): null.csv  
5.  
To restore the adapter defaults, select Restore Default, and then press  
ENTER. The following message appears:  
Resetting to default settings..., done.  
6.  
7.  
To change the polling, select Auto Poll, and then press ENTER. Then select  
either Auto Poll or Manual Poll, and then press ENTER to enable that  
selection.  
To change the sampling rate, select Set Rate, and then press ENTER. You  
are prompted to enter a rate value between 5 and 30 seconds; the current  
rate is shown in parentheses. Type a new rate, and then press ENTER to  
update the sampling rate.  
8.  
To save the adapter statistics to a file, select Log to File, and then press  
ENTER. Type the name of a .csv file to save to, and then press ENTER  
.
Table 3-11 shows the values for the adapter port statistics options.  
Table 3-11. Adapter Port Statistics Options  
Parameter  
Alias  
Value  
Description  
Name  
AutoPoll  
AP  
0
Turn on automatic updates of the adapter  
port statistics.  
1–256  
5–30  
Turn on automatic updates of the adapter  
port statistics at a specified interval.  
SetRate  
SR  
LF  
Set the polling interval during automatic  
update (seconds).  
LogToFile  
Log File Export the statistics to a file (CSV format).  
Name  
Current Settings  
13: Statistics 1: HBA Statistics 1: Configuration 1: Current Settings  
The system shows the current settings for:  
AutoPoll (AP)  
SetRate (SR)  
LogToFile (LF)  
Restore Defaults  
13: Statistics 1: HBA Statistics 1: Configuration 2: Restore Default  
The system restores the default settings and returns a message:  
SN0054614-00 K  
3-91  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
3–Interactive Commands  
Statistics Menu (Command Line Options -gs and -ls)  
Resetting to default settings..., done.  
Auto Poll  
13: Statistics 1: HBA Statistics 1: Configuration 3: Auto Poll  
SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI shows two polling options:  
AutoPoll  
Manual Poll  
If you select the Auto Poll option, the system enables Auto Poll and returns a  
message:  
Auto Poll enabled.  
If you select the Manual Poll option, the system prompts you to enter a value for  
Manual Poll iteration:  
Manual Poll iteration (1-256)  
Enter a value from 1 to 256, and then press ENTER. The system updates the  
Manual Poll iteration value and returns the following message:  
Manual Poll updated.  
Set Rate  
13: Statistics 1: HBA Statistics 1: Configuration 4: Set Rate  
The system prompts you to enter a value for the sampling rate (the current rate is  
shown in parentheses):  
Sampling Rate Seconds [5-30](n):  
Enter a value from 5 to 30, and then press ENTER. The system updates the  
sampling rate and returns a message:  
Sampling rate updated.  
Log to File  
13: Statistics 1: HBA Statistics 1: Configuration 5: Log To file  
When you select the Log to File option, the system prompts you to enter a file  
name or press ENTER to cancel.  
If you press the ENTER key, the HBA Statistics Settings Menu reappears.  
If you enter a file name, for example, MyFile, the system saves the log to that file  
and returns a message:  
Save to file option enabled (MyFile.csv).  
3-92  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
3–Interactive Commands  
Statistics Menu (Command Line Options -gs and -ls)  
The file name extension .csvindicates a comma separated value file type.  
Show HBA Statistics  
13: Statistics 1: HBA Statistics 1: Show HBA Statistics  
To view the adapter port statistics:  
1.  
2.  
3.  
4.  
From the Main Menu, type the number for the Statistics option, and then  
press ENTER  
.
From the Statistics Menu, type the number for the HBA Statistics option,  
and then press ENTER  
.
From the HBA Statistics Menu, type the number for the Show HBA  
Statistics option, and then press ENTER  
.
The Statistics Menu appears and prompts you to select an adapter port.  
Type the number for the port, and then press ENTER  
.
The adapter statistics for that port are shown. For example:  
------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
HBA Instance 0: 2200 Port 1 WWPN 21-00-00-E0-8B-03-55-7C PortID 00-00-EF  
------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
HBA Port Statistics  
-----------------------------------------  
The following keys are in use during test:  
<R> | <r> - Reset All Counters  
<RETURN> - Abort Test  
-----------------------------------------  
HBA Port Errors Device Errors Reset I/O Count IOPS BPS  
--- ----------- ------------- ----- ---------- ----- ---------- -----------  
0 30568 0 09:43:43 AM  
Time  
0
0
0
0
Link Status  
(Command Line Option -ls)  
13: Statistics 2: Link Status  
The following sections describe how to view and change the adapter’s link status.  
NOTE:  
Under Solaris, link status is disabled if you are using drivers from the OS  
installation CDs (QLC driver).  
From the Main Menu, select Statistics and then select Link Status. When you  
select the Link Status option, SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI shows the following  
options:  
SN0054614-00 K  
3-93  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
3–Interactive Commands  
Statistics Menu (Command Line Options -gs and -ls)  
Configuration  
13: Statistics 2: Link Status 1: Configuration  
When you select the Configuration option, the Link Status Settings Menu  
appears and allows you to view and configure the following:  
Current Settings  
Restore Default  
Auto Poll  
Set Rate  
Log to file  
Table 3-12 shows the statistics and link status options.  
Table 3-12. Statistics/Link Status Options  
Parameter Name Alias  
Value  
Description  
AutoPoll  
AP  
0
Update the link statistics automati-  
cally.  
1–256  
5–30  
Update the link statistics up to a speci-  
fied interval.  
SetRate  
SR  
LF  
Set the Statistics Sampling Rate (sec-  
onds).  
LogToFile  
Log File Name Export the link statistics to a file (CSV  
format).  
Current Settings  
13: Statistics 2: Link Status 1: Configuration 1: Current Settings  
Select the Current Settings option to have the system show the current link  
status settings for:  
AutoPoll (AP)  
SetRate (SR)  
LogToFile (LF)  
Restore Default  
13: Statistics 2: Link Status 1: Configuration 2: Restore Default  
The Restore Default option causes the system to restore the default settings and  
return the following message:  
3-94  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
3–Interactive Commands  
Statistics Menu (Command Line Options -gs and -ls)  
Resetting to default settings..., done.  
Auto Poll Menu  
13: Statistics 2: Link Status 1: Configuration 3: Auto Poll  
SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI shows two polling options:  
Auto Poll  
Manual Poll  
If you select the Auto Poll option, the system enables Auto Poll and returns a  
message:  
Auto Poll enabled.  
If you select the Manual Poll option, the system prompts you to enter a value for  
Manual Poll iteration:  
Manual Poll iteration (1-256)  
Enter a value from 1 to 256, and then press ENTER. The system updates the  
Manual Poll iteration value and returns the following message:  
Manual Poll updated.  
Set Rate  
13: Statistics 2: Link Status 1: Configuration 4: Set Rate  
The system prompts you to enter a value for the sampling rate (the current rate is  
shown in parentheses):  
Sampling Rate Seconds [5-30](n):  
Enter a value from 5 through 30, and then press ENTER. The system updates the  
sampling rate and returns a message:  
Sampling rate updated.  
Log to File  
13: Statistics 2: Link Status 1: Configuration 5: Log to File  
When you select the Log to File option, the system prompts you to enter a file  
name or press RETURN to cancel.  
If you press the ENTER key, the Link Status Settings Menu reappears.  
If you enter a file name, for example, MyFile, the system saves the log to that file  
and returns a message:  
Save to file option enabled (MyFile.csv).  
SN0054614-00 K  
3-95  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
3–Interactive Commands  
Statistics Menu (Command Line Options -gs and -ls)  
The file name extension .csvindicates a comma separated value file type.  
Show Link Status  
13: Statistics 2: Link Status 2: Show Link Status  
The Show Link Status option shows a menu of port numbers from which you can  
select the port for which you want the link status.  
To view the link status:  
1.  
2.  
Type the number for the Statistics option, and then press ENTER  
The Statistics Menu appears. Type the number for the Link Status option,  
and then press ENTER  
The Link Status Menu appears. Type the number for the Show Link  
Status option, and then press ENTER  
.
.
3.  
4.  
.
You are prompted to select an adapter port. Type the number for the port,  
and then press ENTER. The adapter link status for that port appears.  
--------------------------------------  
Link Status  
--------------------------------------  
The following keys are in use during test:  
<R> | <r> - Reset Current  
<C> | <c> - Refresh Current  
<T> | <t> - Refresh Total  
<RETURN> - Abort Test  
---------------------------------------------------------------  
Port Name Link Failure Sync Loss Signal Loss Invalid CRC  
---------------------------------------------------------------  
Port(WWPN) 0  
Disk(WWPN) 0  
Disk(WWPN) 0  
Disk(WWPN) 0  
Disk(WWPN) 0  
Disk(WWPN) 0  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Press <Enter> to continue:  
3-96  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
3–Interactive Commands  
Virtual Menu (Command Line Option -vp)  
Virtual Menu  
(Command Line Option -vp)  
14: Virtual Menu  
NOTES:  
The option to use N_Port ID virtualization (NPIV) only appears on the  
Main Menu if the adapters and system support it. NPIV requires a  
Windows or Solaris system running with a driver that supports NPIV.  
Virtual menu options are not available for the QLE8042 adapter with  
FCoE engine.  
QLE81xx adapters support NPIV.  
Statistics are available for virtual ports on the adapter (see “Statistics  
QLogic's SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI for Windows and Solaris works in  
conjunction with QLogic's N_Port ID virtualization (NPIV)-capable driver. NPIV is  
an ANSI T11 standard that describes how multiple unique fabric addresses  
(N_Port IDs) can share a single FC adapter physical port (N_Port) in SAN fabric  
topology. NPIV allows a physical adapter port to obtain N_Port IDs. SANsurfer  
FC/CNA HBA CLI refers to these N_Port IDs as “virtual ports” (vPorts).  
QLogic 4Gb FC adapters (QLx24xx) support the NPIV standard. Using NPIV  
requires software tools or applications to create, delete, manage, deploy, and  
migrate virtual ports. Microsoft’s Windows Virtual Server 2005 R2, Windows  
Server 2003, and Solaris 11 provide a virtualization platform that can run guest  
operating systems in an x86 environment. Use the QLogic NPIV-capable  
Windows driver with QLogic’s SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI to create, delete, and  
manage virtual ports. You can deploy and migrate virtual ports in conjunction with  
virtual machines (VMs) in your Solaris and Windows Virtual Server environment  
using Microsoft System Center Virtual Machine CLI 2007.  
For more information about QLogic and Microsoft solutions, see the following  
documents:  
HBA Virtualization Technologies for Windows OS Environments (QLogic)  
Microsoft System Center Virtual Machine Manager (Microsoft)  
The Virtual Menu options allow you to view, create, and delete virtual adapter  
ports.  
To see a complete list of NPIV options, add the flag -hto the vp command. For  
example:  
# scli -vp -h  
SN0054614-00 K  
3-97  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
               
3–Interactive Commands  
Virtual Menu (Command Line Option -vp)  
When you select the Virtual Menu option from the main menu, the Virtual Menu  
appears, showing:  
Adapter Model  
Port Number  
WWPN  
Status (Online/Loop down)  
(Additional adapters)  
(Additional ports)  
Virtual port options include the following:  
<vport wwpn> is the world wide port name (WWPN) of a virtual port.  
<vport hex> is a single hexadecimal digit that will be part of the virtual  
port’s WWPN (second field, byte 1). (0–4 is reserved for the physical  
adapter port.) Note that this feature is supported only with an NPIV-enabled  
driver.  
Virtual Menu for Adapter Instance  
14: Virtual 1: Virtual Menu  
When you select this option, the Virtual Port Menu appears with the following  
options:  
List Virtual Ports  
Delete a Virtual port  
Create a Virtual port  
Enter the number for the option you want, and then press ENTER  
.
With a virtual adapter, the following SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI features are not  
available:  
Adapter Parameters Display  
Adapter Parameters Settings  
Adapter Parameters Restore Default  
Flash Update from file  
Flash Save to file  
Adapter Parameters Update from file  
Adapter Parameters Save to file  
Adapter Parameters Templates  
Driver Update  
Target Link Speed  
Boot Device Settings  
Driver Settings  
3-98  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
3–Interactive Commands  
Virtual Menu (Command Line Option -vp)  
In addition, the following notes apply:  
The maximum number of virtual adapters that can be created of a physical  
adapter is 15.  
vPort means virtual port in all the displays.  
In command line mode, you must use the WWPN instead of adapter  
instance number to select a virtual port.  
After you create or delete a virtual adapter, you should refresh the  
configuration to see the changes.  
List Virtual Port(s)  
14: Virtual 1: Virtual Menu 3: List Virtual Ports  
When you select this option, the menu of virtual ports on this physical adapter port  
appears showing:  
List Virtual Ports including for each:  
Instance Number  
Virtual Port Number  
WWPN  
Status (Online or Loop Down)  
Here is an example:  
Virtual Menu  
HBA Model QLA2462:  
0: vPort 3: WWPN: 21-7B-00-E0-8B-14-5A-CF Online  
1: vPort 2: WWPN: 21-67-00-E0-8B-14-5A-CF Online  
4: Return to Previous Menu  
Delete Virtual Port(s)  
14: Virtual 1: Virtual Menu 3: Delete a Virtual Port  
To delete a virtual port, select a virtual port number from the Delete a Virtual Port  
menu. To see the change, you must manually refresh the virtual port  
configuration.  
NOTE:  
For Solaris 11, this option is not supported for the QLC driver.  
SN0054614-00 K  
3-99  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
3–Interactive Commands  
Virtual Menu (Command Line Option -vp)  
Create Virtual Port(s)  
14: Virtual 1: Virtual Menu 3: Create a Virtual Port  
NOTE:  
For Solaris 11, this option is not supported for the QLC driver.  
When you select this option, the Create Virtual Port Menu for this adapter  
instance appears showing:  
HBA Instance n  
Adapter Model Port Number  
Status  
Description  
Followed by the menu:  
Auto Generate  
User Generate  
Here is an example:  
Create Virtual Port Menu  
HBA Instance 4 (QLA2462 Port 1) : Online  
Desc: QLA2462 PCI-X 2.0 to 4Gb FD Dual Channel  
1: Auto Generate  
2: User Generate  
3: Return to Previous Menu  
Auto Generate  
14: Virtual 1: Virtual Menu 3: Create a Virtual Port 1: Auto Generate  
When you select this option, the system creates a virtual port on this adapter’s  
physical port and reports the WWPN of the virtual port. For example:  
Virtual Port 21-25-00-E0-8B-14-5A-CF created successfully on HBA  
instance 4.  
To see the change to the virtual ports, you must manually refresh the  
configuration.  
User Generate  
14: Virtual 1: Virtual Menu 3: Create a Virtual Port 2: User Generate  
When you select this option, you are prompted to enter a hexadecimal (hex) digit  
for the new virtual port WWPN. This new hex number is assigned to the second  
field of the physical adapter port WWPN. For example:  
3-100  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
3–Interactive Commands  
QoS Menu (Command Line Option -qos)  
Enter Hex Pattern (xx) :  
Type two hex digits. The system creates the new virtual port, for example:  
(Create Virtual Port Menu)  
Enter Selection: 2  
Enter Hex Pattern <xx>: EF  
The system returns the following:  
Virtual Port 21-EF-00-8B-14-5A-CF created successfully on HBA  
instance 4.  
Note that the entered hex digits, EF, now appear in byte 1 of the new virtual port  
WWPN.  
To see the change to the virtual ports, you must manually refresh the  
configuration.  
QoS Menu  
(Command Line Option -qos)  
15: QoS  
NOTE:  
The QoS Menu option is available only for Windows operating systems and  
8Gb and 10Gb adapters. For Windows Server 2008, QoS is supported only  
with MSI-X enabled.  
QoS (quality of service) refers to service level agreement (SLA) to ensure  
business continuity when transmitting data over virtual ports by either setting  
priorities or allocating bandwidth. SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI provides an  
easy-to-use interface that lets you assign QoS to virtual ports by either setting  
priorities or allocating bandwidth to them:  
Setting the QoS by bandwidth lets you allocate up to 80% of the number  
of gigabits per second (Gbps) transmission speed of the physical port's  
capacity to its defined virtual ports (NPIV). Using this feature lets you  
guarantee a transmission rate for each virtual port that requires a specific  
bandwidth to run mission-critical applications for business continuity using  
virtual ports. The setting for a given QoS can resolve bottlenecks that exist  
when virtual machines contend for port bandwidth.  
SN0054614-00 K  
3-101  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
3–Interactive Commands  
QoS Menu (Command Line Option -qos)  
Setting the QoS by priority (the default for newly created virtual ports) lets  
you set the priority level for each of the defined virtual ports. This enables to  
you give preference to data transmissions for one virtual port over others by  
giving it a higher priority than the others, which in turn translates to IOPS.  
You can set the priority level on any virtual port, regardless of the settings  
applied to other virtual ports.  
NOTES:  
Only one type of QoS setting is allowed on all virtual ports belonging to a  
single physical port. That means you cannot have a virtual port set to  
QoS Priority and another virtual port set to QoS Bandwidth.  
Each physical port (and its virtual ports) can be set with different QoS  
type in a host.  
If the physical port has no virtual ports, you must first create them. See  
If you change the QoS type (QoS Priority or QoS Bandwidth), the QoS  
settings of all virtual ports will revert to the default setting.  
When you select the QoS option from the Main Menu, the QoS Menu opens and  
prompts you to select one of the physical ports on your adapter. For example:  
SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI CLI  
vx.x.x Build x  
QoS Menu  
HBA Model QMH2462  
Port 1: WWPN: 50-01-43-80-00-AC-2F-7C Loop Down  
Port 2: WWPN: 50-01-43-80-00-AC-2F-7E Loop Down  
HBA Model QMH2562  
1: Port 1: WWPN: 50-06-0B-00-00-C2-AE-00 Online  
2: Port 2: WWPN: 50-06-0B-00-00-C2-AE-02 Online  
3: Return to Previous Menu  
Note: 0 to return to Main Menu  
Enter Selection: 1  
Select one of the online physical ports for this adapter and then press ENTER to  
open the QoS Type Menu for that adapter port. This menu prompts you to select  
one of the following as the quality of service type, where the currently selected  
type is indicated next to it by (Current):  
QoS Priority  
QoS Bandwidth  
3-102  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3–Interactive Commands  
QoS Menu (Command Line Option -qos)  
CAUTION!  
If you change QoS type from QoS Priority to QoS Bandwidth, or QoS  
Bandwidth to QoS Priority, the QoS settings of all virtual ports revert to the  
default settings.  
QoS Priority Menu  
15: QoS n: Port number 1: QoS Priority  
Setting the QoS by priority lets you set the priority level for each of the defined  
virtual ports. This enables to you give preference to data transmissions for one  
virtual port over others by giving it a higher priority than the others. You can set  
the priority level on any virtual port, regardless of the settings applied to other  
virtual ports.  
The QoS Priority Menu shows the adapter instance, model number, port number,  
and the status, WWPN, and description of the selected physical adapter port. It  
also lists all virtual ports created for that physical port.  
To set the priority for a virtual port:  
1.  
2.  
From the QoS Priority Menu, type the number corresponding to the virtual  
port that you want to change. Take note of whether or not that virtual port is  
currently Enabled and Unlocked, and then press ENTER  
.
If the virtual port is already enabled and unlocked, proceed to Step 3.  
Otherwise:  
a.  
The virtual port must be Enabled to set the priority. To enable a  
currently disabled vPort, enter 1for the Enable/Disable QoS Settings  
option and then 1again to Enable the vPort.  
b.  
The virtual port must be Unlocked to set the priority. To unlock a  
currently locked vPort, enter 2for the Lock/Unlock QoS Settings  
option and then 2again to Unlock the vPort.  
3.  
4.  
On the QoS Priority Menu, select the Modify QoS Settings option.  
Enter a new priority level for the virtual port by selecting either Low,  
Medium, or High, and then pressing ENTER. For example:  
QoS Priority Menu  
HBA Instance 0 (QMH2562 Virtual Port 0): Online  
WWPN: 50-06-0B-00-00-C2-AE-7C  
Desc: QMH2562 PCI-E to 8Gb FC Dual Channel Mezz HBA  
1: Low[1]  
2: Medium[3]  
3: High[5]  
SN0054614-00 K  
3-103  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
3–Interactive Commands  
QoS Menu (Command Line Option -qos)  
4: Return to Previous Menu  
Note: 0 to return to Main Menu  
Enter Selection: 2  
The QoS Priority Menu reappears and lists all the virtual ports.  
5.  
6.  
Verify that the priority level is correct for the virtual port that you changed.  
(Optional) To prevent further changes to the virtual port, set the mode to  
Locked.  
7.  
8.  
(Optional) To change the priority for additional virtual ports, repeat the  
previous steps.  
To save your QoS priority changes, select the Apply QoS Settings option.  
NOTE:  
No changes made to QoS settings in the previous steps are saved until  
you select Apply QoS Settings.  
The following confirmation appears:  
Changes in QoS settings have been applied to selected vPort(s)  
Hit <RETURN> to continue:  
QoS Bandwidth Menu  
15: QoS n: Port number 2: QoS Bandwidth  
SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI supports two different types of bandwidth for virtual  
ports:  
Bandwidth Speed specifies that the maximum bandwidth speed of all  
virtual ports cannot exceed the maximum actual connection speed. (For  
Bandwidth Percentage specifies that the maximum bandwidth percentage  
of all virtual ports cannot exceed 100%. (For details, see “QoS Bandwidth  
The QoS Bandwidth Menu shows the adapter instance, model number, port  
number, and the status, WWPN, and description of the selected physical adapter  
port. It also lists all virtual ports created for that physical port. After you select a  
virtual port, SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI prompts you to select the bandwidth  
type as either by speed or by percentage. For example:  
QoS Bandwidth Menu  
HBA Instance 0 (QMH2562 Port 1) : Online  
WWPN: 50-06-0B-00-00-C2-AE-00  
3-104  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
3–Interactive Commands  
QoS Menu (Command Line Option -qos)  
Desc: QMH2562 PCI-E to 8Gb FC Dual Channel Mezz HBA  
1: Bandwidth Speed  
2: Bandwidth Percentage  
3: Return to Previous Menu  
Note: 0 to return to Main Menu  
Enter Selection: 1  
When deciding how much bandwidth to assign to a virtual port, consider the  
bandwidth required to run the application, and then set it in the range of +5% of  
given bandwidth. For example, if a mission-critical application on a virtual machine  
requires 1 Gbps to transmit its data over the fabric, the recommended bandwidth  
setting is 1.05 Gps.  
An 8Gb adapter can transmit data up to 8Gbps for each physical port, which sets  
the common pool of bandwidth until you adjust the settings on the virtual ports.  
This feature allows you to divide up to 80% (or 6.4Gbps) between the physical  
port and any of its virtual ports. The remaining 20% (or 1.6 Gbps) is reserved to  
handle non-QoS applications or VMs.  
NOTE:  
If you do not see the QoS Bandwidth Menu shown in the preceding, some  
QoS settings may be disabled or locked and an alternate menu is shown.  
Select from the following menu options to enable or unlock the feature you  
need:  
If QoS is disabled for the selected virtual port, you must first enable it.  
Select 1. Enable/Disable QoS Settings.  
If QoS is enabled for the selected virtual port but the QoS setting change  
option is locked, you must first unlock it. Select 2. Lock/Unlock QoS  
Settings.  
If the QoS lock setting is disabled, you must first change the QoS  
settings. Select 3. Modify QoS Settings.  
QoS Bandwidth Speed Menu  
15: QoS n: Port number 2: QoS Bandwidth1: Bandwidth Speed  
The QoS Bandwidth Speed Menu lists all virtual ports for the selected adapter  
physical port.  
To set the bandwidth speed for a virtual port:  
1.  
From the QoS Bandwidth Speed Menu, type the number corresponding to  
the virtual port that you want to change. Take note of whether or not that  
virtual port is currently Enabled and Unlocked, and then press ENTER  
.
SN0054614-00 K  
3-105  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
3–Interactive Commands  
QoS Menu (Command Line Option -qos)  
2.  
If the virtual port is already enabled and unlocked, proceed to Step 3.  
Otherwise:  
a.  
The virtual port must be Enabled to set the bandwidth. To enable a  
currently disabled vPort, enter 1for the Enable/Disable QoS Settings  
option and then 1again to Enable the vPort.  
b.  
The virtual port must be Unlocked to set the bandwidth. To unlock a  
currently locked vPort, enter 2for the Lock/Unlock QoS Settings  
option and then 2again to Unlock the vPort.  
3.  
4.  
5.  
On the QoS Bandwidth Speed Menu, select the Modify QoS Settings  
option.  
At the prompt to select a bandwidth unit value, select either 1(for Mbps) or 2  
(for Gbps).  
The Enter Bandwidth Speed prompt shows the allowable range and  
current speed in square brackets. Type a new speed value and then press  
ENTER  
.
The QoS Bandwidth Speed Menu reappears and lists all the virtual ports.  
6.  
7.  
8.  
9.  
Verify that the bandwidth speed is correct for the virtual port that you  
changed.  
(Optional) To prevent further changes to the virtual port, set the mode to  
Locked.  
(Optional) To change the bandwidth speed for additional virtual ports, repeat  
the previous steps.  
When the QoS Bandwidth Speed Menu reappears, select the Apply QoS  
Settings option to save your changes.  
NOTE:  
No changes made to QoS settings in the previous steps are saved until  
you select Apply QoS Settings.  
The following confirmation appears:  
Changes in QoS settings have been applied to selected vPort(s)  
Hit <RETURN> to continue:  
3-106  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
3–Interactive Commands  
QoS Menu (Command Line Option -qos)  
QoS Bandwidth Percentage Menu  
15: QoS n: Port number 2: QoS Bandwidth2: Bandwidth Percentage  
To set the bandwidth percentage for a virtual port:  
1.  
2.  
From the QoS Bandwidth Percentage Menu, type the number  
corresponding to the virtual port that you want to change. Take note of  
whether or not that virtual port is currently Enabled and Unlocked, and then  
press ENTER  
.
If the virtual port is already enabled and unlocked, proceed to Step 3.  
Otherwise:  
a.  
The virtual port must be Enabled to set the bandwidth. To enable a  
currently disabled vPort, enter 1for the Enable/Disable QoS Settings  
option and then 1again to Enable the vPort.  
b.  
The virtual port must be Unlocked to set the bandwidth. To unlock a  
currently locked vPort, enter 2for the Lock/Unlock QoS Settings  
option and then 2again to Unlock the vPort.  
3.  
4.  
On the QoS Bandwidth Percentage Menu, select the Modify QoS  
Settings option.  
The Enter Bandwidth Percentage prompt shows the allowable range and  
current percentage in square brackets. Enter a new percentage value and  
then press ENTER  
.
The QoS Bandwidth Percentage Menu reappears and lists all the virtual  
ports.  
5.  
6.  
7.  
8.  
Verify that the bandwidth percentage is correct for the virtual port that you  
changed.  
(Optional) To prevent further changes to the virtual port, set the mode to  
Locked.  
(Optional) To change the bandwidth percentage for additional virtual ports,  
repeat the previous steps.  
When the QoS Bandwidth Percentage Menu reappears, select the Apply  
QoS Settings option to save your changes.  
NOTE:  
No changes made to QoS settings in the previous steps are saved until  
you select Apply QoS Settings.  
The following confirmation appears:  
Changes in QoS settings have been applied to selected vPort(s)  
SN0054614-00 K  
3-107  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
3–Interactive Commands  
FCoE Menu (Command Line Option -cna)  
Hit <RETURN> to continue:  
FCoE Menu  
(Command Line Option -cna)  
16: FCoE  
Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) is a new technology that allows FC storage  
traffic to travel over an Ethernet fabric. This promotes I/O consolidation, whereby  
data (TCP/IP) and storage (FCoE) traffic can travel over the same shared  
Ethernet medium. Each traffic type is tagged with a different VLAN ID, resulting in  
reduced adapter, cabling, switch, power, and cooling costs. By design, FCoE  
preserves existing FC storage and management tool investment by retaining the  
FC protocol and familiar FC services, such as WWNs, zoning, and LUN masking.  
The FCoE menu is available only for the QLE80xx, QLE81xx, and QMI81xx  
adapters. When you select FCoE from the main menu, SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA  
CLI displays a submenu that varies depending on whether the installed adapter is  
a QLE80xx (FCoE adapter) or a QLx81xx (converged network adapter). Refer to  
the appropriate section for your adapter type:  
FCoE Utilities Menu for QLE80xx Adapters  
The FCoE Utilities menu for the QLE80xx FCoE adapter prompts you to select  
an FCoE engine, and then provides the following menu for that engine:  
FCoE Utilities Menu  
FCoE Engine (QLE8042)  
Desc: QLE8042 Mercury CNA  
1: Update Firmware  
2: Stats  
3: Logs  
4: Return to Previous Menu  
3-108  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
3–Interactive Commands  
FCoE Menu (Command Line Option -cna)  
Update Firmware  
16: FCoE 1: Update Firmware  
Use this option to update the firmware on the adapter’s ASIC chip. When you  
select the Update Firmware option from the FCoE Utility menu, SANsurfer  
FC/CNA HBA CLI prompts you to enter the file name (usually a .binfile) for the  
firmware to update. After the firmware update is complete, the utility shows a  
message if it succeeded or failed.  
To update firmware using the command line option, enter the following command:  
scli -fcoe ( <hba instance> | <hba wwpn> ) --loadfw <firmware  
file>  
Stats Menu  
16: FCoE 2: Stats  
Use this option to review the activity of Ethernet data sent and received over the  
FCoE connection. When you select the Stats option from the FCoE Utility menu,  
SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI opens the Stats menu. Currently, this menu  
contains just one option, Network Interface Stats.  
Select the Network Interface Stats option to show network statistics link (NSL)  
port statistics for one of the available port numbers. The following example shows  
the output of that option.  
NSL Port Statistics Details (Port 0)  
------------------------------------------------------  
NSL Port Statistics  
Number of Transmitted Packets < 64 bytes: 0  
Number of Transmitted Packets = 64 bytes: 0  
Number of Transmitted Packets <= 127 bytes: 0  
Number of Transmitted Packets <= 255 bytes: 0  
Number of Transmitted Packets <= 511 bytes: 0  
Number of Transmitted Packets <= 1023 bytes: 0  
Number of Transmitted Packets <= 1518 bytes: 0  
Number of Transmitted Packets <= 2047 bytes: 0  
Number of Transmitted Packets <= 4095 bytes: 0  
Number of Transmitted Packets <= 8191 bytes: 0  
Number of Transmitted Packets <= 9215 bytes: 0  
Number of Transmitted Packets >= 9216 bytes: 0  
Total Number of Transmitted Packets (including those with error): 0  
Number of Transmitted Bytes for Good Packets: 0  
Number of Transmitted Good Packets: 0  
Number of Transmitted Unicast Packets: 0  
Number of Transmitted Multicast Packets: 0  
Number of Transmitted Broadcast Packets: 0  
Number of Transmitted Packets with VLAN tag: 0  
SN0054614-00 K  
3-109  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
3–Interactive Commands  
FCoE Menu (Command Line Option -cna)  
Number of Transmitted 802.3x Pause Control Packets: 0  
Number of Transmitted Per-Priority Pause Packets: 0  
Number of Transmitted Packets with Error: 0  
Number of Received Packets < 64 bytes: 0  
Number of Received Packets = 64 bytes: 0  
Number of Received Packets <= 127 bytes: 0  
Number of Received Packets <= 255 bytes: 0  
Number of Received Packets <= 511 bytes: 0  
Number of Received Packets <= 1023 bytes: 0  
Number of Received Packets <= 1518 bytes: 0  
Number of Received Packets <= 2047 bytes: 0  
Number of Received Packets <= 4095 bytes: 0  
Number of Received Packets <= 8191 bytes: 0  
Number of Received Packets <= 9215 bytes: 0  
Number of Received Packets >= 9216 bytes: 0  
Total Number of Received Packets (including those with error): 0  
Number of Received Bytes for Good Packets: 0  
Number of Received Good Packets: 0  
Number of Received Unicast Packets: 0  
Number of Received Multicast Packets: 0  
Number of Received Broadcast Packets: 0  
Number of Received Packets with VLAN tag: 0  
Number of Received Oversized Packets with Good CRC: 0  
Number of Received Oversized Packets: 0  
Number of Received Packets Discarded by the MAC: 0  
Number of Received Undersized Packets with Good CRC: 0  
Number of Received Undersized Packets with Bad CRC: 0  
Number of Received Packets with CRC Error: 0  
Number of Received Packets with Length Error: 0  
Number of Received Oversized Packets with Bad CRC: 0  
Number of Received 802.3x Pause Control Packets: 0  
Number of Received Per-Priority Pause Packets: 0  
Hit <RETURN> to continue:  
To show port statistics using the command line option, enter the following  
command:  
scli -fcoe ( <hba instance> | <hba wwpn> ) --mon --nsl --port[0,1]  
Logs Menu  
16: FCoE 3: Logs  
When you select the Logs option from the FCoE Utility menu, SANsurfer  
FC/CNA HBA CLI opens the Logs menu. This menu contains two options, Link  
Events and DCX.  
To list available log entries using the command line option, enter the following  
command:  
3-110  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
3–Interactive Commands  
FCoE Menu (Command Line Option -cna)  
scli -fcoe ( <hba instance> | <hba wwpn> ) --log --list  
To show a specific log entry by Log ID, enter the following command:  
scli -fcoe ( <hba instance> | <hba wwpn> ) --log --id <logid>  
Link Events  
16: FCoE 3: Logs: 1: Link Events  
Select the Link Events option to show information similar to the following  
example:  
---------------------------------------  
LogID=8 LogName=Link Events  
---------------------------------------  
000:00:01:58:480 Host fibre channel port 0, physical link up  
000:00:02:03:120 Host fibre channel port 1, physical link up  
DCX  
16: FCoE 3: Logs 2: DCX  
Select the DCX option to show information similar to the following example:  
---------------------------------------  
LogID=9 LogName=DCX  
---------------------------------------  
000:00:00:00:250 dcx_initialize: DCX enabled and initialized  
FCoE Utilities Menu for QLx81xx Adapters  
(Command Line Option -cna)  
The FCoE Utilities menu for the QLE81xx and QMI81xx converged network  
adapters first prompts you to select an FCoE port, for example:  
FCoE Utilities Menu  
HBA Model QLE8142  
1: Port 1: WWPN: 21-00-00-C0-DD-12-0D-ED Online  
2: Port 2: WWPN: 21-00-00-C0-DD-12-0D-EF SFP not installed  
3: Return to Previous Menu  
When you select an online port, the following menu appears:  
FCoE Utilities Menu  
HBA Instance 0 (QLE8142 Port 1) : Online  
ENode MAC Addr: 00:C0:DD:12:0D:ED  
WWPN  
Desc  
: 21-00-00-C0-DD-12-0D-ED  
: QLE8142 QLogic PCI Express to 10 GbE Dual  
Channel CNA (FCoE)  
SN0054614-00 K  
3-111  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
3–Interactive Commands  
FCoE Menu (Command Line Option -cna)  
1: Information  
2: Data Center Bridging  
3: DCE Statistics  
4: TLV  
5: Return to Previous Menu  
The following sections explain each of these menu options:  
Information  
16: FCoE 1: Information  
When you select the Information option from the FCoE Utilities Menu for  
QLE81xx/QMI81xx adapters, general information for the adapter is displayed, as  
shown in the following example:  
------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
HBA Instance 0: QLE8142 Port 1 WWPN 21-00-00-C0-DD-12-0D-ED PortID C5-02-20  
------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
------------------------------------------------------  
General Info  
------------------------------------------------------  
VN Port MAC Address  
VLAN ID  
: 0E:FC:00:C5:02:20  
: 1002  
Max Frame Size  
Addressing Mode  
: 2500 (Baby Jumbo)  
: FPMA  
------------------------------------------------------  
Data Center Bridging  
16: FCoE 2: Data Center Bridging  
When you select the Data Center Bridging option from the FCoE Utilities Menu  
for QLE81xx/QMI81xx adapters, the following parameters and settings are  
displayed for the adapter, as shown in the following example:  
------------------------------------------------------  
Data Center Bridging Port 0 Configuration Parameters  
------------------------------------------------------  
Host Name  
: BP-WIN2008  
HBA Instance  
HBA Model  
: 0  
: QLE8142  
HBA Description  
: QLE8142 QLogic PCI Express to 10 GbE Dual  
Channel CNA (FCoE)  
----------------------------  
DCBX  
3-112  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
3–Interactive Commands  
FCoE Menu (Command Line Option -cna)  
----------------------------  
DCBX Enable  
Willing  
: Enabled  
: Enabled  
Port Pause Type  
SAN Priority COS  
: Per Priority Pause  
: 3  
----------------------------  
ETS  
----------------------------  
Priority Txt Mode  
SAN Bandwidth Percent  
SAN Unused Bw To LAN  
LAN Unused Bw To SAN  
: Bandwidth  
: 50  
: Enabled  
: Disabled  
Table 3-13 provides descriptions of the DCBX and enhanced transmission  
selection (ETS) settings shown in the preceding example.  
Table 3-13. DCBX and ETS Configuration Parameters  
Parameter  
Description  
DCBX Enable  
When DCBX is enabled, the switch connected to the host over this adapter  
port negotiates these port parameter settings. You cannot disable DCBX.  
Willing  
This read-only parameter is from the switch. You cannot disable Willing.  
Port Pause Type  
Specifies the default port pause type as either Standardor Per Prior-  
ity Pause. Pause is a frame that controls the flow between transmitter  
and receiver, when the transmitter sends data at a higher rate than the  
receiver. In such situations, the receiver sends a PAUSE frame to the  
transmitter and the transmitter suspends transmission for the specified  
time.  
Standardapplies to all the frames. Standard pause is enabled by  
default on the server facing Ethernet ports as well as the network facing  
Ethernet ports. This setting affects the connection only when connected  
to a peer that is not configured with DCBX protocol.  
Per Priority Pauseenables you to manage pauses in traffic  
according to assigned priorities to CoS frames (for example, on a  
per-flow basis). Priority flow control applies to servers with a single  
adapter interface, which could carry traffic for LAN, SAN, and IPC. In  
this case, SAN traffic is marked with specific COS to identify it as a dis-  
tinct flow among other flows (LAN or IPC); you can apply a pause to this  
specific COS to assure loss-less SAN frames. When connected to a  
DCBX-enabled peer, the pause type is automatically set with per-prior-  
ity pause when the peer sends a priority flow control time length value,  
regardless of this parameter setting.  
SN0054614-00 K  
3-113  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
3–Interactive Commands  
FCoE Menu (Command Line Option -cna)  
Table 3-13. DCBX and ETS Configuration Parameters (Continued)  
Parameter  
Description  
CoS provides eight levels to accommodate more than one traffic class of  
SAN, LAN, and IPC, with one of the classes used for SAN traffic. This set-  
ting shows the persistent value for priority-encoded port packets: 0–7. The  
default value is 5. The SAN CoS setting affects the connection only when  
connected to a peer that is not configured with DCBX.  
SAN Priority CoS  
When connected to a DCBX-enabled peer, the port CoS value is automati-  
cally set to value specified in the port CoS TLV, regardless of this parame-  
ter setting.  
When not connected to a DCBX-enabled peer, or before receiving a port  
CoS value, the port CoS TLV is based on this parameter setting.  
Priority Txt Mode  
Specifies the priority mode for data transfer as one of the following:  
Strictdisables the other bandwidth settings. When other settings are  
disabled, the switch negotiates the port bandwidth according to settings  
configured on that switch.  
Bandwidthspecifies that a percent of bandwidth to SAN traffic uses  
the SAN bandwidth percent scale. Bandwidth sets the percentage of  
the number of gigabytes per second (Gbps) transmission speed of the  
port's capacity to SAN versus LAN traffic. The Bandwidthmode guar-  
antees a transmission rate for SAN traffic over the port.  
If the Priority Txt Modeis set to Bandwidth, this value indicates the  
SAN versus LAN percent setting.  
SAN Bandwidth Per-  
cent  
SAN Unused Bw To LAN Enabledspecifies that unused bandwidth allocated for SAN traffic is real-  
located to LAN traffic when necessary.  
SAN Unused Bw To SAN Enabledspecifies that unused bandwidth allocated for LAN traffic is real-  
located to SAN traffic when necessary.  
DCE Statistics  
16: FCoE 3: DCE Statistics  
When you select the DCE Statistics option from the FCoE Utilities Menu for  
QLE81xx/QMI81xx adapters, a submenu menu appears with the following options  
for data center Ethernet (DCE):  
Display Settings (see page 3-115)  
Auto Polling (see page 3-115)  
Set Rate (see page 3-115)  
Set Details (see page 3-115)  
Start (see page 3-115)  
3-114  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
3–Interactive Commands  
FCoE Menu (Command Line Option -cna)  
Display Settings  
16: FCoE 3: DCE Statistics 1: Display Settings  
Select the Display Settings option to show the current DCE statistics settings for  
the selected adapter, for example:  
---------------------------------------  
DCE Statistics Settings  
---------------------------------------  
AutoPoll (AP): 10  
SetRate (SR): 5  
LogToFile (LF): N/A  
Details (DT): 0  
Auto Polling  
16: FCoE 3: DCE Statistics 2: Auto Polling  
Select the Auto Polling option to open the Statistics Poll Menu, which shows  
your current setting as either Auto Poll or Manual Poll. To change the polling  
method, select the appropriate option.  
Set Rate  
16: FCoE 3: DCE Statistics 3: Set Rate  
Select the Set Rate option to view the current Sampling Rate in seconds. To  
change the sampling rate, enter a numeric value between 5 and 30.  
Set Details  
16: FCoE 3: DCE Statistics 4: Set Details  
Select the Set Details option to view the current DCE Statistics Details. To  
change the detail setting from the current setting to one of the other two options,  
select that option, and then press ENTER. The example below indicates that  
Absolute is the current setting; you can change the setting to either Rate (Per  
Second) or Baseline.  
1: Absolute (Current)  
2: Rate (Per Second)  
3: Baseline  
Start  
16: FCoE 3: DCE Statistics 5: Start  
Select the Start option to view (run) the DCE statistics details for the selected  
converged network adapter with the Absolute1 setting. For example:  
1
DCE statistics run with the Rate or Baseline settings instead of the Absolute setting  
will generally show all zeroes, except for the Receive totals.  
SN0054614-00 K  
3-115  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                   
3–Interactive Commands  
FCoE Menu (Command Line Option -cna)  
-------------------------------------------------------------  
DCE Statistics Details for CNA Instance 0 - QLE8142  
-------------------------------------------------------------  
Transmit Packets: 143885  
Transmit Octets: 17373502  
Transmit Multicast Packets: 20036  
Transmit Broadcast Packets: 0  
Transmit Unicast Packets: 123849  
Transmit Control Packets: 0  
Transmit Pause Packets: 0  
Transmit Packets 64 Octets: 2  
Transmit Packets 65to127 Octets: 113380  
Transmit Packets 128to255 Octets: 30503  
Transmit Packets 256to511 Octets: 0  
Transmit Packets 512to1023 Octets: 0  
Transmit Packets 1024to1518 Octets: 0  
Transmit Packets 1519toMax Octets: 0  
Transmit Undersize Packets: 0  
Transmit Oversize Packets: 0  
Receive Octets: 995453281  
Receive Octets Ok: 133608898  
Receive Packets: 7038642  
Receive Packets Ok: 1447366  
Receive Broadcast Packets: 157285  
Receive Multicast Packets: 1105617  
Receive Unicast Packets: 184464  
Receive Undersize Packets: 0  
Receive Oversize Packets: 0  
Receive Jabber Packets: 0  
Receive Undersize FCS Error Packets: 0  
Receive Control Packets: 18  
Receive Pause Packets: 0  
Receive Packets 64Octets: 307157  
Receive Packets 65to127Octets: 3811507  
Receive Packets 128to255Octets: 2239110  
Receive Packets 256to511Octets: 631218  
Receive Packets 512to1023Octets: 40077  
Receive Packets 1024to1518Octets: 721  
Receive Packets 1519toMaxOctets: 8852  
Transmit CBFC Pause Frames 0: 0  
Transmit CBFC Pause Frames 1: 0  
Transmit CBFC Pause Frames 2: 0  
Transmit CBFC Pause Frames 3: 0  
Transmit CBFC Pause Frames 4: 0  
Transmit CBFC Pause Frames 5: 0  
Transmit CBFC Pause Frames 6: 0  
Transmit CBFC Pause Frames 7: 0  
Transmit FCoE Packets: 123851  
Transmit Mgmt Packets: 20034  
3-116  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3–Interactive Commands  
FCoE Menu (Command Line Option -cna)  
Receive CBFC Pause Frames 0: 0  
Receive CBFC Pause Frames 1: 0  
Receive CBFC Pause Frames 2: 0  
Receive CBFC Pause Frames 3: 0  
Receive CBFC Pause Frames 4: 0  
Receive CBFC Pause Frames 5: 0  
Receive CBFC Pause Frames 6: 0  
Receive CBFC Pause Frames 7: 0  
Receive FCoE Packets: 337914  
Receive Mgmt Packets: 20479  
Receive Packets Priority 0: 0  
Receive Packets Priority 1: 0  
Receive Packets Priority 2: 0  
Receive Packets Priority 3: 337937  
Receive Packets Priority 4: 0  
Receive Packets Priority 5: 0  
Receive Packets Priority 6: 0  
Receive Packets Priority 7: 307142  
Transmit Packets Priority 0: 0  
Transmit Packets Priority 1: 0  
Transmit Packets Priority 2: 0  
Transmit Packets Priority 3: 123851  
Transmit Packets Priority 4: 0  
Transmit Packets Priority 5: 0  
Transmit Packets Priority 6: 0  
Transmit Packets Priority 7: 0  
Receive Packets Discarded Priority 0: 0  
Receive Packets Discarded Priority 1: 0  
Receive Packets Discarded Priority 2: 0  
Receive Packets Discarded Priority 3: 0  
Receive Packets Discarded Priority 4: 0  
Receive Packets Discarded Priority 5: 0  
Receive Packets Discarded Priority 6: 0  
Receive Packets Discarded Priority 7: 0  
-------------------------------------------------------------  
General keyboard shortcuts:  
A
R
B
C
[
]
{
}
- Change details display to Absolute  
- Change details display to Rate Per Second  
- Change details display to Baseline  
- Clear Baseline  
- Ascending sort by Names  
- Descending sort by Names  
- Ascending sort by Values  
- Descending sort by Values  
ENTER - Cancel the current task  
-------------------------------------------------------------  
SN0054614-00 K  
3-117  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3–Interactive Commands  
FCoE Menu (Command Line Option -cna)  
NOTE:  
While the DCE statistics are running, you can change the viewing options by  
pressing the keys listed above: , and ENTER. The key  
A,  
R,  
B,  
C,  
[,  
],  
{
,
}
C
(Clear Baseline) option is available only in Baseline mode.  
TLV  
16: FCoE 4: TLV  
When you select the TLV option from the FCoE Utilities Menu for  
QLE81xx/QMI81xx adapters, a submenu menu prompts you to view either  
Details or Raw type-length-value (TLV) data for DCBX. The TLV for link layer  
discovery protocol (LLDP) frames is used to exchange parameters and their  
values.  
Details  
16: FCoE 4: TLV 1: Details  
If you select the Details option, TLV data appears such as in the following  
example:  
------------------------------------------------------  
DCBX Parameters Details for CNA Instance 0 - QLE8142  
------------------------------------------------------  
Fri May 01 14:27:08 2009  
DCBX TLV (Type-Length-Value) Data  
=================================  
DCBX Parameter Type and Length  
DCBX Parameter Length: 13  
DCBX Parameter Type: 2  
DCBX Parameter Information  
Parameter Type: Current  
Pad Byte Present: Yes  
DCBX Parameter Valid: Yes  
Reserved: 0  
DCBX Parameter Data  
Priority Group ID of Priority 1: 0  
Priority Group ID of Priority 0: 0  
Priority Group ID of Priority 3: 1  
Priority Group ID of Priority 2: 0  
Priority Group ID of Priority 5: 0  
Priority Group ID of Priority 4: 0  
3-118  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
3–Interactive Commands  
FCoE Menu (Command Line Option -cna)  
Priority Group ID of Priority 7: 0  
Priority Group ID of Priority 6: 0  
Priority Group 0 Percentage: 50  
Priority Group 1 Percentage: 50  
Priority Group 2 Percentage: 0  
Priority Group 3 Percentage: 0  
Priority Group 4 Percentage: 0  
Priority Group 5 Percentage: 0  
Priority Group 6 Percentage: 0  
Priority Group 7 Percentage: 0  
Number of Traffic Classes Supported: 2  
DCBX Parameter Information  
Parameter Type: Remote  
Pad Byte Present: Yes  
DCBX Parameter Valid: Yes  
Reserved: 0  
DCBX Parameter Data  
Priority Group ID of Priority 1: 0  
Priority Group ID of Priority 0: 0  
Priority Group ID of Priority 3: 1  
Priority Group ID of Priority 2: 0  
Priority Group ID of Priority 5: 0  
Priority Group ID of Priority 4: 0  
Priority Group ID of Priority 7: 0  
Priority Group ID of Priority 6: 0  
Priority Group 0 Percentage: 50  
Priority Group 1 Percentage: 50  
Priority Group 2 Percentage: 0  
Priority Group 3 Percentage: 0  
Priority Group 4 Percentage: 0  
Priority Group 5 Percentage: 0  
Priority Group 6 Percentage: 0  
Priority Group 7 Percentage: 0  
Number of Traffic Classes Supported: 2  
DCBX Parameter Information  
Parameter Type: Remote  
Pad Byte Present: No  
DCBX Parameter Valid: Yes  
Reserved: 0  
DCBX Parameter Data  
SN0054614-00 K  
3-119  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3–Interactive Commands  
Help Menu (Command Line Option -h)  
PFC Enabled on Priority 0: No  
PFC Enabled on Priority 1: No  
PFC Enabled on Priority 2: No  
PFC Enabled on Priority 3: Yes  
PFC Enabled on Priority 4: No  
PFC Enabled on Priority 5: No  
PFC Enabled on Priority 6: No  
PFC Enabled on Priority 7: No  
Number of Traffic Classes Supported: 8  
. . .  
Raw  
16: FCoE 4: TLV 2: Raw  
If you select the Raw option, TLV data appears such as in the following example:  
------------------------------------------------------  
DCBX Parameters Raw Data for CNA Instance 0 - QLE8142  
------------------------------------------------------  
Fri May 01 14:27:10 2009  
DCBX TLV (Type-Length-Value) Data  
=================================  
0D 04 0E 00 00 01 00 00  
32 32 00 00 00 00 00 00  
02 00 0D 00 00 01 00 00  
32 32 00 00 00 00 00 00  
02 00 0C 00 00 01 00 00  
32 32 00 00 00 00 00 00  
02 00 02 06 0A 00 08 08  
09 00 08 08 08 00 08 01  
Help Menu  
(Command Line Option -h)  
14 (or n): Help  
When you enter this option the Help Menu appears with the following options:  
Contents  
Exit Codes  
About  
Type the number for the option you want, and then press ENTER  
.
3-120  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
3–Interactive Commands  
Help Menu (Command Line Option -h)  
To view help for FCoE using the command line option, enter the following  
command:  
scli -fcoe  
Contents  
14 (or 15): Help 1: Contents  
When you select the Contents option, SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI shows the  
entire Help menu. You can see the help menu options rearranged into  
alphabetical order in Appendix D.  
Exit Codes  
14 (or 15): Help 2: Exit Codes  
When you select the Exit Codes option, SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI shows the  
entire list of exit codes. You can see the exit codes in Appendix C.  
About  
14 (or 15): Help 3: About  
When you select the About option, SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI shows the  
following information about this tool:  
Product name  
Version and build number  
Copyright information  
All rights reserved  
Full Name  
Build Type  
Build Date  
SN0054614-00 K  
3-121  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
3–Interactive Commands  
Help Menu (Command Line Option -h)  
Notes  
3-122  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
4 Non-Interactive Commands  
This chapter contains the information in the help (to view help, enter the command  
-h), plus additional explanation and examples. Each command line option is  
listed, followed by a command description and examples of the command in use  
and typical responses from the system.  
The non-interactive command information included in this chapter includes the  
following:  
Display System Information  
(Command Line Options -g, -z, and -tp)  
When you enter one of these options, general information appears in various  
formats. For example:  
# scli -gshows the host information (see “Host Information (Command  
# scli -zshows the host configuration (see “Host Configuration  
# scli -tpshows the host topology (see “Host Topology (Command Line  
Host Information  
(Command Line Option -g)  
The command format to show host information is:  
# scli -g  
When you enter this option, the following information about the local machine  
appears:  
Host Name  
OS type  
OS version (patches where applicable)  
SN0054614-00 K  
4-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
             
4–Non-Interactive Commands  
Display System Information (Command Line Options -g, -z, and -tp)  
SAN target management (SDM) API version  
List of adapters: adapter model, port number, WWPN, serial number (SN),  
adapter number (adapter 0–n), and status (online/offline)  
Total number of QLogic FC adapters detected  
NOTE:  
The failover and SAN device management APIs are QLogic-specific libraries  
required for SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI. The versions of these libraries are  
useful for debugging purposes.  
Host Configuration  
(Command Line Option -z)  
The command line option -zshows all of the adapter’s information in a single  
command. The command format is:  
# scli -z  
SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI shows the information in “Host Information  
(Command Line Option -g)” on page 4-1, as well as the following additional  
information:  
HBA General information  
HBA Vital Product Data (VPD)  
HBA Parameter Settings  
Driver Settings Information:  
Group: Persistent  
Group: Binding  
Devices/LUNs Information  
Selective LUNs Information  
Boot Device Settings  
To show the information for a single adapter, type the following command:  
# scli -z (<hba instance> | <hba wwpn>)  
Where:  
hba instance  
hba wwpn  
= Adapter number (use -g command to find)  
= World wide port name of the adapter  
To show the information for all adapters, type:  
# scli -z all  
4-2  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
4–Non-Interactive Commands  
Display System Information (Command Line Options -g, -z, and -tp)  
Host Topology  
(Command Line Option -tp)  
NOTE:  
Under Linux, host topology (-tp) is disabled if you are using the IOCTL or  
sysfs (inbox) driver.  
The command format for Host Topology is:  
# scli -tp  
When you select this option, SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI shows the information  
following additional information:  
Interconnect Element (switch or adapter)  
Type (switch or adapter)  
World wide name  
Domain ID  
Management ID  
IP address  
Model  
Symbolic name  
Serial number  
MAC address  
Firmware version  
Port count  
Beacon status  
Interconnect element (adapter):  
Type  
World wide node name  
World wide port name  
Vendor ID  
HBA Model  
Adapter Serial Number  
Adapter Alias  
Port Alias  
Driver Version  
Firmware Version  
Total Number of Devices  
Host  
Number of Port  
Beacon status  
SN0054614-00 K  
4-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
4–Non-Interactive Commands  
Display System Information (Command Line Options -g, -z, and -tp)  
Port Type  
Port State  
Port Information  
Physical Port Number (switch port number), including:  
Port state  
Port type  
TX port type  
Port module type  
Attached Port (QLogic adapter, tape device, or disk device connected  
to the switch physical port), including:  
Target/initiator  
Node name  
Port name  
Vendor ID  
Product ID (if applicable)  
Product revision (if applicable)  
Product serial number (if applicable)  
Adapter model (if applicable)  
Adapter serial number (if applicable)  
Adapter alias (if applicable)  
Port alias (if applicable)  
Driver version  
Firmware version  
Total number of devices (if applicable)  
Host (if applicable)  
Host Configuration  
Use these options to show the information for one or all of the adapter ports in the  
system. The -zoption shows the combination of the commands listed in  
Table 4-1. The commands are listed in alphabetical order.  
.
Table 4-1. Options Shown by -z  
CLI  
Description  
See User Guide Section  
-c  
Show adapter settings  
-e  
Configure boot device  
View driver settings  
-fg  
4-4  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                 
4–Non-Interactive Commands  
Command Summary  
Table 4-1. Options Shown by -z (Continued)  
CLI  
Description  
See User Guide Section  
-g  
Show system information  
-i  
“-i (Display HBA General Information  
or VPD Information for One or All  
Show adapter information  
-l  
-m  
Show LUN list  
Configure selective LUNs  
-p  
-t  
Configure target persistent binding  
Show target list  
Command Summary  
The command format for non-interactive mode is:  
# scli -(Cmd) (<hba instance> | <hba wwpn>) (view | ?)  
Where:  
hba instance = Adapter port instance (use -g command to find)  
hba wwpn = Adapter world wide port name  
You can combine the commands -o, -sand -xwith other options. However, they  
must be at the beginning or at the end of the command line. Use these commands  
as follows:  
-o= Output the results to a file (see “-o (Output to a File)” on page 4-37).  
For example:  
# scli -l -o  
-s= Silent mode (see “-s (Silent Mode)” on page 4-45). For example:  
# scli -i all -s -o output.txt  
-x= Outputs the results in XML format (see “-x (Output in XML Format 1)”  
on page 4-48). For example:  
# scli -i all -x -o output.xml  
SN0054614-00 K  
4-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                                         
4–Non-Interactive Commands  
Command Summary  
You cannot combine the command -fwith any other options:  
-f= Input Parameter Options from a Text File (see “-f (Input Parameter  
# scli -f command.txt  
In addition, the following general rules for commands apply:  
Only one command line option per input file is valid.  
You can use either the hyphen (-) character or the forward slash (/)  
character. For example, both of these commands are valid:  
scli -g  
scli /g  
Table 4-2 defines the command variables.  
.
Table 4-2. Command Variables  
Variable  
Definition  
Format  
Adapter numbera  
<hba instance>  
<hba wwpn>  
Adapter world wide port  
name  
xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx or  
xxxxxxxxxxxxxx  
Symbolic adapterb name  
<alias>  
Adapter alias  
<target wwnn>  
Target world wide node  
name  
xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx or  
xxxxxxxxxxxxxx  
<target wwpn>  
Target world wide port  
name  
xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx or  
xxxxxxxxxxxxxx  
<target port id>  
<target id>  
<lun id>  
Target port ID  
Target ID  
xx-xx-xx or xxxxxx  
Logical unit number  
IP address  
(0–255)  
<address>  
(speed)  
xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx  
1.2 or 4 GHz, or 8G  
Target link speed  
Table Notes  
a
You can use the -g command to find adapter numbers.  
b
You assign the symbolic name. It is limited to 100 characters in length.  
-a  
(View or Toggle Beacon Status)  
Use the -acommand to either view (1) or change (2) the status of a beacon.  
4-6  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                             
4–Non-Interactive Commands  
Command Summary  
NOTE:  
Adapter must not be in silent mode. See “-s (Silent Mode)” on page 4-45  
to issue a response to this command.  
The -afeature is not supported on QLA22xx adapters or QLE8042  
adapter.  
To view the adapter port’s LED beacon state, type:  
# scli -a (<hba instance> | <hba wwpn>)(view | ?)  
When the adapter’s LED is flashing, the following message appears:  
HBA Port x - LED Flashing is ON.  
When the adapter’s LED is not flashing, the following message appears:  
HBA Port x - LED Flashing is OFF.  
In Solaris SPARC, include double quotes around the question mark (?) if the  
system is running with a csh or tsch shell. For example:  
# scli -a <hba> "?"  
To start or stop flashing the adapter’s LED beacon, type:  
# scli -a (<hba instance> | <hba wwpn>)  
SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI toggles the LED’s state. If the LED is flashing, the  
flashing stops. If the LED is not flashing, the flashing begins.  
If SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI is not in silent mode (see “-s (Silent Mode)” on  
page 4-45), one of the following messages appears to indicate the LED’s current  
state:  
The LED Flashing for <hba instance> <hba wwpn> has been turned  
ON  
The LED Flashing for <hba instance> <hba wwpn> has been turned  
OFF  
The hba instance and hba wwpn variables must match the command input  
parameter.  
-b  
(Save or Update the Flash BIOS or FCode)  
Use the -bcommand to:  
Update the BIOS or FCode from a file (1).  
Save the BIOS or FCode to a file (2).  
SN0054614-00 K  
4-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
4–Non-Interactive Commands  
Command Summary  
To update one or all adapter’s Flash with new BIOS or FCode, type:  
# scli -b (all | <hba instance> | <hba wwpn>) [(<-rg> | all)]  
<BIOS/FCode File Name>  
Where:  
all = All adapters of the same type in the system are updated with  
the new BIOS/FCode  
hba instance = Adapter number (use -g command to find)  
hba wwpn = World wide port name  
a
-rg =  
Flash region update mode (4GB adapters only )  
all Update all regions (BIOS/FCode/EFI) depending on the Flash  
BIOS/FCode File = Name or path of file continuing update BIOS/FCode  
Name  
a
Region update only supported on QLA/QLE/QMC246x adapters.  
To save the BIOS/FCode to a file, type:  
# scli -b (<hba instance> | <hba wwpn>) SAVE <BIOS/FCode File Name>  
Where:  
hba instance = Adapter number (use -gcommand to find)  
hba wwpn = World wide port name of the adapter  
BIOS/FCode File = File name or a path to a file in which to save BIOS/FCode  
Name  
-c  
(Show Parameter Settings)  
Use the -ccommand to show the parameter settings for all adapters in the  
system:  
# scli -c [ <all> ]  
To show the parameter settings for a specific adapter, type:  
# scli -c (<hba instance> | <hba wwpn>)  
Where:  
hba instance = Adapter number (use -gcommand to find)  
hba wwpn = World wide port name of the adapter  
-cna  
(FCoE Utilities Menu for QLx81xx Adapters)  
Use the -cna command to work with converged network adapters (QLE81xx  
and QMI81xx).  
4-8  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
4–Non-Interactive Commands  
Command Summary  
The -cna command line options use the following variables:  
hba instance = Adapter instance number of a converged network adapter port  
hba wwpn = World wide port name of a converged network adapter port  
mpi file = MPI configuration .datfile  
--detail = View detailed format  
--raw = View raw format  
param name = Parameter name  
param alias = Parameter alias  
param value = Parameter value  
To view general information for the adapter, issue the following command:  
scli -cna <hba instance>|<hba wwpn> --geninfo  
To view data center bridging exchange protocol (DCBX) settings, issue the  
following command:  
scli -cna <hba instance>|<hba wwpn> --dcb --info  
To update the message passing interface (MPI) configuration table on the adapter  
from a file, issue the following command:  
scli -cna <hba instance>|<hba wwpn> --updatecfg <mpi file>  
To save the current MPI configuration table of the selected adapter to a file, issue  
the following command:  
scli -cna <hba instance>|<hba wwpn> --savecfg <mpi file>  
To view DCBX Type-Length-Value (TLV) data sent and received over the adapter  
port connection, issue the following command:  
scli -cna <hba instance>|<hba wwpn> --tlv --detail | --raw  
To view data center Ethernet (DCE™) network activity information sent and  
received over the adapter port connection, issue the following command:  
scli -cna <hba instance>|<hba wwpn> --mon --dce [ { <param  
name> | <param alias> <param value> } ]  
Table 4-3 lists the DCE statistics parameters, possible values, and a description  
of each.  
SN0054614-00 K  
4-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
4–Non-Interactive Commands  
Command Summary  
Table 4-3. DCE™ Statistics Parameters  
Parameter  
Name  
Parameter  
Parameter  
Value  
Description  
Alias  
AutoPoll  
AP  
0
Set to auto polling mode  
1–256  
Set to manual polling mode (iteration)  
SetRate  
Details  
SR  
DT  
5–30  
0–2  
Set the polling interval rate (seconds)  
Set the detailed display mode:  
0 = Absolute  
1 = Rate per second  
2 = Baseline  
-d  
(Update Device Driver)  
Use the -dcommand to update the adapter’s device driver:  
scli -d <file name>  
Where:  
file name = Absolute or full path name of the setup INFfile or the com-  
pressed driver file in ZIP or EXE format. The binary image  
of the device driver must reside in the same absolute or full  
path location. For example:  
scli -d c:\temp\ql2300\qlxxx.inf  
-dm  
(Display Diagnostics Monitoring Info)  
This option allows you to show general or detailed Digital Diagnostic Monitoring  
Interface for optical transceivers.  
NOTE:  
This option is supported only for QLA/QLE/QEM24xx (4GB) adapters.  
Under Solaris, this option is disabled if you are using Linux inbox drivers  
(SLES 10.0/RHEL 5.0 or latest).  
To show transceiver monitoring general information, type:  
# scli -dm (<hba instance> | <hba wwpn> | <all>)general | gen  
To show transceiver monitoring detailed information, type:  
4-10  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
               
4–Non-Interactive Commands  
Command Summary  
# scli -dm (<hba instance> | <hba wwpn> | all)details | det  
Where:  
hba instance = Adapter number (use -gcommand to find)  
hba wwpn = World wide port name of the adapter  
all = All adapters in the system  
-e  
(Boot Device View | Select | Disable)  
Use the -ecommand to:  
Show the current boot-device selection for all adapters.  
Show the current boot-device selection for a specific adapter.  
Set a target device as the boot device for an adapter.  
Selectable boot—The OS boots from the first target the BIOS finds.  
Delete the boot device from an adapter.  
In these commands:  
hba instance = Adapter number (use -g command to find)  
hba wwpn = World wide port name of the adapter  
target wwnn = World wide node name of the target  
target wwpn = World wide port name of the target  
target id = ID to which the target is bound  
lun id = ID of the LUN  
To view the current boot device selection on all adapters:  
# scli -e (view | ?)  
To view the current boot device selection for a specific adapter:  
# scli -e (<hba instance> | <hba wwpn>) (view | ?)  
In Solaris SPARC, if the system is running with a csh or tsch shell, include double  
quotes around the question mark (?). For example:  
# scli -e <hba> "?"  
In Windows and Linux, each adapter’s currently selected boot device is shown in  
the following format:  
<hba instance> <hba wwpn> <target wwnn> <target wwpn> <lun id>  
Solaris shows each adapter’s currently selected boot device in the following  
format:  
SN0054614-00 K  
4-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
4–Non-Interactive Commands  
Command Summary  
<hba instance> <hba wwpn> <target wwnn> <target wwpn> <target  
id> <lun id>  
If the system does not have an adapter with a boot device selected, the following  
message appears:  
There is no boot device selected for any HBA in the system.  
Following is an example of the boot device option when viewing the boot device  
for a single adapter. In this example, no boot device is configured (selectable boot  
is disabled; the boot port name is all zeroes).  
-------------------------------------------------------------  
HBA 1: QLA2340 WWPN xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx Port ID 00-00-00  
-------------------------------------------------------------  
Boot Device Settings:  
--------------------------------------  
Selectable Boot: Disabled  
--------------------------------------  
(Primary) Boot Port Name LUN  
----------------------- ----------------------- ------  
00-00-00-00-00-00-00-00 00-00-00-00-00-00-00-00  
Press <Enter> to continue:  
0
To cause the OS to boot from the first target it finds with a LUN, select a boot port  
name of 00-00-…00(selectable boot); this applies only if the boot BIOS is  
enabled.  
To set a specific target as the boot device for a specific adapter, type the following  
command:  
# scli -e (<hba instance> | <hba wwpn>) <target wwnn> <target  
wwpn> <target id> <lun id>  
NOTE:  
Because x86 Solaris does not require the target ID, the Solaris command is:  
# scli -e (<hba instance> | <hba wwpn>) <target wwnn>  
<target wwpn> <lun id>  
NOTE:  
The boot device setting option is not supported on Macintosh PowerPC.  
SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI checks all parameters to verify that the adapter,  
targets, and LUNs are valid.  
If you select an adapter with no target or a target with no LUN, SANsurfer FC/CNA  
HBA CLI shows an error message and aborts.  
4-12  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
4–Non-Interactive Commands  
Command Summary  
In Solaris SPARC, setting the target ID to the target of the boot-selected LUN is  
equivalent to persistently binding the target (see “-p (Display Persistent Target  
Binding Info)” on page 4-38). Therefore, if the target is persistently bound, its boot  
device entry must have the same target ID.  
For all operating systems, if the adapter already has boot devices defined and  
they are different from the ones in the command parameter or menu selection,  
you are prompted to confirm the boot device selection:  
The HBA already has a boot device(s) selected. Do you want to  
replace it with the new one?  
For all operating systems, if the adapter already has boot devices selected and  
they are the same as the ones in the command parameter or menu selection, the  
following message appears:  
The HBA already has that device selected as boot device.  
To use selectable boot (the OS boots from the first target the BIOS finds) set the  
<target wwpn>, <target wwnn> and <lun id> inputs to all zeroes. For example  
type:  
# scli -e (<hba instance> | <hba wwpn>) (enable | 0 0 0)  
To disable (delete) the boot device for a specific adapter, type:  
# scli -e (<hba instance> | <hba wwpn>) disable  
-ei  
(List SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI Error Codes)  
This command lists the SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI error codes as shown in  
Appendix D.  
-f  
(Input Parameter Options from a Text File)  
NOTE:  
The -foption is valid only in non-interactive mode, and cannot be combined  
with any other options. Only one command line parameter per file is valid.  
This option is used when it is run as a script file.  
To input parameter options to SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI through a text file,  
type -f, followed by the file name. For example:  
# scli -f command.txt  
The text file must be formatted as follows:  
SN0054614-00 K  
4-13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
4–Non-Interactive Commands  
Command Summary  
The file must contain a single line.  
The file must contain only parameters.  
The file cannot contain another -foption.  
The following example shows how to set the connection option of an adapter to  
default (loop preferred, otherwise point-to-point) and the data rate to auto through  
a command file that is invoked by the -f option:  
1.  
Create a text file (for example, setadapter0.txt) and enter the following  
command in the text file:  
-n 0 co 2 dr 2  
2.  
3.  
Save and close the file.  
Issue the scli command with the -f option (input from command file):  
# scli -f setadapter0.txt  
# scli -f <file name>  
SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI specifies command line input from file.  
-fcoe  
(Display and Configure FCoE Engine Parameters)  
Use the -fcoecommands to view and modify the FCoE engine for QLE8042 and  
Cisco Unified Computing System (UCS) converged network adapters.  
Display Commands  
To show the current FCoE engine firmware version, issue the following command:  
# scli -fcoe ( <hba instance> | <hba wwpn> ) --info  
To show the FCoE engine parameters, issue the following command:  
# scli -fcoe ( <hba instance> | <hba wwpn> ) --getparam --port0  
To show the FCoE engine parameters of port 1, issue the following command:  
# scli -fcoe ( <hba instance> | <hba wwpn> ) --getparam --port1  
Configuration Commands  
To modify the current FCoE engine parameters, issue the following command:  
# scli -fcoe ( <hba instance> | <hba wwpn> ) --setparam --port0  
( { <param name> | <param alias> ) <param value> }  
To modify the FCoE engine parameters of port 1, issue the following command:  
# scli -fcoe ( <hba instance> | <hba wwpn> ) --setparam --port1  
( { <param name> | <param alias> ) <param value> }  
4-14  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
4–Non-Interactive Commands  
Command Summary  
In the previous commands, the variables indicate the following (see also  
hba instance = Adapter instance number (use -gcommand to find)  
hba wwpn = World wide port name of the adapter  
param name = Name of the parameter  
param alias = Alias of the parameter  
param value = New value of the parameter  
-port0 = FCoE access port 0  
-port1 = FCoE access port 1  
Table 4-4. FCoE Engine Parameters  
Parameter Name  
Alias  
Value  
Description  
<param name> <param alias> <param value>  
PortType  
AT  
PT  
PM  
0, 1  
1, 2  
0=Access (default)  
1=Trunk  
PauseType  
1=Standard Pause (default)  
2=Priority Flow Control  
PriorityPause-  
Mask  
0, 1, ..7  
Specifies the bit location of the pause mask  
to be set to 1; that is, a PriorityPauseMask  
type of 1,3,4 means that bit 1,3,4 is 1, the  
rest are zeros. This equals 1a (hexadeci-  
mal) or 26 (decimal). This mask is valid only  
if the PauseType is set to Priority Flow Con-  
trol.  
FCoEConfig  
COS  
FC  
CS  
0, 1  
0–7  
0=Pre-T11 Frame Format  
1=T11 Rev 0 Frame Format (If supported)  
By default, the default value for priority  
encoded FCoE packet is 3. This settings is  
per Fibre Channel port.  
Firmware Update Commands  
To update the firmware on the FCoE, issue the following command:  
# scli -fcoe ( <hba instance> | <hba wwpn> ) --loadfw <firmware  
file>  
SN0054614-00 K  
4-15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
4–Non-Interactive Commands  
Command Summary  
Network Interface Statistics Commands  
To show the FCoE network interface statistics, issue the following command:  
# scli -fcoe ( <hba instance> | <hba wwpn> ) --mon --nsl --portn  
FCoE Log Commands  
To show the FCoE available logs, issue the following commands:  
To list available log IDs:  
# scli -fcoe ( <hba instance> | <hba wwpn> ) --log --list  
To show a specific log by log ID:  
# scli -fcoe ( <hba instance> | <hba wwpn> ) --log --id  
<logid>  
In the previous commands, the variables indicate the following:  
hba instance = Adapter instance number of an adapter port  
hba wwpn = World wide port name of an adapter port  
firmware file = File name of the new firmware (usually .bin)  
portn = FCoE access port 0 or 1  
logid = Available log ID (0–n)  
-fg  
(Show Driver Settings)  
NOTE:  
The -fgoption is valid only in non-interactive mode.  
To show the driver settings, type:  
# scli -fg (<hba instance> | <hba wwpn>) (view | ?)  
Where:  
hba instance = Adapter number (use -gcommand to find)  
hba wwpn = World wide port name of the adapter  
-fs  
(Configure Driver Settings)  
Type the following command to configure the driver settings:  
# scli -fs (<hba instance> | <hba wwpn>) {(<param name> |  
<param alias>) <param value>}  
4-16  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
4–Non-Interactive Commands  
Command Summary  
Where:  
hba instance = Adapter instance number of an adapter port (use -g  
command to find)  
hba wwpn = World wide port name of the adapter  
param name = Name of the parameters  
param alias = Alias of the parameters  
param value = New value of the parameters  
The pairs <param name> <param value> and <param alias> <param value> can  
be repeated to set multiple parameters in a single command.  
Table 4-5 lists the driver configuration parameter names and aliases.  
Table 4-5. Driver Settings Parameters  
Valuea  
Alias  
Parameter Name  
<param name>  
Description  
<param  
alias>  
<param  
value>  
Persistently bound target(s) only  
PersistentOnly  
PO  
PN  
0, 1  
0, 1  
Present persistently bound tar-  
get(s) plus any new target(s) with  
driver default  
PersistentPlusNew  
NewOnlyb  
BindWWPN  
Present targets with driver default  
Bind devices by WWPN  
NO  
BW  
BP  
0, 1  
0, 1  
0, 1  
Bind devices by port ID  
Table Notes  
BindPortID  
a
0 = Disabled, 1 = Enabled  
b
Driver parameter NewOnly(NO) is supported only with the failover driver. If you select a QLA22xx  
adapter, all QLA22xx adapters on the host will use the same settings. If you select a 23xx adapter,  
all 2G/4G adapters on the host will also use the same settings.  
The following restrictions apply:  
Under Solaris, the driver configuration feature is disabled if you are using the  
driver from the OS installation CDs (QLC driver).  
Under Linux, this feature is disabled if you are using the IOCTL or sysfs  
(inbox) driver.  
Under Macintosh, the BindWWPNand BindPortIDparameters are not  
changeable; Mac supports only the BindWWPNparameter.  
SN0054614-00 K  
4-17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
4–Non-Interactive Commands  
Command Summary  
-g  
(Display System Information)  
To view system information, type:  
# scli -g  
For details of this command, see “Display System Information (Command Line  
-gs  
(Show HBA Statistics)  
To view the adapter statistics, type:  
# scli -gs (<hba instance> | <hba wwpn>) [(<param name> |  
<param alias>) <param value>]  
Where:  
hba instance = Adapter number (use -gcommand to find)  
hba wwpn = World wide port name of the adapter  
param name = Name of the parameter (see table 4-7)  
param alias = Alias of the parameter (see table 4-7)  
param value = New value of the parameter (see table 4-7)  
Table 4-6 lists the adapter statistics parameter names, aliases, and values.  
Table 4-6. Adapter Statistics Parameters  
Description  
Name  
Alias  
Value  
0–256a  
5–30  
Sets how often statistics are retrieved  
AutoPoll  
PollRate  
AP  
SR  
Set the polling interval when retrieving statis-  
tics (seconds)  
Saves the adapter’s statistics to a CVS log file LogToFile  
LF  
Log file  
name  
Table Notes  
a
When the AutoPoll value is 0, statistics are retrieved automatically until the user aborts the  
operation.  
When the AutoPoll value is in the range of 1–256, statistics are retrieved for the number of cycles  
specified by this value.  
Under Solaris, this feature is disabled if you are using the driver from the OS  
installation CDs (QLC driver). Under Linux, this feature is disabled if you are using  
the IOCTL or sysfs (inbox) driver.  
4-18  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                 
4–Non-Interactive Commands  
Command Summary  
-h  
(Help)  
Type the following text to view the help file:  
# scli (-h | ?)  
Type the following text to view help information for an individual command:  
# scli <Command Line Parameter> (-h | ?)  
For example, typing scli -l -hshows:  
SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI  
v1.x.x Build x  
Copyright 2003-2009 QLogic Corp.  
All rights reserved.  
Command Line QLogic FC Host Bus Adapters  
scli -l (<hba no> | <hba wwpn>)  
- shows LUN information for all HBAs.  
scli -l (<hba no> | <hba wwpn>) (<target wwpn>| <target  
portid>)  
- shows LUN information for a specific target  
scli -l (<hba no> | <hba wwpn>) (<target wwpn>| <target  
portid>) <lun id>  
- shows LUN information for a specific  
LUN on a specific target  
NOTE:  
To view the current version information for SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI,  
use the -voption described in “-v (Display Version)” on page 4-47.  
-ha  
(Set | Delete HBA Alias)  
With this command you can view, set or delete the alias of a specific adapter.  
To view the alias of a specified adapter, type:  
# scli -ha (<hba instance> | <hba wwpn>) view | ?  
To set an alias for a specified adapter, type:  
# scli -ha (<hba instance> | <hba wwpn>) <alias>  
To delete an alias of a specified adapter, type:  
# scli -ha (<hba instance> | <hba wwpn>) delete  
SN0054614-00 K  
4-19  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
4–Non-Interactive Commands  
Command Summary  
Where:  
hba instance = Adapter number (use -gcommand to find)  
hba wwpn = World wide port name of the adapter  
alias = Symbolic adapter name. (100 characters, maximum)  
To set an alias for the selected adapter:  
# scli -ha (<hba instance> | <hba wwpn>) <alias>  
To delete the current alias of the selected adapter:  
# scli -ha (<hba instance> | <hba wwpn>) delete  
To view the current alias of the selected adapter:  
# scli -ha (<hba instance> | <hba wwpn>) view | ?  
-i  
(Display HBA General Information or VPD Information for One or All HBAs)  
To show general adapter information or VPD information for all adapter ports in  
the system, type the following command:  
# scli -i [ <all> ] [ <VPD> ]  
Where:  
all = All adapters in the system  
VPD = Vital Product Data  
To show general or VPD information for a specific adapter, type:  
# scli -I (<hba instance> | <hba wwpn>) [ VPD ]  
To show VPD (QLA/QLE24xx only) for all adapter ports in the system, type:  
# scli -i VPD  
# scli -i all VPD  
Where:  
all = VPD information for all adapters in the system  
-kl  
(Loopback Test)  
Use the -klcommand to perform the loopback test.  
Use the -krcommand to perform the read/write buffer test (see “Run a  
To do a loopback test with the default parameters, type:  
4-20  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
4–Non-Interactive Commands  
Command Summary  
# scli -kl (<hba instance> | <hba wwpn>)  
To do a loopback test with customized parameters, type:  
# scli -kl (<hba instance> | <hba wwpn>) [(<param name> |  
<param alias>) <param value>]  
Where:  
hba instance = Adapter number (use -gcommand to find)  
hba wwpn = World wide port name of the adapter  
-ex or -exclude = World wide port name of the target device to be  
excluded from the read/write test  
param name = One of the following:  
DataPattern (see “DataPattern (DP)” on page 4-21)  
DataSize (see “DataSize (DS)” on page 4-23)  
TestCount (see TestCount (TC)” on page 4-23)  
TestIncrement (see TestIncrement (TI)” on  
OnError (see “OnError (OE)” on page 4-24)  
LoopbackType (see “LoopbackType (LT)” on  
param alias = One of the following:  
param value = Value for selected parameter  
page 4-24 describe how to change the default parameters for both of these tests.  
“Run a Loopback Test” on page 4-24 contains command line examples and test  
results for a loopback test. “Run a Read/Write Buffer Test” on page 4-28 contains  
command line examples and test results for a read/write buffer test.  
DataPattern (DP)  
For the loopback test, the data pattern is either:  
DP <param value>  
DataPattern <param value>  
SN0054614-00 K  
4-21  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
4–Non-Interactive Commands  
Command Summary  
The data pattern must be in a two-character hexadecimal pattern in the range  
of 00–FF. The hexadecimal letters can be uppercase or lowercase. The default  
pattern is random, for example:  
# scli -kl(<hba instance> | <hba wwpn>) DP Random  
To enter a customized value (in the range of 00–FF), type:  
# scli -kl (<hba instance> | <hba wwpn>) DP <param value>  
In addition to a hex pattern, you can enter a compliant random data pattern  
(CRPAT), jitter tolerance pattern (CJTPAT), or supply noise test sequence  
(CSPAT) for a loopback test. For example:  
# scli -kl (<hba instance> | <hba wwpn>) DP CJTPAT  
Table 4-7 lists all valid data patterns:  
Table 4-7. Data Pattern Values  
Hexadecimal  
Binary  
00  
55  
5A  
A5  
AA  
FF  
00000000  
01010101  
01011010  
10100101  
10101010  
11111111  
Random  
Customized (00–FF)  
CRPATa (loopback test only)  
CJTPATb (loopback test only)  
CSPATc (loopback test only)  
Table Notes  
a
Compliant random data pattern in a valid FC frame, as defined by the  
ANSI document Methodologies for Jitter and Signal Quality  
Specification - MJSQ Annex A - Test bit sequences.  
b
c
Compliant jitter tolerance pattern in an FC frame, as defined by the ASIC  
document listed above.  
Compliant supply noise test sequence in a valid FC frame, as defined by  
the ASIC document listed above.  
4-22  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
4–Non-Interactive Commands  
Command Summary  
DataSize (DS)  
For the loopback test, the data size specifies the data (frame payload) size in  
bytes. The data size is the actual data that is transferred during any given pass of  
the test.  
DS <param value>  
DataSize <param value>  
The valid data sizes are as follows:  
Read/write buffer test. The data size can be 8, 16, 32, 64, or 128 bytes.  
The default value is 128 bytes.  
Echo test. The data size can be 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, or 2048.  
The default size is 512.  
Loopback test (Windows, Solaris, and Macintosh systems). The data  
size can be 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, or 2048. The default value is  
512 bytes.  
Loopback test (Linux systems). The data size can be 8, 16, 32, 64, 128,  
256, 512, 1024, 2048, 4096, 8192, 16384, 32768, or 65535. The default  
value is 512 bytes.  
TestCount (TC)  
The test count specifies the number of loopback tests:  
TC <param value>  
TestCount <param value>  
For a read/write buffer test, the number of tests run must be in the range of  
0–10000.  
For a loopback test, the number of tests run must be in the range of 0–65535.  
For both tests, a value of 0 indicates that the test runs continuously (it stops  
when you press ENTER). The default number of tests run is 500.  
TestIncrement (TI)  
The test increment for the loopback test is either of the following:  
TI <param value>  
TestIncrement <param value>  
For a read/write buffer test, the test increment must be in the range of 1–10000.  
For a loopback test, the test increment must be in the range of 1–65535.  
If the number of tests is continuous (see TestCount (TC)” on page 4-23), the test  
increment is automatically set to one of the following:  
SN0054614-00 K  
4-23  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                 
4–Non-Interactive Commands  
Command Summary  
12 (Windows)  
25 (Solaris)  
2 (Linux and Macintosh)  
The default test increment is 1. The test increment cannot be larger than the  
number of tests run (see TestCount (TC)” on page 4-23).  
OnError (OE)  
For the loopback test, OnError is either:  
OE <param value>  
OnError <param value>  
This parameter determines how errors are handled if they occur during any given  
pass. Table 4-8 lists the valid values.  
Table 4-8. OnError Values  
Value  
Description  
0
1
2
The error is ignored. This is the default value.  
The test stops on error.  
On error, the data pattern and test repeat until the error is cleared.  
LoopbackType (LT)  
For the loopback test only, the loopback type parameter specifies the type of  
loopback tests that you can select from, as shown in Table 4-9.  
Table 4-9. LoopbackType Values  
Value  
Description  
0
1
2
10 bit internal loopback test.  
1 bit serial loopback test.  
External loopback test.  
Be sure to select the appropriate adapter connector for testing. For internal  
loopback, a loopback connector must be plugged in the adapter connector.  
Run a Loopback Test  
The loopback test sends and receives messages, through a loopback or through  
an echo command, to the switch.  
4-24  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
               
4–Non-Interactive Commands  
Command Summary  
NOTE:  
The loopback test is disabled if you are using the drivers from the OS  
installation and not functional on the QLE8042 adapter.  
NOTE:  
Run an echo test instead of a loopback test under the following conditions:  
You have a QLA23xx, QLA24xx, QLE23xx, or QLE24xx adapter that is  
connected to the fabric through a point-to-point connection (F_Port).  
The adapter is connected to a switch.  
Your operating system has one of the driver versions listed in  
Table 4-10 lists the operating system driver versions that do not require a  
loopback connector.  
.
Table 4-10. Driver Versions Not Requiring a Loopback Connector  
Driver Versiona  
Operating System  
Windows XP, Windows 2000, or Windows Server 2003 with SCSI 9.0.0.12  
miniport driver  
Windows Server 2003 with STORport miniport driver  
9.0.0.12  
4.12  
Solaris SPARC  
Table Notes  
a
All subsequent versions also apply.  
To do a loopback test using the current parameters, type:  
# scli --kl (<hba instance> | <hba wwpn>)  
To do a loopback test with custom parameters, type:  
# scli --kl (<hba instance> | <hba wwpn>) [(<param name> |  
<param alias>) <param value>]  
Section “-kl (Loopback Test)” on page 4-20 describes the parameters and their  
default values.  
The following examples do 500 loopback tests with a test increment of 10, a data  
pattern of FFh, and a data size of 8 bytes. The test stops if an error occurs.  
# scli -kl <hba wwpn> DP FF DS 8 TC 500 TI 10 OE 1  
SN0054614-00 K  
4-25  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
             
4–Non-Interactive Commands  
Command Summary  
# scli -kl <hba instance> DP FF DS 8 TC 500 TI 10 OE 1  
You do not have to set each parameter for the loopback test. If you do not specify  
a parameter in the command line, the current parameter value is used. For  
example, the following command sets the data pattern to FFh and uses the  
current values for the other parameters:  
# scli -kl <hba instance> DP FF  
The following example sets the data size to 16 bytes and has the test loop if an  
error occurs. The other parameters use the current values:  
# scli -kl <hba wwpn> DS 16 OE 2  
An example of a successful loopback test follows:  
------------------  
Test Configuration  
------------------  
Data Pattern  
= Random  
= 512  
Data Size (Bytes)  
Number of test(s) (0-65535) = N/A  
Test Increment (1-65535)  
On Error  
Test Continuous  
= 125  
= Ignore  
= ON  
------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
Diagnostics - Loopback Test Result  
----------------------------------  
Note: Press <Enter> to stop the test any time  
---------------------------------------------  
HBA Test Data Pattern  
Status  
CRC Disparity FrameLength Active  
------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
0
B1-3B-6A-A5-11-28-C1-8C Success 0  
0
0
/
The test results are described as follows:  
StatusTest result. The possible values are:  
Success—The test passed.  
Error—CRC, disparity, or frame length errors occurred.  
Failed—An error occurred when attempting to issue a command.  
Loop down—The loop is down.  
CRC—Number of CRC errors.  
Disparity—Number of disparity errors.  
FrameLength—Number of frame length errors.  
4-26  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
4–Non-Interactive Commands  
Command Summary  
-kl (<hba instance> | <hba wwpn>) [{(<param name> | <param  
alias>) <param value>}]  
-kl  
(Run HBA Diagnostics Loopback Test)  
NOTE:  
Under Solaris, this feature is disabled if you are using the driver from the OS  
installation CDs (QLC driver).  
The <param name>, <param alias>, and <param value> options are described in  
The system shows the following information after a loopback test completes:  
Test status  
CRC error  
Disparity error  
Frame length error  
-kr  
(Run Read/Write Buffer Test)  
Use the -krcommand to do read/write buffer test. (To run the loopback test, use  
the -kl command—see “-kl (Loopback Test)” on page 4-20.)  
To do a read/write test using the default parameters, type:  
# scli -kr (<hba instance> | <hba wwpn>)  
To do a read/write test with customized parameters, type:  
# scli -kr (<hba instance> | <hba wwpn>) [(-EX | -EXCLUDE)  
<target wwpn>] (<param name> | <param alias>) <param value>  
SN0054614-00 K  
4-27  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
4–Non-Interactive Commands  
Command Summary  
Where:  
hba instance = Adapter number (use -gcommand to find)  
hba wwpn = World wide port name of the adapter  
-ex or -exclude = World wide port name of the target device that is  
excluded from the read/write test  
param name = One of the following:  
DataPattern (see “DataPattern (DP)” on page 4-21)  
DataSize (see “DataSize (DS)” on page 4-23)  
TestCount (see TestCount (TC)” on page 4-23)  
TestIncrement (see TestIncrement (TI)” on  
OnError (see “OnError (OE)” on page 4-24)  
param alias = One of the following:  
param value = Value for selected parameter  
describe how to change the default parameters for both of these tests. “Run a  
Loopback Test” on page 4-24 contains command line examples and test results  
for a loopback test. “Run a Read/Write Buffer Test” on page 4-28 contains  
command line examples and test results for a read/write buffer test.  
Run a Read/Write Buffer Test  
This test runs on all devices or on the devices you select on the adapter you  
select. This test sends the SCSI Write Buffer command to the target devices and  
uses the SCSI Read Buffer command to read the returned data and do a data  
comparison.  
NOTE:  
All devices attached to the adapter must support SCSI Read/Write Buffer  
commands.  
4-28  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
4–Non-Interactive Commands  
Command Summary  
To do a read/write buffer test using the current parameters, type:  
# scli -kr (<hba instance> | <hba wwpn>)  
To exclude a device or devices on the selected adapter port, type:  
# scli -kr (<hba instance>|<hba wwpn>) [(-EX | -EXCLUDE)  
<target wwpn>] [(<param name> | <param alias>) <param value>]  
The following examples do 500 read/write buffer tests with a test increment of 10,  
a data pattern of FFh, and a data size of 8 bytes. The test stops if an error occurs.  
# scli -kr <hba instance> DP FF DS 8 TC 500 TI 10 OE 1  
# scli -kr <hba wwpn> DP FF DS 8 TC 500 TI 10 OE 1  
You do not have to set each parameter for the read/write buffer test. If you do not  
specify a parameter in the command line, the current parameter value is used. For  
example, the following command sets the data pattern to FFh and uses the  
current values for the other parameters:  
# scli -kr <hba instance> DP FF  
The following example sets the data size to 16 bytes and has the test loop if an  
error occurs. The other parameters use the current values.  
# scli -kr <hba wwpn> DS 16 OE 2  
An example of a successful read/write buffer test follows:  
HBA 1: QEM2462 Port 1 WWPN xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx Port ID 02-0E-00  
------------------  
Test Configuration  
------------------  
Data Pattern  
Data Size (Bytes)  
: Random  
: 512  
Number of test(s) (0-65535) : 500  
Test Increment (1-65535)  
On Error  
Test Continuous  
: 1  
: Ignore  
: OFF  
------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
Diagnostics - Loopback Test Result  
---------------------------------------------  
Note: Press <Enter> to stop the test any time  
---------------------------------------------  
HBA Test Data Pattern  
------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
B4-31-0E-AA-AD-CF-D5-B0 Success 0  
Status  
CRC Disparity FrameLength Active  
1
0
0
\
-kr (<hba instance> | <hba wwpn>) [{(-EX | -EXCLUDE) <target wwpn>}] [(<param  
name>| <param alias>) <param value>  
SN0054614-00 K  
4-29  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
4–Non-Interactive Commands  
Command Summary  
Run Adapter Diagnostics Read-write Buffer Test  
The {(-ex | exclude) <target wwpn>}parameters specify a device that  
will be excluded from the read/write buffer test.  
The system shows the following information after a read/write buffer test  
completes:  
Loop ID/status  
Data miscompare  
Link failure  
Loss of sync  
Loss of signal  
Invalid CRC  
Table 4-11 lists the <param name>, <param alias>, and <param value>  
options.  
Table 4-11. Diagnostics Parameters  
Name  
Alias  
Value  
<param value>  
Description  
<param name> <param alias>  
Test pattern in hex formata  
Customized (00–FF)  
Random pattern  
CRPATb  
DataPattern  
DP  
00, 55, 5A, A5, AA, FF (see  
Loopback test only  
Loopback test only  
Loopback test only  
CJTPATc  
CSPATd  
DataSizee  
TestCountf  
DS  
TC  
8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512,  
1024, 2048  
Actual data transferred during  
any given pass of the test  
0–65535  
0–10,000  
Loopback test only  
Read/write buffer test only  
TestIncrementg  
OnError  
TI  
OE  
1–65535  
1–10,000  
Loopback test only  
Read/write buffer test only  
0–2  
0 = ignore  
1 = stop  
2 = loop on error  
Table Notes  
a
Valid two-character case-insensitive hexadecimal patterns.  
b
Compliant random data pattern in a valid FC frame, as defined by the ANSI document Methodologies for Jitter and  
Signal Quality Specification - MJSQ Annex A - Test bit sequences.  
4-30  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                     
4–Non-Interactive Commands  
Command Summary  
c
d
e
Compliant jitter tolerance pattern in a FC frame, as defined by the ASIC document listed above.  
Compliant supply noise test sequence in a valid FC frame, as defined by the ASIC document listed above.  
For read/write buffer test, the maximum size is 128; this is also the default. For an echo test, the maximum size is  
2048; the default size is 512. For a loopback test on Windows, Solaris, and Macintosh systems, the maximum size is  
2048; the default size is 512. For a loopback test on Linux OSs, the maximum size is 65535; the default size is 512.  
f
0=test continuously. 1–10,000 and 1–65535=total number of tests that will be executed.  
Must be less than the TestCount value.  
g
Table 4-12. Data Pattern (DP) Test Patterns  
Hex  
Binary  
00  
55  
5A  
A5  
AA  
FF  
00000000  
01010101  
01011010  
10100101  
10101010  
11111111  
If the read/write buffer test fails, the system shows the following information:  
Loop/port ID (the loop ID of the adapter when operating in loop mode).  
Status:  
Success—The test passed.  
Error—A data miscompare or link status firmware error occurred.  
Failed—A link status error, SCSI write buffer error, or SCSI read buffer  
error occurred.  
Unknown—The target was not present.  
Unsupported—The device does not support this test.  
Data Miscompare—The possible values are:  
0 (no data miscompares)  
Device not present  
Get link status failed  
Read buffer failed  
R/W buffer not supported  
Write buffer failed  
SN0054614-00 K  
4-31  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
4–Non-Interactive Commands  
Command Summary  
Link Failure—Number of link failures  
Loss of sync—Number of sync loss errors  
Loss of signal—Number of signal loss errors  
Invalid CRC—Number of invalid CRCs  
-l  
(Display LUN Info)  
This command shows LUN information for:  
All adapters  
A specific target  
A specific LUN on a specific target  
To show the LUN information for all target devices for a specific adapter Instance,  
type:  
# scli -l (<hba instance> | <hba wwpn>)  
To show the LUN information for a specific device for a specific adapter port, type:  
# scli -l (<hba instance> | <hba wwpn>) (<target port id> |  
<target wwpn>)  
To show the LUN information for a specific LUN on a specific target device for a  
specific adapter port instance, type:  
# scli -l (<hba instance> | <hba wwpn>) (<target port id> |  
<target wwpn>) <lun id>  
Where:  
hba instance = Adapter number (use -g command to find)  
hba wwpn = World wide port name of the adapter  
target port id = Port ID of the target  
target wwpn = World wide port name of the target  
lun id = ID of the LUN  
-ls  
(Display Link Status)  
To view the link status, type:  
# scli -ls (<hba instance> | <hba wwpn>) [(<param name> |  
<param alias>) <param value>]  
4-32  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
4–Non-Interactive Commands  
Command Summary  
Where:  
hba instance = Adapter number (use -gcommand to find)  
hba wwpn = World wide port name of the adapter  
param name = Name of the parameter (see Table 4-13)  
param alias = Alias of the parameter (see Table 4-13)  
param value = New value of the parameter (see Table 4-13)  
Table 4-13 defines the link status parameter names, aliases, and values.  
Table 4-13. Link Status Parameters  
Description  
Name  
Alias  
Value  
0–256a cycles  
5–30 seconds  
Log file name  
Sets link-status retrieval period  
Sets link-status retrieval polling interval  
Save link status to CVS log file  
AutoPoll  
PollRate  
LogToFile  
AP  
SR  
LF  
Table Notes  
a
When the AutoPoll parameter is 0, the link status is retrieved automatically until the user aborts the  
operation. When the AutoPoll parameter is in the range of 1–256, the link status is retrieved for the  
number of cycles specified by this value.  
-m  
(View, Enable, or Disable LUNs)  
NOTE:  
If the current driver setting is Bind by Port ID, this option is not available.  
Under Solaris, if you use the driver from the OS installation CDs (QLC  
driver), this feature is disabled.  
Under Linux, if you use the IOCTL or sysfs (inbox) driver, this feature is  
disabled.  
Under Solaris, the QLA adapter driver supports a maximum of 256  
LUNs.  
Under Solaris, the QLC adapter driver supports a maximum of 16K  
LUNs.  
You must persistently bind the targets before configuring selective LUNs,  
(link).  
SN0054614-00 K  
4-33  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
4–Non-Interactive Commands  
Command Summary  
Use the -m command to:  
View all selective LUNs for all adapter ports  
View an adapter’s selective LUN list  
View the current selective state of a LUN on a specific target  
Enable (select) a LUN on a specific target on a specific adapter  
Disable (deselect) a LUN on a specific target on a specific adapter  
Enable all LUNs on a specific target on a specific adapter  
Disable (deselect) all LUNs on a specific target on a specific adapter  
Enable (select) all LUNs of all targets on a specific adapter  
Disable (deselect) all LUNs of all targets on a specific adapter  
For these commands:  
hba instance = Adapter number (use -g command to find)  
hba wwpn = World wide port name of the adapter  
target wwnn = World wide node name of the target  
target wwpn = World wide port name of the target  
lun id = ID of the LUN  
To view all selective LUNs for all adapter ports, type:  
# scli -m all (view | ?)  
To view an adapter’s selective LUN list, type:  
# scli -m (<hba instance> | <hba wwpn> | all) (view | ?)  
In Solaris SPARC, include double quotes around the question mark (?) if the  
system is running with a csh or tsch shell. For example:  
# scli -m <HBA> "?"  
SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI shows the adapter’s enabled LUN list in the  
following format:  
<target wwnn> <target wwpn> <lun id>  
To view the current select state of a specific LUN, type:  
# scli -m (<hba instance> | <hba wwpn>) (<target wwnn> <target  
wwpn> <lun id>) (view | ?)  
If the input represents a valid LUN, SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI shows that  
LUN’s current state as selected or deselected for that adapter.  
To enable (select) a LUN on a specific target on a specific adapter, type:  
# scli -m (<hba instance> | <hba wwpn>) {<target wwnn> <target  
wwpn> <lun id> ( 1 | enable | select )}  
4-34  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
4–Non-Interactive Commands  
Command Summary  
NOTE:  
You can repeat the sequence <target wwnn> <target wwpn> <lun  
id> 1 to select multiple LUNs in the same command.  
To disable (deselect) a LUN on a specific target on a specific adapter, type:  
# scli -m (<hba instance> | <hba wwpn>) {<target wwnn> <target  
wwpn> <lun id> (0 | disable | deselect)}  
NOTE:  
To select multiple LUNs in the same command, repeat the following  
sequence:  
<target wwnn> <target wwpn> <lun id> 0  
To enable (select) all LUNs for a specific target on a specific adapter, type:  
# scli -m (<hba instance> | <hba wwpn>) select | enable  
<target wwnn> <target wwpn>  
To disable (deselect) all LUNs for a specific target on a specific adapter, type:  
# scli -m (<hba instance> | <hba wwpn>) deselect | disable  
<target wwnn> <target wwpn>  
To enable (select) all LUNs of all targets on a specific adapter:  
# scli -m (<hba instance> | <hba wwpn>) select all  
To disable (deselect) all LUNs of all targets on a specific adapter:  
# scli -m (<hba instance> | <hba wwpn>) deselect all  
-n  
(Set Selected HBA Parameter)  
To set a specific parameter on a specific adapter, type:  
# scli -n (<hba instance> | <hba wwpn>) { (<param name> |  
<param alias>) <param value> }  
To restore the default BIOS (4G adapters only), type:  
# scli -n (<hba instance> | <hba wwpn>) default  
Where:  
hba instance = Adapter number (use -g command to find)  
hba wwpn = World wide port name of the adapter  
param name = Name of the parameters  
SN0054614-00 K  
4-35  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
4–Non-Interactive Commands  
Command Summary  
param alias = Alias of the parameters  
param value = New value of the parameters  
The pairs <param name> <param value> and <param alias> <param value> can  
be repeated to set multiple parameters with a single command.  
Table 4-14 lists the adapter parameter names and aliases.  
.
Table 4-14. Adapter Parameters  
Description  
Name  
Alias  
Value  
See table notea  
Connection options  
Data rate  
ConnectionOption  
DataRate  
CO  
DR  
EB  
EL  
EF  
HL  
FL  
LP  
TR  
ET  
FR  
HD  
ID  
LR  
LT  
ML  
OM  
PD  
RD  
See table noteb  
1=Enable, 0=Disable  
1=Enable, 0=Disable  
1=Enable, 0=Disable  
1=Enable, 0=Disable  
1=Enable, 0=Disable  
1=Enable, 0=Disable  
1=Enable, 0=Disable  
1–65535  
EnableBIOSc  
Enable BIOS  
EnableExtendedLoggingd  
EnableFCTape  
Enable extended logging  
Enable FC tape  
Enable hard loop ID  
Enable LIP full login  
Enable LIP reset  
Enable target reset  
Execution throttle  
Frame size  
EnableHardLoopID  
EnableLIPFullLogin  
EnableLipReset  
EnableTargetReset  
ExecutionThrottle  
FrameSize  
512, 1024, 2048  
0–125  
Hard loop ID  
HardLoopID  
Interrupt delay timer  
Login retry count  
Link down timeout  
Maximum LUNs per target  
Operation mode  
Port down retry count  
InterruptDelayTimer  
LoginRetryCount  
LinkDownTimeOut  
MaximumLUNsPerTarget  
OperationMode  
0–255  
0–255  
0–240  
0, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256  
See table notee  
0–255  
PortDownRetryCount  
ResetDelay  
Reset Delay  
Table Notes:  
0-255  
4-36  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                                       
4–Non-Interactive Commands  
Command Summary  
a
Connection Options:  
0 = Loop only  
1 = Point-to-point only  
2 = Loop preferred, otherwise point-to-point  
3 = Point-to-point preferred, otherwise loop (QLA22xx adapters only)  
b
Data Rate (QLA23xx/QLA24xx/QLE23xx/QLE24xx and 8Gb adapters):  
0 = 1 Gb  
1 = 2Gbs  
2 = Auto  
3 = 4 Gbs  
4 = 8 Gbs  
c
d
e
EnableBIOS option not available on 4Gb adapter.  
EnableExtendedLogging option not available on PPC64 or SPARC.  
Operation mode (QLA/QLE23xx, QLA/QLE24xx, and 8Gb adapters):  
0 = interrupt for every I/O completion  
5 = interrupt when interrupt delay timer expires  
6 = interrupt when interrupt delay timer expires or no active I/O  
NOTE:  
QLA200/210 adapters have a limited set of parameters that can be  
changed.  
-o  
(Output to a File)  
NOTE:  
The -ooption is valid only in non-interactive mode.  
This option can be used with all non-interactive mode options that have  
a corresponding interactive mode option (see Table 4-1). The option  
must be the first or last command in the command line.  
If the file already exists, new data are appended to the current file.  
To output result and status messages into a file, type -o, followed by the file  
name. For example, to save LUN information to a file named systemLUNinfo:  
# scli -l -o systemLUNinfo  
SN0054614-00 K  
4-37  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
4–Non-Interactive Commands  
Command Summary  
Where the file name is systemLUNinfo, all messages are located in the  
directory indicated for the system platform:  
Windows: syslog.log in the current directory  
Linux: /var/log/messages  
Macintosh: /var/log/system.log  
Solaris: /var/adm/messages  
-p  
(Display Persistent Target Binding Info)  
With this command you can:  
Show binding information for one or on all adapters  
Bind a specific target to a selected adapter  
Bind all targets on a specific adapter or on all adapter  
Unbind a specific target  
Unbind all targets on a specific adapter or on all adapters  
NOTE:  
Under Solaris, if you use the driver from the OS installation CDs (QLC  
driver), these features are disabled.  
Under Linux, if you use the IOCTL or sysfs (inbox) driver these features  
are disabled.  
To show target persistent binding information for a specific adapter port, type:  
# scli -p (<hba instance> | <hba wwpn>) (view | ?)  
To show persistent binding information for all adapters, type:  
# scli -p all (view | ?)  
Where:  
hba instance = Adapter number (use -gcommand to find)  
hba wwpn = World wide port name of the adapter  
NOTE:  
In Solaris SPARC using a csh or tsch shell, include double quotes around  
the question mark (?). For example:  
# scli -p <HBA> "?"  
4-38  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
4–Non-Interactive Commands  
Command Summary  
The following example is a typical SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI output showing all  
targets currently bound to an adapter:  
--------------------------------------------------------------------------  
HBA 0: QLA2462 Port 1 WWPN xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx Port ID 11-06-EF  
--------------------------------------------------------------------------  
Bind Type Device Node Name  
---- ---- ----------------  
Device Port Name  
----------------  
Port ID ID  
------- --  
No  
Disk xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx 10-02-E1  
Yes Disk xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx 10-02-E2 0  
Yes Disk xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx 10-02-E4 1  
Yes Disk xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx 10-02-E8 2  
Press <Enter> to continue:  
To bind a selected target to a specific adapter, type:  
# scli -p (<hba instance> | <hba wwpn>) (<target wwnn> <target  
wwpn> <target port id> <target id>)  
Where:  
hba instance = Adapter number (use -gcommand to find)  
hba wwnn = Word wide node name of the adapter  
hba wwpn = World wide port name of the adapter  
target wwnn = World wide node name of the target  
target wwpn = World wide port name of the target  
target port id = Port ID of the target  
target id = ID to which the target is bound  
To bind multiple targets with a single command, repeat the following group:  
<target wwnn> <target wwpn> <target port id> <target id>  
To bind all targets on a specific adapter or to bind all targets on all adapters, type:  
# scli -p (<hba instance> | <hba wwpn> | all) bind all  
Where:  
hba instance = Adapter number (use -gcommand to find)  
hba wwpn = World wide port name of the adapter  
To unbind a specific target, type:  
# scli -p (<hba instance> | <hba wwpn>) (remove <target wwnn>  
| unbind <target wwnn>)  
SN0054614-00 K  
4-39  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
4–Non-Interactive Commands  
Command Summary  
Where:  
hba instance = Adapter number (use -gcommand to find)  
hba wwpn = World wide port name of the adapter  
target wwnn = World wide node name of the target  
To unbind all targets on a specific adapter port or on all adapter ports, type:  
# scli -p (<hba instance> | <hba wwpn> | all) (remove all |  
unbind all)  
Where:  
hba instance = Adapter number (use -gcommand to find)  
hba wwpn = World wide port name of the adapter  
-pa  
(Define Port Alias)  
With this command you can:  
Define the port alias for a specific adapter port (1)  
Delete the port alias from a specific adapter port (2)  
View the port alias for a specific adapter port (3)  
To define a port alias for the specified adapter, type:  
# scli -pa (<hba instance> | <hba wwpn>) <alias>  
Where:  
hba instance = Adapter number (use -gcommand to find)  
hba wwpn = World wide port name of the adapter  
alias = Symbolic name you assign to the adapter port  
To delete a port alias for the specified adapter port, type:  
# scli -pa (<hba instance> | <hba wwpn>) delete  
To view a port alias for the specified adapter port, type:  
# scli -pa (<hba instance> | <hba wwpn>) view | ?  
4-40  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
4–Non-Interactive Commands  
Command Summary  
-pl  
(Show, Add, and Delete Persistent Names)  
This option provides persistent device names for storage devices.  
NOTE:  
The -pl option is available only on Linux (RHEL 5.x) systems; this option  
is not supported for SLES 11.  
To display persistent device names for a specific LUN or all LUNs, type:  
# scli -pl <hba instance>|<hba wwpn> --info [<target id> <lun  
id>]  
To add a persistent device name to a specific LUN, type:  
# scli -pl <hba instance>|<hba wwpn> --set {<target id> <lun  
id> <lun name>}  
To remove the existing persistent device name currently assigned to a specific  
LUN, type:  
# scli -pl <hba instance>|<hba wwpn> --del {<target id> <lun  
id> <lun name>}  
CAUTION!  
Do not delete a LUN’s persistent device name if there is any active I/O on  
the LUN.  
Where:  
hba instance = Adapter instance number of adapter port  
hba wwpn = World wide port name of the adapter port  
target id = Target ID of the designated device  
lun id = LUN ID of the designated device  
lun name = Persistent device name to be assigned to the designated LUN.  
The LUN name may contain only alphanumeric characters,  
underscores, and the special characters @, #, %, and /. It may  
not contain spaces and may not exceed 80 characters in  
length.  
SN0054614-00 K  
4-41  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
4–Non-Interactive Commands  
Command Summary  
-q  
(View or Set Target Link Speed)  
NOTE:  
The -q option is supported only on 4GB adapters.  
Type the following command to view the link speed of all targets attached to one  
adapter or all adapters:  
# scli -q (<hba instance>  
|
<hba wwpn> | <all>) [-targets | -t ]  
Where:  
hba instance = Adapter number (use -g command to find)  
hba wwpn = World wide port name of the adapter  
all = Reports link speed for all targets on all adapters in the system  
-targets = All targets  
-t = All targets  
To view the link speed of a specific target attached to an adapter, enter the  
following command:  
# scli -q (<hba instance> | <hba wwpn> | <target wwpn>  
Where:  
hba instance = Adapter number (use -g command to find)  
hba wwpn = World wide port name of the adapter  
target wwpn = World wide port name of the target  
To set the link speed of all targets attached to one adapter or all adapters to the  
designated speed, enter the following command:  
# scli -q (<hba instance> | <hba wwpn> | <all>) <-targets | -t  
><speed>  
Where:  
hba instance = Adapter number (use -g command to find)  
hba wwpn = World wide port name of the adapter  
all = Reports link speed for all targets on all adapters in the system  
-targets = All targets  
-t = All targets  
speed = Link speed (  
4-42  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
4–Non-Interactive Commands  
Command Summary  
To set the link speed of selected target(s) attached to one adapter to the  
designated speed, type the following command:  
# scli -q (<hba instance> | <hba wwpn> | <all>) <target wwpn>  
<speed>  
Where:  
hba instance = Adapter number (use -g command to find)  
hba wwpn = World wide port name of the adapter  
all = Reports link speed for all targets on all adapters in the system  
target wwpn = World wide port name of the target  
speed = Link speed  
-qos  
(QoS Menu)  
SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI provides quality of service (QoS) for virtual ports on  
8Gb adapters only. For a detailed explanation of the requirements and usage of  
Use virtual port QoS as follows:  
To show current QoS settings for all virtual ports on a physical adapter port,  
enter the following command:  
# scli -qos <hba instance>|<hba wwpn> info --vp <all>  
[--spd|--per]  
To show current QoS settings for a specific virtual port on a physical adapter  
port, enter the following command:  
# scli -qos <hba instance>|<hba wwpn> info --vp <vport wwpn>  
To change QoS settings for specified virtual ports, enter the following  
command:  
# scli -qos <hba instance>|<hba wwpn> {--vp <vport wwpn> --pri  
<priority>|--bwspd <speed>|--bwper <percent>| --lock <lock  
value>|--enable <enable value>}  
Where:  
hba instance = Adapter instance number for an adapter port  
hba wwpn = World wide port name of an adapter port  
all = All virtual ports under a physical adapter  
--per = View virtual port QoS information by percentage  
--spd = View virtual port QoS information by speed  
vport wwpn = World wide port name of a virtual port  
SN0054614-00 K  
4-43  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
4–Non-Interactive Commands  
Command Summary  
You can specify the QoS of the virtual port based on either priority,  
bandwidth speed, or bandwidth percentage, where:  
--pri = Priority to assign to the virtual port  
priority = Priority value: low, medium, or high  
--bwspd = Bandwidth speed to assign to the virtual port  
speed = Value of bandwidth speed  
--bwper = Bandwidth percentage to assign to the virtual port  
percent = Value of bandwidth percent  
You can change the lock and enable properties of the virtual port using the  
following options:  
--lock = Specify the lock value  
lock value = Lock value: 1 for lock or 0 for unlock.  
--enable = Specify whether the virtual port is enabled  
enable value = Enable value: 1 for enable or 0 for disable  
-r  
(Update HBA Parameters)  
To update the adapter parameters, type the following:  
# scli -r (<hba instance> | <hba wwpn> | all) <File Name>  
Where:  
hba instance = Adapter number (use -gcommand to find)  
hba wwpn = World wide port name of the adapter  
all = All adapter ports in the system are updated with the new  
adapter parameters  
hba parameters file = File name or a path to a file that contains the updated adapter  
name parameters  
To save the adapter parameters to a file, type:  
# scli -r (<hba instance> | <hba wwpn>) save <File Name>  
Where:  
hba instance = Adapter number (use -gcommand to find)  
hba wwpn = World wide port name of the adapter  
hba parameters file = File name or a path to a file to save the adapter parameters  
name  
4-44  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
4–Non-Interactive Commands  
Command Summary  
-s  
(Silent Mode)  
NOTE:  
The -soption is valid only in non-interactive mode.  
You can use this option with all non-interactive mode options that have a  
corresponding interactive mode option (see Table 4-1). This option must  
be the first or last command in the command line.  
In non-interactive mode, the system shows result and status messages generated  
by SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI (by default) unless suppressed by silent mode.  
You can combine this option with the -o option (see ==“-o (Output to a File)” on  
page 4-37) so the output is saved in a file and does not appear in the CLI. For  
example:  
# scli -I all -s -o output.txt  
-t  
(Display Target Information)  
To show the target information for all adapters in the system, type:  
# scli -t [ <all> ]  
To show the target information for a specific adapter, type:  
# scli -t (<hba instance> | <hba wwpn>)  
To show specific target information for a specific target on an adapter, type:  
# scli -t (<hba instance> | <hba wwpn>) (<target wwpn> |  
<target port id>)  
Where:  
hba instance = Adapter number (use -g command to find)  
hba wwpn = World wide port name of the adapter  
target wwpn = World wide port name of the target  
target port id = Port ID of the target  
To show the target information on all adapters, type:  
-t [<all>]  
To show the target information on a specific adapter, type:  
-t (<hba instance> | <hba wwpn>)  
SN0054614-00 K  
4-45  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
4–Non-Interactive Commands  
Command Summary  
To show the target information for a specific target on a specific adapter, type:  
-t (<hba instance> | <hba wwpn>) (<target wwpn> | <target port  
id>)  
iiDMA (intelligent interleaved direct memory access) settings include:  
—targets | –tapplies to all targets.  
<speed>indicates the supported intelligent interleave factor: 1, 2, 4, or 8  
Gbps.  
-tb  
(Target Beacon On/Off)  
To start or stop flashing a target’s LED, type:  
# scli -tb (<hba instance> | <hba wwpn>) (<target wwpn>)  
(<0 | ON> | <1 | PRESET>)  
NOTE:  
The <0 | ON>option flashes the LED until interrupted. The <1 |  
PRESET>option flashes the LED 12 times.  
This feature is supported only on JBOD (“just a bunch of disks”) devices.  
-tp  
(Display Host Topology)  
Use the -tpoption to show the topology configuration of the host:  
# scli -tp | topology  
Under Linux, this feature is disabled if you are using the IOCTL or sysfs (inbox)  
driver.  
-u  
(Firmware Area Update/Save)  
Use the -u option to update the firmware preload area of the adapter from a  
DAT file or to save the current firmware preload area of the adapter to a DAT file.  
NOTE:  
This option is available only for 8Gb adapters.  
To update the adapter firmware preload table, enter the following command:  
# scli -u ( <hba instance> | <hba wwpn> ) <file name>  
4-46  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                   
4–Non-Interactive Commands  
Command Summary  
To save the current adapter firmware preload table to a DATfile, enter the  
following command:  
# scli -u ( <hba instance> | <hba wwpn> ) save <file name>  
Where:  
<hba instance>is the adapter instance number of an adapter port.  
<hba wwpn>is the world wide port name (WWPN) of an adapter port.  
<file name>is the name of the firmware preload table DAT file.  
-v  
(Display Version)  
NOTE:  
This option is valid only in non-interactive mode.  
To show the version number of the SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI tool, type:  
# scli -v  
The system shows the following information:  
SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI  
v1.x.x Build x  
Copyright 2003-2009 QLogic Corp.  
All rights reserved.  
Command Line QLogic FC Host Bus Adapters.  
Build Type: Release  
Build Date: xx/xx/xxxx xx:xx:xx AM  
-vp  
(Virtual Port)  
To list all virtual ports on a physical adapter port, type:  
# scli -vp (<hba instance> : <hba wwpn>) list all  
Where:  
hba instance = Adapter number (use -gcommand to find)  
hba wwpn = World wide port name of the adapter  
vport wwpn = World wide port name of the virtual port  
vport hex = World wide port name of the virtual port with the two  
hex digits in byte three supplied by the user  
To list a specific virtual port on a physical adapter port, type:  
SN0054614-00 K  
4-47  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
4–Non-Interactive Commands  
Command Summary  
# scli -vp (<hba instance> : <hba wwpn>) list <vport wwpn>  
To create a virtual port with an automatic WWPN, type:  
# scli -vp (<hba instance> : <hba wwpn>) create auto  
To create a virtual port with a specific WWPN, type:  
# scli -vp (<hba instance> : <hba wwpn>) create <vport hex>  
When prompted, enter two hexadecimal digits. The system checks these digits to  
be sure they are unique and, if they are, puts them into byte 1 of the WWPN.  
To delete all virtual ports on a physical adapter port, type:  
# scli -vp (<hba instance> : <hba wwpn>) delete all  
To delete a specific virtual port on a physical adapter port, type:  
# scli -vp (<hba instance> : <hba wwpn>) delete <vport wwpn>  
-x  
(Output in XML Format 1)  
NOTE:  
This option is valid only in non-interactive mode.  
You can use this option with all non-interactive mode options that have a  
corresponding interactive mode option (see Table 4-1). This option must be the  
first or last command in the command line.  
When you use this option, the system shows all result and status messages in  
XML format 1, a legacy format. These formats are described in Appendix A. This  
option is usually combined with the -ooption (see “-o (Output to a File)” on  
page 4-37) to create a text file with XML output so that it can be parsed by an  
XML-compliant utility. For example to show adapter general information and  
output it to an XML file named output.xml:  
# scli -i all -x -o output.xml  
-x2  
(Output in XML Format 2)  
NOTE:  
This option is valid only in non-interactive mode.  
4-48  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
4–Non-Interactive Commands  
Command Summary  
You can use this option with all non-interactive mode options that have a  
corresponding interactive mode option (see Table 4-1). This option must be the  
first or last command in the command line.  
When you use this option, the system shows all result and status messages in  
XML format 2, standard XML format. These formats are described in Appendix B.  
This option is usually combined with the -ooption (see “-o (Output to a File)” on  
page 4-37) to create a text file with XML output so that it can be parsed by an  
XML-compliant utility. For example, to show adapter general information and  
output it to an XML file named output.xml:  
# scli -i all -x2 -o output.xml  
-z  
(Display All HBA information for One or All HBAs)  
To show all information for one specific adapter or for all adapters in the system,  
type:  
# scli -z (<hba instance> | <hba wwpn>) | <all>)  
command.  
SN0054614-00 K  
4-49  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
4–Non-Interactive Commands  
Command Summary  
Notes  
4-50  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
A XML Format 1  
NOTE:  
XML files created using the -x1command line option do not match standard  
output. They are designed for backward compatibility with customized  
legacy scripts. For new scripts, we strongly recommend using the -x2  
command line option, which generates XML files compatible with standard  
output (see Appendix B).  
Output Parts  
The -x1command line option (see “-x (Output in XML Format 1)” on page 4-48)  
shows all output in XML format 1. This section defines the XML format 1 output,  
which consists of the following parts:  
Main Tag  
When SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI is in XML mode, all outputs are within the  
main tag:  
<QLogic>  
...  
</QLogic>  
Utility Header  
The following header information is shown after the main tag:  
<AppName> SANsurfer Command Line Utility </AppName>  
<AppVersion> X.YY.ZZ Build XX</AppVersion>  
SN0054614-00 K  
A-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
             
A–XML Format 1  
XML Format 1 Tags for Each Option  
Status Message  
Before the closing main tag </QLogic>, SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI shows  
returning status from the execution of the command line parameters and the error  
messages. A return value of 0indicates success; a return value of 1indicates  
failure:  
Successful execution of the command line parameters returns the following  
status:  
<Status> 0 </Status>  
When the execution of the command line parameters fails, the status value  
of nonzero is shown, followed by an error message that provides additional  
details:  
<Status> 1 </Status>  
<ErrorMsg> Details of the failure </ErrorMsg>  
Reboot Message  
When the execution of the command line parameters is successful and the  
system must be restarted for the change to take effect, the following message is  
shown:  
<Reboot> 1 </Reboot>  
When the execution of the command line parameters is successful and the  
system does not need to be restarted, the following message is shown:  
<Reboot> 0 </Reboot>  
Error Message  
Before the closing main tag </QLogic>, but following the Status message  
SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI shows error information if the status is nonzero  
(indicating a failure).  
<ErrorMsg> Details of the failure </ErrorMsg>  
XML Format 1 Tags for Each Option  
The following sections describe the XML format 1 for each command line option,  
including:  
A-2  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
             
A–XML Format 1  
XML Format 1 Tags for Each Option  
NOTE:  
In these sections, the term number refers to the adapter number shown with  
the adapter general information (command line option -i).  
Display System Information  
(Command Line Option -g)  
The XML format 1 for system information output is as follows:  
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>  
<QLogic>  
<AppName>SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI</AppName>  
<AppVersion>vn.nn.nn Build nn</AppVersion>  
<Host>  
<Name> Host Name </Name>  
<OSType> OS Type </OSType>  
SN0054614-00 K  
A-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
A–XML Format 1  
XML Format 1 Tags for Each Option  
<OSVersion> OS Version (and patches) </OSVersion>  
<HBA Port="value" WWNN="value" WWPN="value" />  
<NumOfHBA> Number of QLogic FC HBA(s) </NumOfHBA>  
</Host>  
<Status> 0 </Status>  
<Reboot> 0 </Reboot>  
</QLogic>  
The parameter <HBA…/>repeats for each adapter in the system.  
Display Adapter Settings  
(Command Line Option -c)  
The XML Format 1 for adapter settings information is as follows:  
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>  
<QLogic>  
<AppName>SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI</AppName>  
<AppVersion>vn.nn.nn Build nn</AppVersion>  
<HBA>  
<HBA Port="value" WWNN="value" WWPN="value" />  
<Param  
ConnectionOption="value"  
DataRate="value"  
FrameSize="value"  
HardLoopID="value"  
LoopResetDelay="value"  
EnableHostAdapterBIOS="value"  
EnableHardLoopId="value"  
FibreChannelTapeSupport="value"  
OperationMode="value"  
IntDelayTimer="value"  
ExecutionThrottle="value"  
EnableExtendedLogging="value"  
LoginRetryCount="value"  
EnableLipReset="value"  
PortDownRetryCount="value"  
EnableLipFulllogin="value"  
LinkDownTimeout="value"  
EnableTargetReset="value"  
LUNsPerTarget="value" />  
</HBA>  
<Status> 0 </Status>  
<Reboot> 0 </Reboot>  
</QLogic>  
For clarity, each parameter is listed on a separate line; however, multiple  
parameters can be on the same line.  
A-4  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
A–XML Format 1  
XML Format 1 Tags for Each Option  
For multiple adapters, repeat the preceding sequence with the ID number  
(ID Number="value") of the next adapter.  
Display HBA Information  
(Command Line Option -i)  
NOTE:  
4G adapters include VPD information as an option to the -icommand.  
The XML Format 1 for adapter general information is as follows:  
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>  
<QLogic>  
<AppName>SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI</AppName>  
<AppVersion>vn.nn.nn Build nn</AppVersion>  
<HBA>  
<GeneralInfo Port="value"  
Model="value"  
HBAID="value"  
HBAAlias="value"  
HBAPort="value"  
PortAlias="value"  
WWNN="value"  
WWPN="value"  
PortID="value"  
SerialNumber="value"  
DriverVersion="value"  
BIOSVersion="value"  
FirmwareVersion="value"  
TargetCount="value"  
PCIBus="value"  
PCIDevice="value"  
ActualConnectionMode="value"  
ActualDataRate="value"  
PortType="value"  
Status="value"  
</HBA>  
<Status> 0 </Status>  
<Reboot> 0 </Reboot>  
</QLogic>  
Here is the information for the 4G adapters:  
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>  
<QLogic>  
<AppName>SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI</AppName>  
<AppVersion>vn.nn.nn Build n.nn</AppVersion>  
<HBA>  
SN0054614-00 K  
A-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
A–XML Format 1  
XML Format 1 Tags for Each Option  
<GeneralInfo Port="value"  
Model="value"  
HBAID="value"  
HBAALias=""  
HBAPort=""  
PortAlias=""  
WWNN="value"  
WWPN="value"  
PortID="value"  
SerialNumber="value"  
DriverVersion="value"  
BIOSVersion="value"  
FirmwareVersion="value"  
OptionROMBIOSVersion="value"  
OptionROMCodeVersion="value"  
OptionROMEFIVersion="value"  
OptionROMFirmwareVersion="value"  
TargetCount="value"  
PCIBus="value"  
PCIDevice="value"  
ActualConnectionMode="value"  
ActualDataRate="value"  
PortType="value"  
Status="value"  
</HBA>  
<Status> 0 </Status>  
<Reboot> 0 </Reboot>  
</QLogic>  
Here is the VPD information:  
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>  
<QLogic>  
<AppName>SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI</AppName>  
<AppVersion>vn.nn.nn Build n.nn</AppVersion>  
<HBA>  
<HBA Port="value" WWNN="value" WWPN="value" />  
<VPD>  
<VPDProductIdentifier="value"  
VPD-RTAG=""  
PartNumber="value"  
SerialNumber="value"  
MiscInformation="value"  
ManufacturingID="value"  
EFIDriverVersion="value"  
FirmwareVersion="value"  
BIOSVersion="value"  
FCodeVersion="value"  
AssetTag="value" />  
</VPD>  
A-6  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
A–XML Format 1  
XML Format 1 Tags for Each Option  
</HBA>  
<Status> 0 </Status>  
<Reboot> 0 </Reboot>  
</QLogic>  
Display Device List  
(Command Line Option -t)  
The XML Format 1 for adapter device information is as follows:  
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>  
<QLogic>  
<AppName>SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI</AppName>  
<AppVersion>vn.nn.nn Build nn</AppVersion>  
<HBA>  
<HBAPort="value" WWNN="value" WWPN="value" />  
<Target>  
<WWNN> Target WWNN </WWNN>  
<WWPN> Target WWPN </WWPN>  
<Info Path="value"  
ID="value"  
Vendor="value" ProductID="value"  
Revision="value"  
SerialNumber="value"  
DeviceID="value"  
PortID="value" LunCount="value" Type="value"  
DeviceStatus="value" />  
</Target>  
</HBA>  
<Status> 0 </Status>  
<Reboot> 0 </Reboot>  
</QLogic>  
The <Target>…</Target>sequence is repeated for each adapter target.  
Display LUN List  
(Command Line Option -l)  
The XML Format 1 for the adapter LUN list information is as follows:  
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>  
<QLogic>  
<AppName>SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI</AppName>  
<AppVersion>vn.nn.nn Build nn</AppVersion>  
<HBA>  
<HBAPort="value" WWNN="value" WWPN="value" />  
<Target>  
<WWNN> Target WWNN </WWNN>  
<WWPN> Target WWPN </WWPN>  
SN0054614-00 K  
A-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
A–XML Format 1  
XML Format 1 Tags for Each Option  
<LUN ID="value"  
WWULN="value"  
Vendor ="value"  
Product ="value"  
Revision ="value"  
Size="value">  
Type="value" />  
</Target>  
</HBA>  
<Status> 0 </Status>  
<Reboot> 0 </Reboot>  
</QLogic>  
The <LUN … />sequence is repeated for each LUN attached to the target. The  
LUN list is listed under the target, not the adapter.  
The <Target>...</Target>sequence is repeated for each LUN attached to  
the target.  
Target Persistent Binding  
(Command Line Option -p)  
The XML Format 1 for the adapter target persistent binding information is as  
follows:  
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>  
<QLogic>  
<AppName>SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI</AppName>  
<AppVersion>vn.nn.nn Build nn</AppVersion>  
<HBA>  
<HBA Port="value" WWNN="value" WWPN="value" />  
<TargetBinding TargetWWNN="value" TargetWWPN="value"  
TargetPortID="value" TargetID="value" />  
</HBA>  
<Status> 0 </Status>  
<Reboot> 0 </Reboot>  
</QLogic>  
The <TargetBinding … /> sequence is repeated for each target bound to the  
adapter.  
Selective LUNs  
(Command Line Option -m)  
The XML Format 1 for the selective LUNs information is as follows:  
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>  
<QLogic>  
<AppName>SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI</AppName>  
<AppVersion>vn.nn.nn Build nn</AppVersion>  
A-8  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
A–XML Format 1  
XML Format 1 Tags for Each Option  
<HBA>  
<HBA Port="value" WWNN="value" WWPN="value" />  
<Target>  
<WWNN> Target WWNN </WWNN>  
<WWPN> Target WWPN </WWPN>  
<EnabledLUN ID="value" LUNWWNN="value" LUNWWPN="value"/>  
</Target>  
</HBA>  
<Status> 0 </Status>  
<Reboot> 0 </Reboot>  
</QLogic>  
The <HBA> … </HBA> sequence repeats for each adapter.  
The <Target> … </Target> sequence repeats for each Target.  
The <EnabledLUN… /> sequence repeats for each enabled LUN under the  
target.  
Boot Device  
(Command Line Option -e)  
The XML Format 1 for the boot device information is as follows:  
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>  
<QLogic>  
<AppName>SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI</AppName>  
<AppVersion>vn.nn.nn Build nn</AppVersion>  
<HBA>  
<HBA Port="value" WWNN="value" WWPN="value" />  
<BootDevice TargetWWPN="value" LUNID="value" />  
</HBA>  
<Status> 0 </Status>  
<Reboot> 0 </Reboot>  
</QLogic>  
The <BootDevice…/>sequence is repeated for each boot device of the adapter.  
In Windows and Linux, the TargetID="value"field is not present.  
Diagnostics Results—Loopback Test  
(Command Line Option -kl)  
The XML Format 1 for the loopback test results is as follows:  
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>  
<QLogic>  
<AppName>SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI</AppName>  
<AppVersion>vn.nn.nn Build nn</AppVersion>  
<HBA>  
<HBA Port="value" WWNN="value" WWPN="value" />  
<Loop ID="value"  
SN0054614-00 K  
A-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
A–XML Format 1  
XML Format 1 Tags for Each Option  
CRCError="value"  
DisparityError="value"  
FrameLengthError="value"  
Result="value"/>  
</HBA>  
<Status> 0 </Status>  
<Reboot> 0 </Reboot>  
</QLogic>  
Diagnostics Results—Read/Write Buffer Test  
(Command Line Option -kr)  
The XML Format 1 for the read/write buffer test results is as follows:  
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>  
<QLogic>  
<AppName>SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI</AppName>  
<AppVersion>vn.nn.nn Build nn</AppVersion>  
<HBA>  
<HBA Port="value" WWNN="value" WWPN="value" />  
<Target>  
<WWNN> Target WWNN </WWNN>  
<WWPN> Target WWPN </WWPN>  
<Loop ID ="value" DataMiscompare="value"  
LinkFailure= "value" LossOfSync="value" LossOfSignal="value"  
InvalidCRC="value" Result="value" />  
</Target>  
</HBA>  
<Status> 0 </Status>  
<Reboot> 0 </Reboot>  
</QLogic>  
The <Target>sequence is repeated for each device attached to the adapter.  
View Driver Settings  
(Command Line Option -fg)  
The XML Format 1 for the current driver settings information is as follows:  
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>  
<QLogic>  
<AppName>SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI</AppName>  
<AppVersion>vn.nn.nn Build nn</AppVersion>  
<HBA>  
<HBA Port="value" WWNN="value" WWPN="value" />  
<DriverSettings>  
<Info PersistentPlusNew="value"  
PersistentOnly="value"  
BindbyWWPN="value"  
A-10  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
A–XML Format 1  
XML Format 1 Tags for Each Option  
BindbyPortID="value" />  
/DriverSettings>  
</HBA>  
<Status> 0 </Status>  
<Reboot> 0 </Reboot>  
</QLogic>  
Display All Information for One or All Adapters  
(Command Line Option -z)  
The XML Format 1 for all adapter information is more complicated than its  
non-XML counterpart because the tags cannot be repeated. In non-XML mode,  
SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI sequentially calls all the options in Table A-1, and  
each option is shown in its standard output format. If each option shows its own  
XML output, the resulting list would have multiple duplicate tags.  
Table A-1. Options Shown by -z  
Non-  
interactive  
Option  
Description  
See Section  
-g  
Show system information  
Show adapter information  
-i  
-c  
-t  
Show adapter settings  
Show device list  
-l  
-p  
-m  
-e  
Show LUN list  
Target persistent binding  
Selective LUNs  
Boot device  
The XML Format 1 for all adapter information is as follows:  
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>  
<QLogic>  
<AppName>SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI</AppName>  
<AppVersion>vn.nn.nn Build nn</AppVersion>  
SN0054614-00 K  
A-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
A–XML Format 1  
XML Format 1 Tags for Each Option  
<Host>  
<Name> Host Name </Name>  
<OSType> OS Type </OSType>  
<OSVersion> OS Version (and patches where applicable)  
</OSVersion>  
<HBA Port="value" WWNN="value" WWPN="value" />  
<NumOfHBA> Number of QLogic Fibre Channel HBA(s) detected  
</NumOfHBA>  
</Host> <HBA>  
<HBA PortNumber="value" WWNN="value" WWPN="value" />  
<GeneralInfo Port ="value"  
Model="value"  
HBAID="value"  
HBAAlias="value"  
MHBAPort="value"  
PortAlias="value"  
WWNN="value"  
WWPN="value"  
PortID="value"  
SerialNumber="value"  
DriverVersion="value"  
BIOSVersion="value"  
FirmwareVersion="value"  
TargetCount="value"  
PCIBus="value"  
PCIDevice="value"  
ActualConnectionMode="value"  
ActualDataRate="value"  
PortType="value"  
Status="value" />  
<VPD>  
<VPD Product Identifier=""/>  
</VPD>  
<Param  
ConnectionOption="value"  
DataRate="value"  
FrameSize="value"  
HardLoopID="value"  
LoopResetDelay="value"  
EnableHostAdapterBIOS="value"  
EnableHardLoopId="value"  
FibreChannelTapeSupport="value"  
OperationMode="value"  
IntDelayTimer="value"  
ExecutionThrottle="value"  
EnableExtendedLogging="value"  
LoginRetryCount="value"  
EnableLipReset="value"  
PortDownRetryCount="value"  
A-12  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
A–XML Format 1  
XML Format 1 Tags for Each Option  
EnableLipFulllogin="value"  
LinkDownTimeout="value"  
EnableTargetReset="value"  
LUNsPerTarget="value" />  
<Target>  
<WWNN> Target WWNN </WWNN>  
<WWPN> Target WWPN </WWPN>  
<Info Path= "value"  
Vendor ="value"  
ProductID= "value"  
Revision= "value"  
SerialNumber= "value"  
DeviceID= "value"  
PortID= "value"  
LunCount= "value"  
Type= "value"  
DeviceStatus= "value" />  
<LUN ID="value"  
WWULN="value"  
Vendor ="value"  
Product= "value"  
Revision= "value"  
Size= "value"  
Type="value" />  
<EnabledLUN ID="value" LUNWWNN="value"LUNWWPN="value" />  
</Target>  
<TargetBinding TargetWWNN="value" TargetWWPN="value"  
TargetPortID="value" TargetID="value" />  
<BootDevice TargetWWNN="value" TargetWWPN="value" LUNID="value" />  
<DriverSettings>  
<Info PersistentPlusNew="value"  
PersistentOnly="value"  
BindbyWWPN="value"  
BindbyPortID="value" />  
</DriverSettings>  
</HBA>  
<Status> 0 </Status>  
<Reboot> 0 </Reboot>  
</QLogic>  
SN0054614-00 K  
A-13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
A–XML Format 1  
XML Format 1 Tags for Each Option  
NOTE:  
The <HBA></HBA>sequence is repeated for each adapter.  
The <Target></Target>sequence is repeated for each target.  
The <LUN… />parameter is repeated for each LUN.  
The <EnabledLUN ID.… /> parameter is repeated for each enabled  
LUN.  
The <TargetBinding…/>parameter is repeated for each target  
persistent binding entry.  
The <BootDevice…/>parameter is repeated for each boot device  
selection entry.  
Link Statistics  
(Command Line Option -ls)  
The XML Format 1 for the link statistics option is as follows:  
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>  
<QLogic>  
<AppName>SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI</AppName>  
<AppVersion>vn.nn.nn Build nn</AppVersion>  
<HBA>  
<HBA Port="value" WWPN="value" WWNN="value" />  
<LinkStatus PortName="value"  
LinkFailure="value"  
SyncLoss="value"  
SignalLoss="value"  
InvalidCRC="value"  
TimeStamp="value" />  
<Status> 0 </Status>  
<Reboot> 0 </Reboot>  
</QLogic>  
HBA Statistics  
(Command Line Option -gs)  
The XML Format 1 for the adapter statistics option is as follows:  
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>  
<QLogic>  
<AppName>SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI</AppName>  
<AppVersion>vn.nn.nn Build nn</AppVersion>  
<HBA>  
<HBA Port="value" WWPN="value" WWNN="value" />  
<Statistics LoopID="value"  
PortError="value"  
A-14  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
A–XML Format 1  
XML Format 1 Tags for Each Option  
DeviceError="value"  
Reset="value"  
IOCount="value"  
IOPS="value"  
BPS="value"  
TimeStamp="value" />  
</HBA>  
<Status> 0 </Status>  
<Reboot> 0 </Reboot>  
</QLogic>  
HBA Alias  
(Command Line Option -ha)  
The XML Format 1 for the adapter alias option is as follows:  
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>  
<QLogic>  
<AppName>SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI</AppName>  
<AppVersion>vn.nn.nn Build nn</AppVersion>  
<HBA>  
<HBA Port="value" WWNN="value" WWPN="value" />  
<HBAAlias>  
<Alias Name="value" />  
</HBAAlias>  
</HBA>  
<Status> 0 </Status>  
<Reboot> 0 </Reboot>  
</QLogic>  
HBA Port Alias  
(Command Line Option -pa)  
The XML Format 1 for the adapter port alias option is as follows:  
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>  
<QLogic>  
<AppName>SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI</AppName>  
<AppVersion>vn.nn.nn Build nn</AppVersion>  
<HBA>  
<HBA Port="value" WWNN="value" WWPN="value" />  
<PortAlias>  
<Alias Name="value" />  
</PortAlias>  
</HBA>  
<Status> 0 </Status>  
<Reboot> 0 </Reboot>  
</QLogic>  
SN0054614-00 K  
A-15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
A–XML Format 1  
XML Format 1 Tags for Each Option  
HBA Transceiver Details  
(Command Line Option -dm)  
The XML Format 1 for adapter transceiver details (general information) is as  
follows:  
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>  
<QLogic>  
<AppName>SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI</AppName>  
<AppVersion>vn.nn.nn Build nn</AppVersion>  
<HBA>  
<HBA Port="value" WWNN="value" WWPN="value" />  
<MediaInformation>  
<Vendor>"value"</Vendor>  
<Type>"value"</Type>  
<PartNumber>"value"</PartNumber>  
<Speed>"value"</Speed>  
<Revision>"value"</Revision>  
<SerialNumber>"value" </SerialNumber>  
</MediaInformation>  
<Diagnostics>  
<Temperature>  
<MeasuredTemperature>(C)</MeasuredTemperature>  
<Value>"value"</Value>  
<Status>"value"</Status>  
<HighAlarm>"value"</HighAlarm>  
<HighWarning>"value"</HighWarning>  
<LowWarning>"value"</LowWarning>  
<LowAlarm>"value"</LowAlarm>  
</Temperature>  
<Voltage>  
<MeasuredVoltage>(Vdc)</MeasuredVoltage>  
<Value>"value"</Value>  
<Status>"value"</Status>  
<HighAlarm>"value"</HighAlarm>  
<HighWarning>"value"</HighWarning>  
<LowWarning>"value"</LowWarning>  
<LowAlarm>"value"</LowAlarm>  
</Voltage>  
<TxBias>  
<MeasuredTxBiasUnit>(mA)</MeasuredTxBiasUnit>  
<Value>"value"</Value>  
<Status>"value"</Status>  
<HighAlarm>"value"</HighAlarm>  
<HighWarning>"value"</HighWarning>  
<LowWarning>"value"</LowWarning>  
<LowAlarm>"value"</LowAlarm>  
</TxBias>  
<TxPower>  
A-16  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
A–XML Format 1  
XML Format 1 Tags for Each Option  
<MeasuredTxPowerUnit>(mW)</MeasuredTxPowerUnit>  
<Value>"value"</Value>  
<Status>"value"</Status>  
<HighAlarm>"value"</HighAlarm>  
<HighWarning>"value"</HighWarning>  
<LowWarning>"value"</LowWarning>  
<LowAlarm>"value"</LowAlarm>  
</TxPower>  
<RxPower>  
<MeasuredRxPowerUnit>(mW)</MeasuredRxPowerUnit>  
<Value>"value"</Value>  
<Status>"value"</Status>  
<HighAlarm>"value"</HighAlarm>  
<HighWarning>"value"</HighWarning>  
<LowWarning>"value"</LowWarning>  
<LowAlarm>"value"</LowAlarm>  
</RxPower>  
</Diagnostics>  
</HBA>  
<Status> 0 </Status>  
<Reboot> 0 </Reboot>  
</QLogic>  
The XML Format 1 for adapter transceiver details (detailed information) is as  
follows:  
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>  
<QLogic>  
<AppName>SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI</AppName>  
<AppVersion>vn.nn.nn Build nn</AppVersion>  
<HBA>  
<HBA Port="value" WWNN="value" WWPN="value" />  
<OpticalTransceiverDigitalDiagnosticData></OpticalTransceiverDigit  
alDiagnosticData>  
<Address_A0>  
<Identifier>"value" </Identifier>  
<Ext.Identifier>"value"</Ext.Identifier>  
<Connector>"value"</Connector>  
<TransceiverData>  
<Compliance> "value" </Compliance>  
<FCLinkLength>"value" </FCLinkLength>  
<FCTransmitterTech>"value"</FCTransmitterTech>  
<FCTransmissionMedia>"value"</FCTransmissionMedia>  
<FCSpeed>"value"</FCSpeed>  
</TransceiverData>  
<Encoding>"value"</Encoding>  
<BR-Nominal> "value" </BR-Nominal>  
<Length-9um-km> "value" </Length-9um-km>  
<Length-9um> "value" </Length-9um>  
SN0054614-00 K  
A-17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
A–XML Format 1  
XML Format 1 Tags for Each Option  
<Length-50um> "value" </Length-50um>  
<Length-62.5um> "value" </Length-62.5um>  
<Length-Copper> "value" </Length-Copper>  
<VendorName>"value"</VendorName>  
<VendorOUI> "value" </VendorOUI>  
<VendorPN>"value" </VendorPN>  
<VendorRev>"value" </VendorRev>  
<WaveLength>"value" </WaveLength>  
<CC_BASE> "value" </CC_BASE>  
<Options>  
<SignalLossAsDefinedInSFPMSA> "value"  
</SignalLossAsDefinedInSFPMSA>  
<SignalLossInvertedFromSFPMSA>"value"  
</SignalLossInvertedFromSFPMSA>  
<TX_Fault_SignalImplemented> "value"  
</TX_Fault_SignalImplemented>  
<TX_DisableImplementedAndDisablesSerialOP>  
"value"</TX_DisableImplementedAndDisablesSerialOP>  
<RATE_SelectImplemented> "value"  
</RATE_SelectImplemented>  
</Options>  
<BR-Max> "value" </BR-Max>  
<BR-Min> "value" </BR-Min>  
<VendorSN>"value" </VendorSN>  
<DateCode>"value" </DateCode>  
<DiagMonitoringType>  
<AddressChangeRequired> "value" </AddressChangeRequired>  
<PowerMeasurement> "value" </PowerMeasurement>  
<ExternallyCalibrated> "value" </ExternallyCalibrated>  
<InternallyCalibrated> "value" </InternallyCalibrated>  
<DigitalDiagMonitoring> "value" </DigitalDiagMonitoring>  
<LegacyDiagnostic> "value" </LegacyDiagnostic>  
</DiagMonitoringType>  
<EnhancedOptions>  
<SoftRateSelectCtrlAndMonitoring> "value"  
</SoftRateSelectCtrlAndMonitoring>  
<SoftRXLOSMonitoring> "value"</SoftRXLOSMonitoring>  
<SoftTXFaultMonitoring> "value" </SoftTXFaultMonitoring>  
<SoftTXDisableCtrlAndMonitoring> "value"  
</SoftTXDisableCtrlAndMonitoring>  
<Alarm-WarningFlags> "value" </Alarm-WarningFlags>  
</EnhancedOptions>  
<SFF-8472-Compliance>"value"</SFF-8472-Compliance>  
<CC_EXT> 0x7d </CC_EXT>  
<VendorSpecific> "value" </VendorSpecific>  
</Address_A0>  
<Address_A2>  
<TempHighAlarm>"value"</TempHighAlarm>  
<TempLowAlarm>"value"</TempLowAlarm>  
A-18  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
A–XML Format 1  
XML Format 1 Tags for Each Option  
<TempHighWarning>"value"</TempHighWarning>  
<TempLowWarning>"value" </TempLowWarning>  
<VoltageHighAlarm>"value"</VoltageHighAlarm>  
<VoltageLowAlarm>"value"</VoltageLowAlarm>  
<VoltageHighWarning>"value"</VoltageHighWarning>  
<VoltageLowWarning>"value" </VoltageLowWarning>  
<BiasHighAlarm>"value"</BiasHighAlarm>  
<BiasLowAlarm>"value" </BiasLowAlarm>  
<BiasHighWarning>"value" </BiasHighWarning>  
<BiasLowWarning>"value" </BiasLowWarning>  
<TXPowerHighAlarm>"value" </TXPowerHighAlarm>  
<TXPowerLowAlarm>"value" </TXPowerLowAlarm>  
<TXPowerHighWarning>"value"</TXPowerHighWarning>  
<TXPowerLowWarning>"value"</TXPowerLowWarning>  
<RXPowerHighAlarm>"value" </RXPowerHighAlarm>  
<RXPowerLowAlarm>"value" </RXPowerLowAlarm>  
<RXPowerHighWarning>"value"</RXPowerHighWarning>  
<RXPowerLowWarning>"value"</RXPowerLowWarning>  
<Rx_PWR-4>"value"</Rx_PWR-4>  
<Rx_PWR-3>"value"</Rx_PWR-3>  
<Rx_PWR-2>"value"</Rx_PWR-2>  
<Rx_PWR-1>"value"</Rx_PWR-1>  
<Rx_PWR-0>"value"</Rx_PWR-0>  
<Tx_I_Slope>"value"</Tx_I_Slope>  
<Tx_I_Offset>"value"</Tx_I_Offset>  
<Tx_PWR_Offset>"value"</Tx_PWR_Offset>  
<T_Slope>"value"</T_Slope>  
<T_Offset>"value"</T_Offset>  
<V_Slope>"value"</V_Slope>  
<V_Offset>"value"</V_Offset>  
<Checksum> "value" </Checksum>  
<Temperature_MSB> "value" </Temperature_MSB>  
<Temperature_LSB> "value" </Temperature_LSB>  
<Vcc_MSB> "value"</Vcc_MSB>  
<Vcc_LSB> "value"</Vcc_LSB>  
<TX_Bias_MSB> "value" </TX_Bias_MSB>  
<TX_Bias_LSB> "value" </TX_Bias_LSB>  
<TX_Power_MSB>"value" </TX_Power_MSB>  
<TX_Power_LSB> "value" </TX_Power_LSB>  
<RX_Power_MSB> "value" </RX_Power_MSB>  
<RX_Power_LSB> "value" </RX_Power_LSB>  
<Reserved_MSB> "value" </Reserved_MSB>  
<Reserved_LSB> "value" </Reserved_LSB>  
<Reserved_MSB> "value" </Reserved_MSB>  
<Reserved_LSB> "value" </Reserved_LSB>  
<StatusControlBits>  
<DataReadyBar> "value" </DataReadyBar>  
<LOS> "value" </LOS>  
<TXFault> "value" </TXFault>  
SN0054614-00 K  
A-19  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
A–XML Format 1  
XML Format 1 Tags for Each Option  
<SoftRXRateSelect> "value" </SoftRXRateSelect>  
<RXRateSelectState> "value" </RXRateSelectState>  
<SoftTXDisable> "value"</SoftTXDisable>  
<TXDisableState> "value" </TXDisableState>  
</StatusControlBits>  
<TXPowerLowAlarm>"value" </TXPowerLowAlarm>  
<TXPowerHighAlarm> "value" </TXPowerHighAlarm>  
<TXBiasLowAlarm> "value" </TXBiasLowAlarm>  
<TXBiasHighAlarm> "value" </TXBiasHighAlarm>  
<VccLowAlarm> "value" </VccLowAlarm>  
<VccHighAlarm> "value" </VccHighAlarm>  
<TempLowAlarm> "value" </TempLowAlarm>  
<TempHighAlarm> "value" </TempHighAlarm>  
<RXPowerLowAlarm> "value" </RXPowerLowAlarm>  
<RXPowerHighAlarm>"value" </RXPowerHighAlarm>  
<TXPowerLowWarning> "value" </TXPowerLowWarning>  
<TXPowerHighWarning> "value" </TXPowerHighWarning>  
<TXBiasLowWarning> "value" </TXBiasLowWarning>  
<TXBiasHighWarning> "value" </TXBiasHighWarning>  
<VccLowWarning> "value" </VccLowWarning>  
<VccHighWarning> "value" </VccHighWarning>  
<TempLowWarning> "value" </TempLowWarning>  
<TempHighWarning> "value" </TempHighWarning>  
<ReservedWarning> "value" </ReservedWarning>  
<ReservedWarning> "value" </ReservedWarning>  
<ReservedWarning> "value" </ReservedWarning>  
<ReservedWarning> "value" </ReservedWarning>  
<ReservedWarning> "value" </ReservedWarning>  
<ReservedWarning> "value" </ReservedWarning>  
<RXPowerLowWarning> "value" </RXPowerLowWarning>  
<RXPowerLowWarning> "value" </RXPowerLowWarning>  
<VendorSpecific> "value" </VendorSpecific>  
</Address_A2>  
</HBA>  
<Status> 0 </Status>  
<Reboot> 0 </Reboot>  
</QLogic>  
Host Topology  
(Command Line Option -tp)  
The XML Format 1 for an adapter type interconnect element is as follows:  
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>  
<QLogic>  
<AppName>SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI</AppName>  
<AppVersion>vn.nn.nn Build nn</AppVersion>  
<InterConnectElement Type="HBA">  
<HBA WWNN="value"  
A-20  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
A–XML Format 1  
XML Format 1 Tags for Each Option  
WWPN="value"  
VendorId="value"  
Model="value"  
SerialNumber="value"  
Alias="value"  
PortAlias="value"  
DriverVersion="value"  
FirmwareVersion="value"  
Host="value"  
TotalNumberOfDevices="value"  
NumberofPort="value"  
BeaconStatus="value"  
PortType="value"  
PortState="value"/>  
<Status> 0 </Status>  
<Reboot> 0 </Reboot>  
</QLogic>  
The XML Format 1 for a switch type interconnect element is as follows:  
<InterConnectElement Type="Switch">  
<Switch WWPN="value" DomainID="value" ManagementID="value"  
IPAddress="value"  
Model="value" SymbolicName="value" SerialNumber="value"  
MACAddress="value" FirmwareVersion="value" PortCount="value"  
BeaconStatus="value"/>  
<PhysicalPortInformation>  
<PhysicalPort Number="value">  
<Port WWPN="value" State="value" Type="value"  
TXPortType="value" ModuleType="value"/>  
<AttachedPort Type="Initiator">  
<HBA NodeName="value"  
PortName="value"  
VendorId="value"  
Model="value"  
SerialNumber="value"  
Alias="value"  
PortAlias="value"  
DriverVersion="value"  
FirmwareVersion="value"  
TotalNumberOfDevices="value"  
Host="value"/>  
</AttachedPort>  
</PhysicalPort>  
...  
...  
<PhysicalPort Number="value">  
<Port WWPN="value" State="value" Type="value"  
TXPortType="value" ModuleType="value"/>  
<AttachedPort Type="Initiator">  
SN0054614-00 K  
A-21  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
A–XML Format 1  
XML Format 1 Tags for Each Option  
<HBA PortName="value"  
Host="DataUnavailable"/>  
</AttachedPort>  
</PhysicalPort>  
...  
...  
</PhysicalPort>  
<PhysicalPort Number="value">  
<Port WWPN="value" State="value" Type="value"  
TXPortType="value" ModuleType="value"/>  
</PhysicalPort>  
...  
...  
<PhysicalPort Number="value">  
<Port WWPN="20-0A-00-C0-DD-00-B9-09"  
<Port WWPN="value" State="value" Type="value"  
TXPortType="value" ModuleType="value"/>  
<AttachedPort Type="Target">  
<Target NodeName="value"  
PortName="value"  
VendorId="value"  
ProductId="value"  
ProductRevision="value"  
ProductSerialNumber="value"/>  
</AttachedPort>  
...  
...  
<AttachedPort Type="Target">  
<Target NodeName="value"  
PortName="value"  
VendorId="value"  
ProductId="value"  
ProductRevision="value"  
ProductSerialNumber="value"/>  
</AttachedPort>  
</PhysicalPort>  
</PhysicalPortInformation>  
</InterConnectElement>  
<Status> 0 </Status>  
<Reboot> 0 </Reboot>  
</QLogic>  
Display FCoE Information  
The XML Format 1 for FCoE information output is as follows:  
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>  
A-22  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
A–XML Format 1  
XML Format 1 Tags for Each Option  
<QLogic>  
<AppName>SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI</AppName>  
<AppVersion>1.7.1.23</AppVersion>  
<HBA>  
<Menlo>  
<GeneralInfo HostName="TARGET3"  
Model="QLE8000"  
Description="QLE8042 Mercury CNA"  
FirmwareVersion="1.1.0 (Operational)" />  
</Menlo>  
</HBA>  
<Status> 0 </Status>  
<Reboot> 0 </Reboot>  
</QLogic>  
Display FCoE Parameters  
The XML Format 1 for FCoE parameter output is as follows:  
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>  
<QLogic>  
<AppName>SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI</AppName>  
<AppVersion>1.7.1.23</AppVersion>  
<HBA>  
<HBA Port="3" WWNN="20-00-00-E0-8B-80-5F-0F"  
WWPN="21-00-00-E0-8B-80-5F-0F" />  
<Menlo>  
<Parameters  
PortSelection="0"  
PortType="Access"  
PauseType="Prioriry Flow Control"  
PriorityPauseMask="0xcc"  
PriorityPauseBitMask="0[ ] 1[ ] 2[x] 3[x] 4[ ] 5[ ] 6[x] 7[x] "  
FCoEConfig="Pre-T11 Frame Format"  
FCoECOS="5"/>  
</Menlo>  
</HBA>  
<Status> 0 </Status>  
<Reboot> 0 </Reboot>  
</QLogic>  
Display FCoE Link Events  
The XML Format 1 for FCoE link events output is as follows:  
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>  
<QLogic>  
<AppName>SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI CLI</AppName>  
<AppVersion>1.7.1.23</AppVersion>  
SN0054614-00 K  
A-23  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
A–XML Format 1  
XML Format 1 Tags for Each Option  
<HBA>  
<HBA Port="3" WWNN="20-00-00-E0-8B-80-5F-0F"  
WWPN="21-00-00-E0-8B-80-5F-0F" />  
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>  
<QLogic>  
<AppName>SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI</AppName>  
<AppVersion>1.7.1.23</AppVersion>  
<HBA>  
<FCoELogs>  
<LogID ID="8"  
LogName="Link Events"/>  
<Entry No="0"  
Info="000:00:02:03:120 Host fibre channel port 0, physical  
link up"/>  
<Entry No="1"  
Info="000:00:02:03:120 Host fibre channel port 1, physical  
link up"/>  
<Entry No="2"  
Info="No Data"/>  
<Entry No="3"  
Info="No Data"/>  
<Entry No="4"  
Info="No Data"/>  
<Entry No="5"  
Info="No Data"/>  
<Entry No="6"  
Info="No Data"/>  
<Entry No="7"  
Info="No Data"/>  
<Entry No="8"  
Info="No Data"/>  
<Entry No="9"  
Info="No Data"/>  
<Entry No="10"  
Info="No Data"/>  
<Entry No="11"  
Info="No Data"/>  
<Entry No="12"  
Info="No Data"/>  
<Entry No="13"  
Info="No Data"/>  
<Entry No="14"  
Info="No Data"/>  
<Entry No="15"  
Info="No Data"/>  
<Entry No="16"  
Info="No Data"/>  
<Entry No="17"  
Info="No Data"/>  
A-24  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
A–XML Format 1  
XML Format 1 Tags for Each Option  
<Entry No="18"  
Info="No Data"/>  
<Entry No="19"  
Info="No Data"/>  
</FCoELogs>  
</HBA>  
<Status> 0 </Status>  
<Reboot> 0 </Reboot>  
</QLogic>  
</HBA>  
</QLogic>  
Display FCoE DCBX  
The XML Format 1 for FCoE DCBX output is as follows:  
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>  
<QLogic>  
<AppName>SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI</AppName>  
<AppVersion>1.7.1.23</AppVersion>  
<HBA>  
<HBA Port="3" WWNN="20-00-00-E0-8B-80-5F-0F"  
WWPN="21-00-00-E0-8B-80-5F-0F" />  
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>  
<QLogic>  
<AppName>SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI</AppName>  
<AppVersion>1.7.1.23</AppVersion>  
<HBA>  
<FCoELogs>  
<LogID ID="9"  
LogName="DCX"/>  
<Entry No="0"  
Info="000:00:00:00:250 dcx_initialize: DCX enabled and  
initialized"/>  
<Entry No="1"  
Info="No Data"/>  
<Entry No="2"  
Info="No Data"/>  
<Entry No="3"  
Info="No Data"/>  
<Entry No="4"  
Info="No Data"/>  
<Entry No="5"  
Info="No Data"/>  
<Entry No="6"  
Info="No Data"/>  
<Entry No="7"  
Info="No Data"/>  
<Entry No="8"  
SN0054614-00 K  
A-25  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
A–XML Format 1  
XML Format 1 Tags for Each Option  
Info="No Data"/>  
<Entry No="9"  
Info="No Data"/>  
<Entry No="10"  
Info="No Data"/>  
<Entry No="11"  
Info="No Data"/>  
<Entry No="12"  
Info="No Data"/>  
<Entry No="13"  
Info="No Data"/>  
<Entry No="14"  
Info="No Data"/>  
<Entry No="15"  
Info="No Data"/>  
<Entry No="16"  
Info="No Data"/>  
<Entry No="17"  
Info="No Data"/>  
<Entry No="18"  
Info="No Data"/>  
<Entry No="19"  
Info="No Data"/>  
</FCoELogs>  
</HBA>  
<Status> 0 </Status>  
<Reboot> 0 </Reboot>  
</QLogic>  
</HBA>  
</QLogic>  
Display FCoE Network Interface Statistics  
The XML Format 1 for FCoE network interface statistics output is as follows:  
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>  
<QLogic>  
<AppName>SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI</AppName>  
<AppVersion>1.7.1.23</AppVersion>  
<HBA>  
<HBA Port="3" WWNN="20-00-00-E0-8B-80-5F-0F"  
WWPN="21-00-00-E0-8B-80-5F-0F" />  
<NSLPortStatistics>  
<NumberofTransmittedPacketsLessThan64bytes>  
0
</NumberofTransmittedPacketsLessThan64bytes>  
<NumberofTransmittedPacketsEqual64bytes>  
0
A-26  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
A–XML Format 1  
XML Format 1 Tags for Each Option  
</NumberofTransmittedPacketsEqual64bytes>  
<NumberofTransmittedPacketsLessThanOrEqual127bytes>  
0
</NumberofTransmittedPacketsLessThanOrEqual127bytes>  
<NumberofTransmittedPacketsLessThanOrEqual256bytes>  
0
</NumberofTransmittedPacketsLessThanOrEqual256bytes>  
<NumberofTransmittedPacketsLessThanOrEqual512bytes>  
0
</NumberofTransmittedPacketsLessThanOrEqual512bytes>  
<NumberofTransmittedPacketsLessThanOrEqual1024bytes>  
0
</NumberofTransmittedPacketsLessThanOrEqual1024bytes>  
<NumberofTransmittedPacketsLessThanOrEqual1518bytes>  
0
</NumberofTransmittedPacketsLessThanOrEqual1518bytes>  
<NumberofTransmittedPacketsLessThanOrEqual2047bytes>  
0
</NumberofTransmittedPacketsLessThanOrEqual2047bytes>  
<NumberofTransmittedPacketsLessThanOrEqual4095bytes>  
0
</NumberofTransmittedPacketsLessThanOrEqual4095bytes>  
<NumberofTransmittedPacketsLessThanOrEqual8191bytes>  
0
</NumberofTransmittedPacketsLessThanOrEqual8191bytes>  
<NumberofTransmittedPacketsLessThanOrEqual9215bytes>  
0
</NumberofTransmittedPacketsLessThanOrEqual9215bytes>  
<NumberofTransmittedPacketsLessThanOrEqual9216bytes>  
0
</NumberofTransmittedPacketsLessThanOrEqual9216bytes>  
<TotalNumberofTransmittedPackets_IncludingThoseWithError>  
0
</TotalNumberofTransmittedPackets_IncludingThoseWithError>  
<NumberofTransmittedBytesforGoodPackets>  
0
</NumberofTransmittedBytesforGoodPackets>  
SN0054614-00 K  
A-27  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
A–XML Format 1  
XML Format 1 Tags for Each Option  
<NumberofTransmittedGoodPackets>  
0
</NumberofTransmittedGoodPackets>  
<NumberofTransmittedUnicastPackets>  
0
</NumberofTransmittedUnicastPackets>  
<NumberofTransmittedMulticastPackets>  
0
</NumberofTransmittedMulticastPackets>  
<NumberofTransmittedBroadcastPackets>  
0
</NumberofTransmittedBroadcastPackets>  
<NumberofTransmittedPacketswithVLANtag>  
0
</NumberofTransmittedPacketswithVLANtag>  
<NumberofTransmitted_802_3x_PauseControlPackets>  
0
</NumberofTransmitted_802_3x_PauseControlPackets>  
<NumberofTransmittedPer-PriorityPausePackets>  
0
</NumberofTransmittedPer-PriorityPausePackets>  
<NumberofTransmittedPacketswithError>  
0
</NumberofTransmittedPacketswithError>  
<NumberofReceivedPacketsLessThan64bytes>  
0
</NumberofReceivedPacketsLessThan64bytes>  
<NumberofReceivedPacketsEqual64bytes>  
0
</NumberofReceivedPacketsEqual64bytes>  
<NumberofReceivedPacketsLessThanOrEqual127bytes>  
0
</NumberofReceivedPacketsLessThanOrEqual127bytes>  
<NumberofReceivedPacketsLessThanOrEqual255bytes>  
0
</NumberofReceivedPacketsLessThanOrEqual255bytes>  
A-28  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
A–XML Format 1  
XML Format 1 Tags for Each Option  
<NumberofReceivedPacketsLessThanOrEqual511bytes>  
0
</NumberofReceivedPacketsLessThanOrEqual511bytes>  
<NumberofReceivedPacketsLessThanOrEqual1023bytes>  
0
</NumberofReceivedPacketsLessThanOrEqual1023bytes>  
<NumberofReceivedPacketsLessThanOrEqual1518bytes>  
0
</NumberofReceivedPacketsLessThanOrEqual1518bytes>  
<NumberofReceivedPacketsLessThanOrEqual2047bytes>  
0
</NumberofReceivedPacketsLessThanOrEqual2047bytes>  
<NumberofReceivedPacketsLessThanOrEqual4095bytes>  
0
</NumberofReceivedPacketsLessThanOrEqual4095bytes>  
<NumberofReceivedPacketsLessThanOrEqual8191bytes>  
0
</NumberofReceivedPacketsLessThanOrEqual8191bytes>  
<NumberofReceivedPacketsLessThanOrEqual9215bytes>  
0
</NumberofReceivedPacketsLessThanOrEqual9215bytes>  
<NumberofReceivedPacketsLessThanOrEqual9216bytes>  
0
</NumberofReceivedPacketsLessThanOrEqual9216bytes>  
<TotalNumberofReceivedPackets_IncludingThoseWithError>  
0
</TotalNumberofReceivedPackets_IncludingThoseWithError>  
<NumberofReceivedBytesforGoodPackets>  
0
</NumberofReceivedBytesforGoodPackets>  
<NumberofReceivedGoodPackets>  
0
</NumberofReceivedGoodPackets>  
<NumberofReceivedUnicastPackets>  
0
</NumberofReceivedUnicastPackets>  
<NumberofReceivedMulticastPackets>  
SN0054614-00 K  
A-29  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
A–XML Format 1  
XML Format 1 Tags for Each Option  
0
</NumberofReceivedMulticastPackets>  
<NumberofReceivedBroadcastPackets>  
0
</NumberofReceivedBroadcastPackets>  
<NumberofReceivedPacketsWithVLANtag>  
0
</NumberofReceivedPacketsWithVLANtag>  
<NumberofReceivedOversizedPacketsWithGoodCRC>  
0
</NumberofReceivedOversizedPacketsWithGoodCRC>  
<NumberofReceivedOversizedPackets>  
0
</NumberofReceivedOversizedPackets>  
<NumberofReceivedPacketsDiscardedbytheMAC>  
0
</NumberofReceivedPacketsDiscardedbytheMAC>  
<NumberofReceivedUndersizedPacketsWithGoodCRC>  
0
</NumberofReceivedUndersizedPacketsWithGoodCRC>  
<NumberofReceivedUndersizedPacketsWithBadCRC>  
0
</NumberofReceivedUndersizedPacketsWithBadCRC>  
<NumberofReceivedPacketsWithCRCError>  
0
</NumberofReceivedPacketsWithCRCError>  
<NumberofReceivedPacketsWithLengthError>  
0
</NumberofReceivedPacketsWithLengthError>  
<NumberofReceivedOversizedPacketsWithBadCRC>  
0
</NumberofReceivedOversizedPacketsWithBadCRC>  
<NumberofReceived_802_3x_PauseControlPackets>  
0
</NumberofReceived_802_3x_PauseControlPackets>  
<NumberofReceivedPer-PriorityPausePackets>  
0
A-30  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
A–XML Format 1  
XML Format 1 Tags for Each Option  
</NumberofReceivedPer-PriorityPausePackets>  
</NSLPortStatistics>  
</HBA>  
<Status> 0 </Status>  
<Reboot> 0 </Reboot>  
</QLogic>  
SN0054614-00 K  
A-31  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
A–XML Format 1  
XML Format 1 Tags for Each Option  
Notes  
A-32  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
B XML Format 2  
This appendix provides the following information:  
“Output Parts” on page B-1 explains the output of XML format 2.  
tags for each option.  
NOTE:  
XML files created using the -x2command line option match standard  
output. They do not match the X1 files (see Appendix A), which are  
designed for backward compatibility with customized legacy scripts. If you  
are developing new scripts, we strongly recommend using the -x2  
command line option, which generates standard output XML files.  
Output Parts  
The -x2command line option (see “-x2 (Output in XML Format 2)” on page 4-48)  
shows all output in XML Format 2. This section defines the XML2 output format,  
which consists of the following parts:  
Main Tag  
When SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI is in XML2 mode, all outputs are between the  
main tags:  
<QLogic>  
...  
</QLogic>  
SN0054614-00 K  
B-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
B–XML Format 2  
Output Parts  
Utility Header  
The following header information is shown after the main tag:  
<AppName> SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI </AppName>  
<AppVersion> X.YY.ZZ Build XX</AppVersion>  
<AppXMLVersion> X.YY </AppXMLVersion>  
Status Message  
Before the closing main tag </QLogic>, SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI shows any  
returning status from the execution of the command line parameters and the error  
messages.  
When the execution of the command line parameters is successful, the following  
status is shown:  
<Status> 0 </Status>  
When the execution of the command line parameters fails, the following status is  
shown, followed by an error message that provides additional details:  
<Status> 1 </Status>  
Reboot Message  
When the execution of the command line parameters is successful and the  
system must be restarted for the change to take effect, the following message is  
shown:  
<Reboot> 1 </Reboot>  
When the execution of the command line parameters is successful and the  
system does not need to be restarted, the following message is shown:  
<Reboot> 0 </Reboot>  
Error Message  
When the execution of the command line parameters is fails an Error message  
appears between the Status and Reboot tags. d the system must be restarted for  
the change to take effect, the following message is shown:  
<ErrorMsg> "Details of the failure "</ErrorMsg>  
B-2  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
               
B–XML Format 2  
XML Format 2 Tags for Each Option  
XML Format 2 Tags for Each Option  
The following sections describe the XML Format 2 for each command line option:  
NOTE:  
In these sections, the term number refers to the adapter number shown with  
the adapter general information (command line option -i).  
SN0054614-00 K  
B-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
B–XML Format 2  
XML Format 2 Tags for Each Option  
Display System Information  
(Command Line Option -g)  
The command format is:  
scli -g -x2  
The XML Format 2 for system information output is as follows:  
<?xml version="value" encoding="value"?>  
<QLogic>  
<AppName>SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLISANsurfer FC/CNA HBA  
CLI</AppName>  
<AppVersion>vn.n.nn Build nn</AppVersion  
<AppXmlVersion>n.nn</AppXmlVersion>  
<Host>  
<Name> Host Name </Name>  
<OSType> OS Type </OSType>  
<OSVersion> OS Version <Build="value"</OSVersion>  
<SDMAPIVersion>n.nn.nn.nn</SDMAPIVersion>  
<HBA Instance="value" HBAModel="value" HBAPort="value"  
WWNN="value" WWPN="value" />  
<NumOfHBA>n</NumOfHBA>  
</Host>  
<Status> n </Status>  
<?ErrorMsg> "message" </ErrorMsg?>  
<Reboot> n /Reboot>  
</QLogic>  
The parameter <HBA…/>repeats for each adapter in the system.  
Display Adapter Settings  
(Command Line Option -c)  
The command format is:  
scli -c 0 -x2  
The XML Format 2 for adapter settings information is as follows:  
<?xml version="value" encoding="value"?>  
<QLogic>  
<AppName>SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI</AppName>  
<AppVersion>vn.n.nn Build nn</AppVersion  
<AppXmlVersion>n.nn</AppXmlVersion>  
<HBA>  
<HBA Instance="value" HBAModel="value" HBAPort="value"  
WWNN="value" WWPN="value" />  
<Param  
ConnectionOption="value"  
DataRate="value"  
B-4  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
B–XML Format 2  
XML Format 2 Tags for Each Option  
FrameSize="value"  
HardLoopId="value"  
LoopResetDelay="value"  
EnableHostAdapterBIOS="value"  
EnableHardLoopId="value"  
FibreChannelTapeSupport="value"  
OperationMode="value"  
IntDelayTimer="value"  
ExecutionThrottle="value"  
LoginRetryCount="value"  
EnableLipReset="value"  
PortDownRetryCount="value"  
EnableLipFulllogin="value"  
LinkDownTimeout="value"  
EnableTargetReset="value"  
LUNsPerTarget="value" />  
</HBA>  
<Status> n </Status>  
<Reboot> n /Reboot>  
</QLogic>  
The <HBA> …</HBA>sequence repeats for each adapter  
Each parameter is listed on a separate line for clarity; however, multiple  
parameters can be on the same line.  
For multiple adapters, repeat the preceding sequence with the ID number  
(ID Number="value")of the next adapter.  
Display HBA Information  
(Command Line Option -I)  
The command format is:  
scli -i (<hba instance> | <hba wwpn> | all) -x2  
Another version of the command shows all information or VPD information:  
scli -i [all] [vpd] -x2  
The XML Format 2 for adapter general information is as follows:  
<?xml version="value" encoding="value"?>  
<QLogic>  
<AppName>SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI</AppName>  
<AppVersion>vn.n.nn Build nn</AppVersion  
<AppXmlVersion>n.nn</AppXmlVersion>  
<HBA>  
<GeneralInfo Instance="value"  
HBAModel="value"  
HBAID="value"  
HBAAlias="value"  
SN0054614-00 K  
B-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
B–XML Format 2  
XML Format 2 Tags for Each Option  
HBAPort="value"  
PortAlias="value"  
WWNN="value"  
WWPN="value"  
PortID="value"  
SerialNumber="value"  
DriverVersion="value"  
BIOSVersion="value"  
FirmwareVersion="value"  
PCIbus="value"  
PCIDevice="value"  
ActualConnectionMode="value"  
ActualDataRate="value"  
TargetCount="value"  
PortType="value"  
Status="value"  
</HBA>  
<Status> n </Status>  
<Reboot> n /Reboot>  
</QLogic>  
The XML Format 2 for 4G adapters is as follows:  
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>  
<QLogic>  
<AppName>SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI</AppName>  
<AppVersion>vn.n.n Build n</AppVersion>  
<AppXmlVersion>2.0</AppXmlVersion>  
<HBA>  
<GeneralInfo Instance="value"  
HBAModel="value"  
HBAID="value"  
HBAAlias=""  
HBAPort="value"  
PortAlias=""  
WWNN="value"  
WWPN="value"  
PortID="value"  
SerialNumber="value"  
DriverVersion="value"  
BIOSVersion="value"  
FirmwareVersion="value"  
OptionROMBIOSVersion="value"  
OptionROMCodeVersion="value"  
OptionROMEFIVersion="value"  
OptionROMFirmwareVersion="value"  
PCIBus="value"  
PCIDevice="value"  
ActualConnectionMode="value"  
ActualDataRate="value"  
B-6  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
B–XML Format 2  
XML Format 2 Tags for Each Option  
PortType="value"  
Status="value"  
</HBA>  
<Status> 0 </Status>  
<Reboot> 0 </Reboot>  
</QLogic>  
Here is the VPD information:  
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>  
<QLogic>  
<AppName>SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI</AppName>  
<AppVersion>vn.nn.nn Build n.nn</AppVersion>  
<HBA>  
<HBAInstance="value" HBAModel="value"HBAPort="value"  
WWNN="value" WWPN="value" />  
<VPD>  
<VPD ProductIdentifier="value"  
PartNumber="value"  
SerialNumber="value"  
MiscInformation="value"  
ManufacturingID="value"  
EFIDriverVersion="value"  
FirmwareVersion="value"  
BIOSVersion="value"  
FCodeVersion="value"  
</VPD>  
</HBA>  
<Status> 0 </Status>  
<Reboot> 0 </Reboot>  
</QLogic>  
Display Device List  
(Command Line Option -t)  
The command format is:  
scli -t (<hba instance> | <hba wwpn> | all) -x2  
The XML Format 2 for adapter device information is as follows:  
<?xml version="value" encoding="value"?>  
<QLogic>  
<AppName>SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI</AppName>  
<AppVersion>vn.n.nn Build nn</AppVersion  
<AppXmlVersion>n.nn</AppXmlVersion>  
<HBA>  
<HBA Instance="value" HBAModel="value" HBAPort="value"  
WWNN="value" WWPN="value" />  
<Target>  
SN0054614-00 K  
B-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
B–XML Format 2  
XML Format 2 Tags for Each Option  
<WWNN> Target WWNN </WWNN>  
<WWPN> Target WWPN </WWPN>  
<Info Path="value"  
ID="value"  
Vendor="value"  
ProcuctID="value"  
Revision="value"  
SerialNumber="value"  
DeviceID= "value"  
PortID= "value"  
LunCount= "value"  
Type= "value"  
DeviceStatus= "value" />  
</Target>  
</HBA>  
<Status> n </Status>  
<Reboot> n /Reboot>  
</QLogic>  
The <Target></Target>sequence repeats for each target.  
The <HBA></HBA>sequence repeats for each adapter.  
Display LUN List  
(Command Line Option -l)  
The command format is:  
scli -l <hba instance> | <hba wwpn> -x2  
The XML Format 2 for the adapter LUN list information is as follows:  
<?xml version="value" encoding="value"?>  
<QLogic>  
<AppName>SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI</AppName>  
<AppVersion>vn.n.nn Build nn</AppVersion  
<AppXmlVersion>n.nn</AppXmlVersion>  
<HBA>  
<HBA Instance="value" HBAModel="value" HBAPort="value"  
WWNN="value" WWPN="value" />  
<Target>  
<WWNN>value</WWNN>  
<WWPN>value</WWPN>  
<LUN ID="value"  
WWULN="value"  
Vendor="value"  
Product="value"  
Revision="value"  
Size="value"  
Type="value" />  
</Target>  
B-8  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
B–XML Format 2  
XML Format 2 Tags for Each Option  
</HBA>  
<Status> n </Status>  
<Reboot> n /Reboot>  
</QLogic>  
The <Target>sequence repeats for each LUN attached to the target. The LUN  
list is listed under the target, not under the adapter.  
Target Persistent Binding  
(Command Line Option -p)  
The command format is:  
scli -p (<hba instance> | <hba wwpn> | all) (view | ?) -x2  
The XML Format 2 for the adapter target persistent binding information is as  
follows:  
<?xml version="value" encoding="value"?>  
<QLogic>  
<AppName>SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI</AppName>  
<AppVersion>vn.n.nn Build nn</AppVersion  
<AppXmlVersion>n.nn</AppXmlVersion>  
<HBA>  
<HBA Instance="value" HBAModel="value" HBAPort="value"  
WWNN="value" WWPN="value" />  
<TargetBinding TargetWWNN="value" TargetWWPN="value"  
TargetPortID="value" TargetID="value" />  
</HBA>  
<Status> n </Status>  
<Reboot> n /Reboot>  
</QLogic>  
The <HBA> </HBA> sequence repeats for each adapter.  
The <Target binding … /> sequence repeats for each bound target.  
Selective LUNs  
(Command Line Option -m)  
The command format is:  
scli -m all (view | ?) -x2  
The XML Format 2 for the selective LUNs information is as follows:  
<?xml version="value" encoding="value"?>  
<QLogic>  
<AppName>SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI</AppName>  
<AppVersion>vn.n.nn Build nn</AppVersion  
<AppXmlVersion>n.nn</AppXmlVersion>  
SN0054614-00 K  
B-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
B–XML Format 2  
XML Format 2 Tags for Each Option  
<HBA>  
<HBA Instance="value" HBAModel="value" HBAPort="value"  
WWNN="value" WWPN="value" />  
<Target>  
<WWNN> Target WWNN </WWNN>  
<WWPN> Target WWPN </WWPN>  
<EnabledLUN ID="value" LUNWWNN="value" LUNWWPN="value"/>  
</Target>  
</HBA>  
<Status> n </Status>  
<Reboot> n /Reboot>  
</QLogic>  
The <Target> </Target> sequence repeats for each enabled LUN on the  
target.  
Boot Device  
(Command Line Option -e)  
The command format for all adapters is:  
-e (view | ?) -x2  
The command format for a single adapter is:  
-e (<hba instance> | <hba wwpn>) (view | ?) -x2  
The XML Format 2 for the boot device information is as follows:  
<?xml version="value" encoding="value"?>  
<QLogic>  
<AppName>SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI</AppName>  
<AppVersion>vn.n.nn Build nn</AppVersion  
<AppXmlVersion>n.nn</AppXmlVersion>  
<HBA>  
<HBA Instance="value" HBAModel="value" HBAPort="value"  
WWNN="value" WWPN="value" />  
<BootDeviceInfo>  
<BootParam EnableSelectableBoot="value" />  
<BootDevice TargetWWPN="value" LUNID="value"/>  
</BootDeviceInfo>  
</HBA>  
<HBA>  
<HBA Instance="value" HBAModel="value" HBAPort="value"  
WWNN="value" WWPN="value" />  
<BootDeviceInfo>  
<BootParam EnableSelectableBoot="0" />  
<BootDevice TargetWWPN="value" LUNID="value"  
EnableSelectableBoot="0"/>  
</BootDeviceInfo>  
B-10  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
B–XML Format 2  
XML Format 2 Tags for Each Option  
</HBA>  
<Status> n </Status>  
<?ErrorMsg> "message" </ErrorMsg?>  
<Reboot> n /Reboot>  
</QLogic>  
The <HBA> …</HBA>sequence repeats for each adapter.  
NOTE:  
If EnableSelectableBootis set to 1 in the BootParam  
EnableSelectable Boottag, it does not appear in the BootDevice  
TargetWWPNtag:  
<BootParam EnableSelectableBoot="1" />  
<BootDevice TargetWWPN="value" LUNID="value"  
However, if EnableSelectableBootis set to 0 in the BootParam  
EnableSelectableBoottag, it appears in the BootDevice  
TargetWWPNtag:  
<BootParam EnableSelectableBoot="0" />  
<BootDevice TargetWWPN="value" LUNID="value"  
EnableSelectableBoot="0"/>  
Diagnostics Results—Loopback Test  
(Command Line Option -kl)  
The command format is:  
scli -kl (<hba instance> | <hba wwpn>) [(<param name> | <param  
alias>) <param value>] -x2  
The XML Format 2 for the loopback test results is as follows:  
<?xml version="value" encoding="value"?>  
<QLogic>  
<AppName>SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI</AppName>  
<AppVersion>vn.n.nn Build nn</AppVersion  
<AppXmlVersion>n.nn</AppXmlVersion>  
<HBA>  
<HBA Instance="value" HBAModel="value" HBAPort="value"  
WWNN="value" WWPN="value" />  
<Loop ID="value"  
CRCError="value"  
DisparityError="value"  
FrameLengthError="value"  
Result="Success"/>  
</HBA>  
SN0054614-00 K  
B-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
B–XML Format 2  
XML Format 2 Tags for Each Option  
<Status> n </Status>  
<Reboot> n /Reboot>  
</QLogic>  
Diagnostics Results—Read/Write Buffer Test  
(Command Line Option -kr)  
The command format is:  
scli -kr (<hba instance> | <hba wwpn>) [(-EX | -EXCLUDE)  
<target wwpn>] (<param name> | <param alias>) <param value>  
-x2  
The XML Format 2 for the read/write buffer test results is as follows:  
<?xml version="value" encoding="value"?>  
<QLogic>  
<AppName>SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI</AppName>  
<AppVersion>vn.n.nn Build nn</AppVersion  
<AppXmlVersion>n.nn</AppXmlVersion>  
<HBA>  
<HBA Instance="value" HBAModel="value" HBAPort="value"  
WWNN="value" WWPN="value" />  
<Target>  
<WWNN> Target WWNN </WWNN>  
<WWPN> Target WWPN </WWPN>  
<Loop ID ="value" DataMiscompare="value" LinkFailure=  
"value" LossOfSync="value" LossOfSignal="value" InvalidCRC="value"  
Result="value" />  
</Target>  
</HBA>  
<Status> n </Status>  
<Reboot> n /Reboot>  
</QLogic>  
The <Target>... </Target> sequence repeats for each target.  
View Driver Settings  
(Command Line Option -fg)  
The command format is:  
scli -fg (<hba instance> | <hba wwpn>) (VIEW | ?) -x2  
The XML Format 2 for the current driver settings information is as follows:  
<?xml version="value" encoding="value"?>  
<QLogic>  
<AppName>SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI</AppName>  
<AppVersion>vn.n.nn Build nn</AppVersion  
<AppXmlVersion>n.nn</AppXmlVersion>  
B-12  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
B–XML Format 2  
XML Format 2 Tags for Each Option  
<HBA>  
<HBA Instance="value" HBAModel="value" HBAPort="value"  
WWNN="value" WWPN="value" />  
<DriverSettings>  
<Info PersistentPlusNew="value"  
PersistentOnly="value"  
BindbyWWPN="value"  
BindbyPortID="value" />  
</DriverSettings>  
</HBA>  
<Status> n </Status>  
<?ErrorMsg> "message" </ErrorMsg?>  
<Reboot> n /Reboot>  
</QLogic>  
Display All Information for One or All Adapters  
(Command Line Option -z)  
The XML Format 2 for all adapter information is more complicated than its  
non-XML counterpart because the tags cannot be repeated. In non-XML mode,  
SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI sequentially calls all the options in Table B-1, and  
each option is shown in its standard output format. If each option shows its own  
XML2 output, the resulting display would have multiple duplicate tags.  
Table B-1. Options Shown by -z  
Non-  
interactive  
Option  
Description  
See User Guide Section  
-g  
Show system information  
Show adapter information  
-i  
“-i (Display HBA General Information or  
VPD Information for One or All HBAs)” on  
-c  
-t  
Show adapter settings  
Show device list  
-l  
-p  
Show LUN list  
Target persistent binding  
-m  
Selective LUNs  
SN0054614-00 K  
B-13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
B–XML Format 2  
XML Format 2 Tags for Each Option  
Table B-1. Options Shown by -z (Continued)  
Non-  
interactive  
Option  
Description  
See User Guide Section  
-e  
Boot device  
The command format is:  
scli -z (<hba instance> | <hba wwpn> | all) -x2  
The XML Format 2 for all adapter information is as follows:  
<?xml version="value" encoding="value"?>  
<QLogic>  
<AppName>SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI</AppName>  
<AppVersion>vn.n.nn Build nn</AppVersion  
<AppXmlVersion>n.nn</AppXmlVersion>  
<Host>  
<Name> Host Name </Name>  
<OSType> OS Type </OSType>  
<OSVersion> OS Version (BUILD) (patches)</OSVersion>  
<SDMAPIVersion> SDMAPI version </SDMAPIVersion>  
<HBA Instance="value" HBAModel="value" HBAPort="value"  
WWNN="value" WWPN="value" />  
<NumOfHBA> Number of HBA(s) detected </NumOfHBA>  
</Host> <HBA>  
<HBA Instance="value" HBAModel="value" HBAPort="value"  
WWNN="value" WWPN="value" />  
<GeneralInfo Instance="value"  
HBAModel="value"  
HBAID="value"  
HBAAlias="value"  
HBAPort="value"  
PortAlias="value"  
WWNN="value"  
WWPN="value"  
PortID="value"  
SerialNumber="value"  
DriverVersion="value"  
BIOSVersion="value"  
FirmwareVersion="value"  
PCIBus="value"  
PCIDevice="value"  
ActualConnectionMode="value"  
ActualDataRate="value"  
TargetCount="value"  
B-14  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
B–XML Format 2  
XML Format 2 Tags for Each Option  
PortType="value"  
Status="value" />  
<Param ConnectionOption="value"  
<VPD>  
<VPD ProductIdentifier=""/>  
</VPD>  
<Param  
ConnectionOption="value"  
DataRate="value"  
FrameSize="value"  
HardLoopID="value"  
LoopResetDelay="value"  
EnableHostAdapterBIOS="value"  
EnableHardLoopId="value"  
FibreChannelTapeSupport="value"  
OperationMode="value"  
IntDelayTimer="value"  
ExecutionThrottle="value"  
LoginRetryCount="value"  
EnableLipReset="value"  
PortDownRetryCount="value"  
EnableLipFulllogin="value"  
LinkDownTimeout="value"  
EnableTargetReset="value"  
LUNsPerTarget="value" />  
<Target>  
<WWNN> Target WWNN </WWNN>  
<WWPN> Target WWPN </WWPN>  
<Info Path= "value"  
ID="value"  
Vendor ="value"  
ProductID= "value"  
Revision= "value"  
SerialNumber="value"  
DeviceID="value"  
PortID="value"  
LunCount="value"  
Type="value"  
DeviceStatus="value" />  
<LUN ID="value"  
WWULN="value"  
Vendor ="value"  
Product="value"  
Revision="value"  
Size="value"  
Type="value" />  
<EnabledLUN ID="value" LUNWWNN="value" LUNWWPN="value" />  
</Target>  
SN0054614-00 K  
B-15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
B–XML Format 2  
XML Format 2 Tags for Each Option  
<TargetBinding TargetWWNN="value" TargetWWPN="value"  
TargetPortID="value" TargetID="value" />  
> <BootDeviceInfo>  
<BootParam EnableSelectableBoot="value" />  
<BootDevice TargetWWPN="value" LUNID="value" />  
> </BootDeviceInfo> <DriverSettings>  
<Info PersistentPlusNew="value"  
PersistentOnly="value"  
BindbyWWPN="value"  
BindbyPortID="value" />  
</DriverSettings>  
</HBA>  
<Status> n </Status>  
<Reboot> n /Reboot>  
</QLogic>  
NOTE:  
The <HBA>…</HBA>sequence repeats for each adapter.  
The <DriverSettings…/>sequence repeats for each adapter.  
The <VPD Product Identifier…/>sequence repeats for each  
adapter.  
The <Target>…</Target>sequence repeats for each target.  
The <LUN… />sequence repeats for each LUN.  
The <EnabledLUN ID.… />sequence repeats for each enabled LUN.  
The <TargetBinding…/>sequence repeats for each target persistent  
binding entry.  
The <BootDevice…/>sequence repeats for each boot device selection  
entry.  
Link Statistics  
(Command Line Option -ls)  
The command format is:  
scli -ls (<hba instance> | <hba wwpn>) [(<param name> | <param  
alias>) <param value>] -x2  
The XML Format 2 for the link statistics option is as follows:  
<?xml version="value" encoding="value"?>  
<QLogic>  
<AppName>SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI</AppName>  
<AppVersion>vn.n.nn Build nn</AppVersion  
<AppXmlVersion>n.nn</AppXmlVersion>  
B-16  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
B–XML Format 2  
XML Format 2 Tags for Each Option  
<HBA>  
<HBA Instance="value" HBAModel="value" HBAPort="value"  
WWNN="value" WWPN="value" />  
<LinkStatus PortName="value"  
LinkFailure="value"  
SyncLoss="value"  
SignalLoss="value"  
InvalidCRC="value"  
TimeStamp="value"/>  
</HBA>  
<Status> n </Status>  
<Reboot> n /Reboot>  
</QLogic>  
The <HBA></HBA>sequence repeats for each adapter.  
The <LinkStatus…/>parameter repeats for each link.  
HBA Statistics  
(Command Line Option -gs)  
The command format is:  
scli -gs (<hba instance> | <hba wwpn>) [(<param name> | <param  
alias>) <param value>] -x2  
The XML Format 2 for the adapter statistics option is as follows:  
<?xml version="value" encoding="value"?>  
<QLogic>  
<AppName>SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI</AppName>  
<AppVersion>vn.n.nn Build nn</AppVersion  
<AppXmlVersion>n.nn</AppXmlVersion>  
<HBA>  
<HBA Instance="value" HBAModel="value" HBAPort="value"  
WWNN="value" WWPN="value" />  
<Statistics LoopID="value"  
PortError="value"  
DeviceError="value"  
Reset="value"  
IOCount="value"  
IOPS="value"  
BPS="value"  
TimeStamp="value" />  
</HBA>  
<Status> n </Status>  
<Reboot> n /Reboot>  
</QLogic>  
The <Statistics.../>sequence repeats for each adapter.  
SN0054614-00 K  
B-17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
B–XML Format 2  
XML Format 2 Tags for Each Option  
HBA Alias  
(Command Line Option -ha)  
The command format is:  
scli -ha (<hba instance> | <hba wwpn>) view | ? -x2  
The XML Format 2 for the adapter alias option is as follows:  
<?xml version="value" encoding="value"?>  
<QLogic>  
<AppName>SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI</AppName>  
<AppVersion>vn.n.nn Build nn</AppVersion  
<AppXmlVersion>n.nn</AppXmlVersion>  
<HBA>  
<HBA Instance="value" HBAModel="value" HBAPort="value"  
WWNN="value" WWPN="value" />  
<HBAAlias>  
<AliasName="value" />  
</HBAAlias>  
</HBA>  
<Status> n </Status>  
<Reboot> n /Reboot>  
</QLogic>  
HBA Port Alias  
(Command Line Option -pa)  
The command format is:  
scli -pa (<hba instance> | <hba wwpn>) view | ? -x2  
The XML Format 2 for the adapter port alias option is as follows:  
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>  
<QLogic>  
<AppName>SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI</AppName>  
<AppVersion>vn.nn.nn Build nn</AppVersion>  
<AppXmlVersion>2.0</AppXmlVersion>  
<HBA>  
<HBA Instance="value" HBAModel="value" HBAPort="value"  
WWNN="value" WWPN="value" />  
<PortAlias>  
<Alias Name="value" />  
</PortAlias>  
</HBA>  
<Status> 0 </Status>  
<Reboot> 0 </Reboot>  
</QLogic>  
B-18  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
B–XML Format 2  
XML Format 2 Tags for Each Option  
The XML Format 2 for adapter transceiver details (detailed information) is as  
follows:  
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>  
<QLogic>  
<AppName>SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI</AppName>  
<AppVersion>v1.7.0 Build 15</AppVersion>  
<AppXmlVersion>2.0</AppXmlVersion>  
<HBA>  
<HBA Instance="value" HBAModel="value" HBAPort="value"  
WWNN="value" WWPN="value" />  
<MediaInformation>  
<Vendor>"value"</Vendor>  
<Type>"value"</Type>  
<PartNumber>"value"</PartNumber>  
<Speed>"value"</Speed>  
<Revision>"value"</Revision>  
<SerialNumber>"value" </SerialNumber>  
</MediaInformation>  
<Diagnostics>  
<Temperature>  
<MeasuredTemperature>(C)</MeasuredTemperature>  
<Value>"value"</Value>  
<Status>"value"</Status>  
<HighAlarm>"value"</HighAlarm>  
<HighWarning>"value"</HighWarning>  
<LowWarning>"value"</LowWarning>  
<LowAlarm>"value"</LowAlarm>  
</Temperature>  
<Voltage>  
<MeasuredVoltage>(V)</MeasuredVoltage>  
<Value>"value"</Value>  
<Status>"value"</Status>  
<HighAlarm>"value"</HighAlarm>  
<HighWarning>"value"</HighWarning>  
<LowWarning>"value"</LowWarning>  
<LowAlarm>"value"</LowAlarm>  
</Voltage>  
<TxBias>  
<MeasuredTxBiasUnit>(mA)</MeasuredTxBiasUnit>  
<Value>"value"</Value>  
<Status>"value"</Status>  
<HighAlarm>"value"</HighAlarm>  
<HighWarning>"value"</HighWarning>  
<LowWarning>"value"</LowWarning>  
<LowAlarm>"value"</LowAlarm>  
</TxBias>  
<TxPower>  
<MeasuredTxPowerUnit>(mW)</MeasuredTxPowerUnit>  
SN0054614-00 K  
B-19  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
B–XML Format 2  
XML Format 2 Tags for Each Option  
<Value>"value"</Value>  
<Status>"value"</Status>  
<HighAlarm>"value"</HighAlarm>  
<HighWarning>"value"</HighWarning>  
<LowWarning>"value"</LowWarning>  
<LowAlarm>"value"</LowAlarm>  
</TxPower>  
<RxPower>  
<MeasuredRxPowerUnit>(mW)</MeasuredRxPowerUnit>  
<Value>"value"</Value>  
<Status>"value"</Status>  
<HighAlarm>"value"</HighAlarm>  
<HighWarning>"value"</HighWarning>  
<LowWarning>"value"</LowWarning>  
<LowAlarm>"value"</LowAlarm>  
</RxPower>  
</Diagnostics>  
</HBA>  
<Status> 0 </Status>  
<Reboot> 0 </Reboot>  
</QLogic>  
HBA Transceiver Details  
(Command Line Option -dm)  
The XML Format 2 for adapter transceiver details (general information) is as  
follows:  
# scli -dm (<hba instance> | <hba wwpn> | <all>) (general |  
gen) -x2  
The XML Format 2 for the boot device information is as follows:  
<?xml version="value" encoding="value"?>  
<QLogic>  
<AppName>SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI</AppName>  
<AppVersion>vn.n.nn Build nn</AppVersion  
<AppXmlVersion>n.nn</AppXmlVersion>  
<HBA>  
<HBA Instance="value" HBA Model="value" WWNN="value"  
WWPN="value" />  
<MediaInformation>  
<Vendor>"value"</Vendor>  
<Type>"value"</Type>  
<PartNumber>"value"</PartNumber>  
<Speed>"value"</Speed>  
<Revision>"value"</Revision>  
<SerialNumber>"value" </SerialNumber>  
</MediaInformation>  
B-20  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
B–XML Format 2  
XML Format 2 Tags for Each Option  
<Diagnostics>  
<Temperature>  
<MeasuredTemperature>(C)</MeasuredTemperature>  
<Value>"value"</Value>  
<Status>"value"</Status>  
<HighAlarm>"value"</HighAlarm>  
<HighWarning>"value"</HighWarning>  
<LowWarning>"value"</LowWarning>  
<LowAlarm>"value"</LowAlarm>  
</Temperature>  
<Voltage>  
<MeasuredVoltage>(V)</MeasuredVoltage>  
<Value>"value"</Value>  
<Status>"value"</Status>  
<HighAlarm>"value"</HighAlarm>  
<HighWarning>"value"</HighWarning>  
<LowWarning>"value"</LowWarning>  
<LowAlarm>"value"</LowAlarm>  
</Voltage>  
<TxBias>  
<MeasuredTxBiasUnit>(mA)</MeasuredTxBiasUnit>  
<Value>"value"</Value>  
<Status>"value"</Status>  
<HighAlarm>"value"</HighAlarm>  
<HighWarning>"value"</HighWarning>  
<LowWarning>"value"</LowWarning>  
<LowAlarm>"value"</LowAlarm>  
</TxBias>  
<TxPower>  
<MeasuredTxPowerUnit>(mW)</MeasuredTxPowerUnit>  
<Value>"value"</Value>  
<Status>"value"</Status>  
<HighAlarm>"value"</HighAlarm>  
<HighWarning>"value"</HighWarning>  
<LowWarning>"value"</LowWarning>  
<LowAlarm>"value"</LowAlarm>  
</TxPower>  
<RxPower>  
<MeasuredRxPowerUnit>(mW)</MeasuredRxPowerUnit>  
<Value>"value"</Value>  
<Status>"value"</Status>  
<HighAlarm>"value"</HighAlarm>  
<HighWarning>"value"</HighWarning>  
<LowWarning>"value"</LowWarning>  
<LowAlarm>"value"</LowAlarm>  
</RxPower>  
</Diagnostics>  
</HBA>  
SN0054614-00 K  
B-21  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
B–XML Format 2  
XML Format 2 Tags for Each Option  
The XML Format 2 for adapter transceiver details (general information) is as  
follows:  
# scli -dm (<hba instance> | <hba wwpn> | all) (details | det) -x2  
The XML Format 2 for adapter transceiver details (detailed information) is as  
follows:  
<?xml version="value" encoding="value"?>  
<QLogic>  
<AppName>SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI</AppName>  
<AppVersion>vn.n.nn Build nn</AppVersion  
<AppXmlVersion>n.nn</AppXmlVersion>  
<HBA>  
<HBA Instance="value" HBAModel="value" HBAPort="value"  
WWNN="value" WWPN="value" />  
<OpticalTransceiverDigitalDiagnosticData></OpticalTransceiverDigit  
alDiagnosticData>  
<Address_A0>  
<Identifier>"value" </Identifier>  
<Ext.Identifier>"value"</Ext.Identifier>  
<Connector>"value"</Connector>  
<TransceiverData>  
<Compliance> "value" </Compliance>  
<FCLinkLength>"value" </FCLinkLength>  
<FCTransmitterTech>"value"</FCTransmitterTech>  
<FCTransmissionMedia>"value"</FCTransmissionMedia>  
<FCSpeed>"value"</FCSpeed>  
</TransceiverData>  
<Encoding>"value"</Encoding>  
<BR-Nominal> "value" </BR-Nominal>  
<Length-9um-km> "value" </Length-9um-km>  
<Length-9um> "value" </Length-9um>  
<Length-50um> "value" </Length-50um>  
<Length-62.5um> "value" </Length-62.5um>  
<Length-Copper> "value" </Length-Copper>  
<VendorName>"value"</VendorName>  
<VendorOUI> "value" </VendorOUI>  
<VendorPN>"value" </VendorPN>  
<VendorRev>"value" </VendorRev>  
<WaveLength>"value" </WaveLength>  
<CC_BASE> "value" </CC_BASE>  
<Options>  
<SignalLossAsDefinedInSFPMSA> "value"  
</SignalLossAsDefinedInSFPMSA>  
<SignalLossInvertedFromSFPMSA>"value"  
</SignalLossInvertedFromSFPMSA>  
<TX_Fault_SignalImplemented> "value"  
</TX_Fault_SignalImplemented>  
B-22  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
B–XML Format 2  
XML Format 2 Tags for Each Option  
<TX_DisableImplementedAndDisablesSerialOP>  
"value"</TX_DisableImplementedAndDisablesSerialOP>  
<RATE_SelectImplemented> "value" </RATE_SelectImplemented>  
</Options>  
<BR-Max> "value" </BR-Max>  
<BR-Min> "value" </BR-Min>  
<VendorSN>"value" </VendorSN>  
<DateCode>"value" </DateCode>  
<DiagMonitoringType>  
<AddressChangeRequired> "value" </AddressChangeRequired>  
<PowerMeasurement> "value" </PowerMeasurement>  
<ExternallyCalibrated> "value" </ExternallyCalibrated>  
<InternallyCalibrated> "value" </InternallyCalibrated>  
<DigitalDiagMonitoring> "value" </DigitalDiagMonitoring>  
<LegacyDiagnostic> "value" </LegacyDiagnostic>  
</DiagMonitoringType>  
<EnhancedOptions>  
<SoftRateSelectCtrlAndMonitoring> "value"  
</SoftRateSelectCtrlAndMonitoring>  
<SoftRXLOSMonitoring> "value"</SoftRXLOSMonitoring>  
<SoftTXFaultMonitoring> "value" </SoftTXFaultMonitoring>  
<SoftTXDisableCtrlAndMonitoring> "value"  
</SoftTXDisableCtrlAndMonitoring>  
<Alarm-WarningFlags> "value" </Alarm-WarningFlags>  
</EnhancedOptions>  
<SFF-8472-Compliance>"value"</SFF-8472-Compliance>  
<CC_EXT> 0x7d </CC_EXT>  
<VendorSpecific> "value" </VendorSpecific>  
</Address_A0>  
<Address_A2>  
<TempHighAlarm>"value"</TempHighAlarm>  
<TempLowAlarm>"value"</TempLowAlarm>  
<TempHighWarning>"value"</TempHighWarning>  
<TempLowWarning>"value" </TempLowWarning>  
<VoltageHighAlarm>"value"</VoltageHighAlarm>  
<VoltageLowAlarm>"value"</VoltageLowAlarm>  
<VoltageHighWarning>"value"</VoltageHighWarning>  
<VoltageLowWarning>"value" </VoltageLowWarning>  
<BiasHighAlarm>"value"</BiasHighAlarm>  
<BiasLowAlarm>"value" </BiasLowAlarm>  
<BiasHighWarning>"value" </BiasHighWarning>  
<BiasLowWarning>"value" </BiasLowWarning>  
<TXPowerHighAlarm>"value" </TXPowerHighAlarm>  
<TXPowerLowAlarm>"value" </TXPowerLowAlarm>  
<TXPowerHighWarning>"value"</TXPowerHighWarning>  
<TXPowerLowWarning>"value"</TXPowerLowWarning>  
<RXPowerHighAlarm>"value" </RXPowerHighAlarm>  
<RXPowerLowAlarm>"value" </RXPowerLowAlarm>  
<RXPowerHighWarning>"value"</RXPowerHighWarning>  
SN0054614-00 K  
B-23  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
B–XML Format 2  
XML Format 2 Tags for Each Option  
<RXPowerLowWarning>"value"</RXPowerLowWarning>  
<Rx_PWR-4>"value"</Rx_PWR-4>  
<Rx_PWR-3>"value"</Rx_PWR-3>  
<Rx_PWR-2>"value"</Rx_PWR-2>  
<Rx_PWR-1>"value"</Rx_PWR-1>  
<Rx_PWR-0>"value"</Rx_PWR-0>  
<Tx_I_Slope>"value"</Tx_I_Slope>  
<Tx_I_Offset>"value"</Tx_I_Offset>  
<Tx_PWR_Slope>"value"</Tx_PWR_Slope>  
<Tx_PWR_Offset>"value"</Tx_PWR_Offset>  
<T_Slope>"value"</T_Slope>  
<T_Offset>"value"</T_Offset>  
<V_Slope>"value"</V_Slope>  
<V_Offset>"value"</V_Offset>  
<Checksum> "value" </Checksum>  
<Temperature_MSB> "value" </Temperature_MSB>  
<Temperature_LSB> "value" </Temperature_LSB>  
<Vcc_MSB> "value"</Vcc_MSB>  
<Vcc_LSB> "value"</Vcc_LSB>  
<TX_Bias_MSB> "value" </TX_Bias_MSB>  
<TX_Bias_LSB> "value" </TX_Bias_LSB>  
<TX_Power_MSB>"value" </TX_Power_MSB>  
<TX_Power_LSB> "value" </TX_Power_LSB>  
<RX_Power_MSB> "value" </RX_Power_MSB>  
<RX_Power_LSB> "value" </RX_Power_LSB>  
<Reserved_MSB> "value" </Reserved_MSB>  
<Reserved_LSB> "value" </Reserved_LSB>  
<Reserved_MSB> "value" </Reserved_MSB>  
<Reserved_LSB> "value" </Reserved_LSB>  
<StatusControlBits>  
<DataReadyBar> "value" </DataReadyBar>  
<LOS> "value" </LOS>  
<TXFault> "value" </TXFault>  
<SoftRXRateSelect> "value" </SoftRXRateSelect>  
<RXRateSelectState> "value" </RXRateSelectState>  
<SoftTXDisable> "value"</SoftTXDisable>  
<TXDisableState> "value" </TXDisableState>  
</StatusControlBits>  
<TXPowerLowAlarm>"value" </TXPowerLowAlarm>  
<TXPowerHighAlarm> "value" </TXPowerHighAlarm>  
<TXBiasLowAlarm> "value" </TXBiasLowAlarm>  
<TXBiasHighAlarm> "value" </TXBiasHighAlarm>  
<VccLowAlarm> "value" </VccLowAlarm>  
<VccHighAlarm> "value" </VccHighAlarm>  
<TempLowAlarm> "value" </TempLowAlarm>  
<TempHighAlarm> "value" </TempHighAlarm>  
<RXPowerLowAlarm> "value" </RXPowerLowAlarm>  
<RXPowerHighAlarm>"value" </RXPowerHighAlarm>  
<TXPowerLowWarning> "value" </TXPowerLowWarning>  
B-24  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
B–XML Format 2  
XML Format 2 Tags for Each Option  
<TXPowerHighWarning> "value" </TXPowerHighWarning>  
<TXBiasLowWarning> "value" </TXBiasLowWarning>  
<TXBiasHighWarning> "value" </TXBiasHighWarning>  
<VccLowWarning> "value" </VccLowWarning>  
<VccHighWarning> "value" </VccHighWarning>  
<TempLowWarning> "value" </TempLowWarning>  
<TempHighWarning> "value" </TempHighWarning>  
<ReservedWarning> "value" </ReservedWarning>  
<ReservedWarning> "value" </ReservedWarning>  
<ReservedWarning> "value" </ReservedWarning>  
<ReservedWarning> "value" </ReservedWarning>  
<ReservedWarning> "value" </ReservedWarning>  
<ReservedWarning> "value" </ReservedWarning>  
<RXPowerLowWarning> "value" </RXPowerLowWarning>  
<RXPowerLowWarning> "value" </RXPowerLowWarning>  
<VendorSpecific> "value" </VendorSpecific>  
</Address_A2>  
</HBA>  
<Status> n </Status>  
<?ErrorMsg> "message" </ErrorMsg?>  
<Reboot> n /Reboot>  
</QLogic>  
Host Topology  
(Command Line Option -tp)  
The command format is:  
scli -tp -x2  
The XML Format 2 for an adapter type interconnect element is as follows (this  
example shows a switch):  
<?xml version="value" encoding="value"?>  
<QLogic>  
<AppName>SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI</AppName>  
<AppVersion>vn.n.nn Build nn</AppVersion  
<AppXmlVersion>n.nn</AppXmlVersion>  
<InterConnectElement Type="Switch">  
<SwitchWWPN="value"  
DomainID="value"  
ManagementID="value"  
IPAddress="value"  
Model="value"  
SymbolicName="value"  
SerialNumber="value"  
MACAddress="value"  
FirmwareVersion="value"  
PortCount="value"  
SN0054614-00 K  
B-25  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
B–XML Format 2  
XML Format 2 Tags for Each Option  
BeaconStatus="value"  
<PhysicalPortInformation>  
<PhysicalPortNumber="value">  
<Port WWPN="value"  
State="value"  
Type="value"  
TXPortType="value"  
ModuleType="value"  
<AttachedPort Type="value">  
<HBANodeName="value"  
PortName="value"  
VendorID="value"  
Model="value"  
SerialNumber="value"  
Alias="value"  
PortAlias="value"  
DriverVersion="value"  
FirmwareVersion="value"  
Host="value"/>  
</AttachPort>  
</PhysicalPort>  
...  
</PhysicalPortInformation>  
</InterconnectElements>  
<InterconnectElementType="HBA">  
<HBA WWNN="value"  
WWPN="value"  
VendorID="value"  
Model="value"  
SerialNumber="value"  
Alias="value"  
PortAlias="value"  
DriverVersion="value"  
FirmwareVersion="value"  
Host="value"  
TotalNumberOfDevices="value"  
NumberofPort="value"  
BeaconStatus="value"  
PortType="value"  
PortState="value"/>  
</InterconnectElement>  
<Status> n </Status>  
<Reboot> n /Reboot>  
</QLogic>  
The <InterconnectElement>…</InterconnectElement>sequence  
repeats for each interconnect element.  
B-26  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
B–XML Format 2  
XML Format 2 Tags for Each Option  
Display FCoE Information  
The XML Format 2 for FCoE information output is as follows:  
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>  
<QLogic>  
<AppName>SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI</AppName>  
<AppVersion>1.7.1.23</AppVersion>  
<HBA>  
<Menlo>  
<GeneralInfo HostName="TARGET3"  
Model="QLE8000"  
Description="QLE8042 Mercury CNA"  
FirmwareVersion="1.1.0 (Operational)" />  
</Menlo>  
</HBA>  
<Status> 0 </Status>  
<Reboot> 0 </Reboot>  
</QLogic>  
Display FCoE Parameters  
The XML Format 2 for FCoE parameter output is as follows:  
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>  
<QLogic>  
<AppName>SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI</AppName>  
<AppVersion>1.7.1.23</AppVersion>  
<HBA>  
<HBA Instance="3" HBAModel="QLE8402" HBAPort="1"  
WWNN="20-00-00-E0-8B-80-5F-0F" WWPN="21-00-00-E0-8B-80-5F-0F" />  
<Menlo>  
<Parameters  
PortSelection="0"  
PortType="Access"  
PauseType="Prioriry Flow Control"  
PriorityPauseMask="0xcc"  
PriorityPauseBitMask="0[ ] 1[ ] 2[x] 3[x] 4[ ] 5[ ] 6[x] 7[x] "  
FCoEConfig="Pre-T11 Frame Format"  
FCoECOS="5"/>  
</Menlo>  
</HBA>  
<Status> 0 </Status>  
<Reboot> 0 </Reboot>  
</QLogic>  
Display FCoE Link Events  
The XML Format 2 for FCoE link events output is as follows:  
SN0054614-00 K  
B-27  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
B–XML Format 2  
XML Format 2 Tags for Each Option  
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>  
<QLogic>  
<AppName>SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI</AppName>  
<AppVersion>1.7.1.23</AppVersion>  
<HBA>  
<HBA Instance="3" HBAModel="QLE8402" HBAPort="1"  
WWNN="20-00-00-E0-8B-80-5F-0F" WWPN="21-00-00-E0-8B-80-5F-0F" />  
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>  
<QLogic>  
<AppName>SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI</AppName>  
<AppVersion>1.7.1.23</AppVersion>  
<HBA>  
<FCoELogs>  
<LogID ID="8"  
LogName="Link Events"/>  
<Entry No="0"  
Info="000:00:01:58:480 Host fibre channel port 0, physical  
link up"/>  
<Entry No="1"  
Info="000:00:02:03:120 Host fibre channel port 1, physical  
link up"/>  
<Entry No="2"  
Info="No Data"/>  
<Entry No="3"  
Info="No Data"/>  
<Entry No="4"  
Info="No Data"/>  
<Entry No="5"  
Info="No Data"/>  
<Entry No="6"  
Info="No Data"/>  
<Entry No="7"  
Info="No Data"/>  
<Entry No="8"  
Info="No Data"/>  
<Entry No="9"  
Info="No Data"/>  
<Entry No="10"  
Info="No Data"/>  
<Entry No="11"  
Info="No Data"/>  
<Entry No="12"  
Info="No Data"/>  
<Entry No="13"  
Info="No Data"/>  
<Entry No="14"  
Info="No Data"/>  
<Entry No="15"  
Info="No Data"/>  
B-28  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
B–XML Format 2  
XML Format 2 Tags for Each Option  
<Entry No="16"  
Info="No Data"/>  
<Entry No="17"  
Info="No Data"/>  
<Entry No="18"  
Info="No Data"/>  
<Entry No="19"  
Info="No Data"/>  
</FCoELogs>  
</HBA>  
<Status> 0 </Status>  
<Reboot> 0 </Reboot>  
</QLogic>  
</HBA>  
</QLogic>  
Display FCoE DCBX  
The XML Format 2 for FCoE DCBX output is as follows:  
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>  
<QLogic>  
<AppName>SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI</AppName>  
<AppVersion>1.7.1.23</AppVersion>  
<HBA>  
<HBA Instance="3" HBAModel="QLE8402" HBAPort="1"  
WWNN="20-00-00-E0-8B-80-5F-0F" WWPN="21-00-00-E0-8B-80-5F-0F" />  
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>  
<QLogic>  
<AppName>SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI</AppName>  
<AppVersion>1.7.1.23</AppVersion>  
<HBA>  
<FCoELogs>  
<LogID ID="9"  
LogName="DCX"/>  
<Entry No="0"  
Info="000:00:00:00:250 dcx_initialize: DCX enabled and  
initialized"/>  
<Entry No="1"  
Info="No Data"/>  
<Entry No="2"  
Info="No Data"/>  
<Entry No="3"  
Info="No Data"/>  
<Entry No="4"  
Info="No Data"/>  
<Entry No="5"  
Info="No Data"/>  
<Entry No="6"  
SN0054614-00 K  
B-29  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
B–XML Format 2  
XML Format 2 Tags for Each Option  
Info="No Data"/>  
<Entry No="7"  
Info="No Data"/>  
<Entry No="8"  
Info="No Data"/>  
<Entry No="9"  
Info="No Data"/>  
<Entry No="10"  
Info="No Data"/>  
<Entry No="11"  
Info="No Data"/>  
<Entry No="12"  
Info="No Data"/>  
<Entry No="13"  
Info="No Data"/>  
<Entry No="14"  
Info="No Data"/>  
<Entry No="15"  
Info="No Data"/>  
<Entry No="16"  
Info="No Data"/>  
<Entry No="17"  
Info="No Data"/>  
<Entry No="18"  
Info="No Data"/>  
<Entry No="19"  
Info="No Data"/>  
</FCoELogs>  
</HBA>  
<Status> 0 </Status>  
<Reboot> 0 </Reboot>  
</QLogic>  
</HBA>  
</QLogic>  
Display FCoE Network Interface Statistics  
The XML Format 2 for FCoE network interface statistics output is as follows:  
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>  
<QLogic>  
<AppName>SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI</AppName>  
<AppVersion>1.7.1.23</AppVersion>  
<HBA>  
<HBA Instance="3" HBAModel="QLE8402" HBAPort="1"  
WWNN="20-00-00-E0-8B-80-5F-0F" WWPN="21-00-00-E0-8B-80-5F-0F" />  
<NSLPortStatistics>  
<NumberofTransmittedPacketsLessThan64bytes>  
0
B-30  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
B–XML Format 2  
XML Format 2 Tags for Each Option  
</NumberofTransmittedPacketsLessThan64bytes>  
<NumberofTransmittedPacketsEqual64bytes>  
0
</NumberofTransmittedPacketsEqual64bytes>  
<NumberofTransmittedPacketsLessThanOrEqual127bytes>  
0
</NumberofTransmittedPacketsLessThanOrEqual127bytes>  
<NumberofTransmittedPacketsLessThanOrEqual256bytes>  
0
</NumberofTransmittedPacketsLessThanOrEqual256bytes>  
<NumberofTransmittedPacketsLessThanOrEqual512bytes>  
0
</NumberofTransmittedPacketsLessThanOrEqual512bytes>  
<NumberofTransmittedPacketsLessThanOrEqual1024bytes>  
0
</NumberofTransmittedPacketsLessThanOrEqual1024bytes>  
<NumberofTransmittedPacketsLessThanOrEqual1518bytes>  
0
</NumberofTransmittedPacketsLessThanOrEqual1518bytes>  
<NumberofTransmittedPacketsLessThanOrEqual2047bytes>  
0
</NumberofTransmittedPacketsLessThanOrEqual2047bytes>  
<NumberofTransmittedPacketsLessThanOrEqual4095bytes>  
0
</NumberofTransmittedPacketsLessThanOrEqual4095bytes>  
<NumberofTransmittedPacketsLessThanOrEqual8191bytes>  
0
</NumberofTransmittedPacketsLessThanOrEqual8191bytes>  
<NumberofTransmittedPacketsLessThanOrEqual9215bytes>  
0
</NumberofTransmittedPacketsLessThanOrEqual9215bytes>  
<NumberofTransmittedPacketsLessThanOrEqual9216bytes>  
0
</NumberofTransmittedPacketsLessThanOrEqual9216bytes>  
<TotalNumberofTransmittedPackets_IncludingThoseWithError>  
0
</TotalNumberofTransmittedPackets_IncludingThoseWithError>  
SN0054614-00 K  
B-31  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
B–XML Format 2  
XML Format 2 Tags for Each Option  
<NumberofTransmittedBytesforGoodPackets>  
0
</NumberofTransmittedBytesforGoodPackets>  
<NumberofTransmittedGoodPackets>  
0
</NumberofTransmittedGoodPackets>  
<NumberofTransmittedUnicastPackets>  
0
</NumberofTransmittedUnicastPackets>  
<NumberofTransmittedMulticastPackets>  
0
</NumberofTransmittedMulticastPackets>  
<NumberofTransmittedBroadcastPackets>  
0
</NumberofTransmittedBroadcastPackets>  
<NumberofTransmittedPacketswithVLANtag>  
0
</NumberofTransmittedPacketswithVLANtag>  
<NumberofTransmitted_802_3x_PauseControlPackets>  
0
</NumberofTransmitted_802_3x_PauseControlPackets>  
<NumberofTransmittedPer-PriorityPausePackets>  
0
</NumberofTransmittedPer-PriorityPausePackets>  
<NumberofTransmittedPacketswithError>  
0
</NumberofTransmittedPacketswithError>  
<NumberofReceivedPacketsLessThan64bytes>  
0
</NumberofReceivedPacketsLessThan64bytes>  
<NumberofReceivedPacketsEqual64bytes>  
0
</NumberofReceivedPacketsEqual64bytes>  
<NumberofReceivedPacketsLessThanOrEqual127bytes>  
0
</NumberofReceivedPacketsLessThanOrEqual127bytes>  
B-32  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
B–XML Format 2  
XML Format 2 Tags for Each Option  
<NumberofReceivedPacketsLessThanOrEqual255bytes>  
0
</NumberofReceivedPacketsLessThanOrEqual255bytes>  
<NumberofReceivedPacketsLessThanOrEqual511bytes>  
0
</NumberofReceivedPacketsLessThanOrEqual511bytes>  
<NumberofReceivedPacketsLessThanOrEqual1023bytes>  
0
</NumberofReceivedPacketsLessThanOrEqual1023bytes>  
<NumberofReceivedPacketsLessThanOrEqual1518bytes>  
0
</NumberofReceivedPacketsLessThanOrEqual1518bytes>  
<NumberofReceivedPacketsLessThanOrEqual2047bytes>  
0
</NumberofReceivedPacketsLessThanOrEqual2047bytes>  
<NumberofReceivedPacketsLessThanOrEqual4095bytes>  
0
</NumberofReceivedPacketsLessThanOrEqual4095bytes>  
<NumberofReceivedPacketsLessThanOrEqual8191bytes>  
0
</NumberofReceivedPacketsLessThanOrEqual8191bytes>  
<NumberofReceivedPacketsLessThanOrEqual9215bytes>  
0
</NumberofReceivedPacketsLessThanOrEqual9215bytes>  
<NumberofReceivedPacketsLessThanOrEqual9216bytes>  
0
</NumberofReceivedPacketsLessThanOrEqual9216bytes>  
<TotalNumberofReceivedPackets_IncludingThoseWithError>  
0
</TotalNumberofReceivedPackets_IncludingThoseWithError>  
<NumberofReceivedBytesforGoodPackets>  
0
</NumberofReceivedBytesforGoodPackets>  
<NumberofReceivedGoodPackets>  
0
</NumberofReceivedGoodPackets>  
<NumberofReceivedUnicastPackets>  
SN0054614-00 K  
B-33  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
B–XML Format 2  
XML Format 2 Tags for Each Option  
0
</NumberofReceivedUnicastPackets>  
<NumberofReceivedMulticastPackets>  
0
</NumberofReceivedMulticastPackets>  
<NumberofReceivedBroadcastPackets>  
0
</NumberofReceivedBroadcastPackets>  
<NumberofReceivedPacketsWithVLANtag>  
0
</NumberofReceivedPacketsWithVLANtag>  
<NumberofReceivedOversizedPacketsWithGoodCRC>  
0
</NumberofReceivedOversizedPacketsWithGoodCRC>  
<NumberofReceivedOversizedPackets>  
0
</NumberofReceivedOversizedPackets>  
<NumberofReceivedPacketsDiscardedbytheMAC>  
0
</NumberofReceivedPacketsDiscardedbytheMAC>  
<NumberofReceivedUndersizedPacketsWithGoodCRC>  
0
</NumberofReceivedUndersizedPacketsWithGoodCRC>  
<NumberofReceivedUndersizedPacketsWithBadCRC>  
0
</NumberofReceivedUndersizedPacketsWithBadCRC>  
<NumberofReceivedPacketsWithCRCError>  
0
</NumberofReceivedPacketsWithCRCError>  
<NumberofReceivedPacketsWithLengthError>  
0
</NumberofReceivedPacketsWithLengthError>  
<NumberofReceivedOversizedPacketsWithBadCRC>  
0
</NumberofReceivedOversizedPacketsWithBadCRC>  
<NumberofReceived_802_3x_PauseControlPackets>  
0
B-34  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
B–XML Format 2  
XML Format 2 Tags for Each Option  
</NumberofReceived_802_3x_PauseControlPackets>  
<NumberofReceivedPer-PriorityPausePackets>  
0
</NumberofReceivedPer-PriorityPausePackets>  
</NSLPortStatistics>  
</HBA>  
<Status> 0 </Status>  
<Reboot> 0 </Reboot>  
</QLogic>  
SN0054614-00 K  
B-35  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
B–XML Format 2  
XML Format 2 Tags for Each Option  
Notes  
B-36  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
C Error/Exit Return Codes  
To list the error/exit return codes while running SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI in  
interactive mode:  
1.  
2.  
From the Main Menu, select the Help option, and then press ENTER  
.
On the Help Menu, select Exit Codes, and then press ENTER  
.
To list the SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI non-interactive error/exit codes from the  
command line, type:  
scli -ei  
SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI lists the error/exit return code numbers, names, and  
descriptions as shown in Table C-1.  
NOTE:  
Error return codes are continually being updated. Although Table C-1 was  
accurate at the time this document was written, you should check for the  
latest return codes in the file, Fcscli-exicodes.txt, located in the  
SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI installation directory.  
Table C-1. Error/Exit Return Codes  
Return  
Code  
Name  
Description  
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
SUCCESS  
Command executed with no error  
Failed to open file  
ERROR_OPEN_FILE  
ERROR_READ_FILE  
Failed to read file  
ERROR_WRITE_FILE  
Failed to write to a file  
Failed to close a file  
ERROR_CLOSE_FILE  
ERROR_INCORRECT_FILE  
ERROR_INCORRECT_FILE_SIZE  
ERROR_UNSUPPORTED_HBA  
Selected file is incorrect  
File size is incorrect  
Adapter is unsupported  
SN0054614-00 K  
C-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
C–Error/Exit Return Codes  
Table C-1. Error/Exit Return Codes (Continued)  
Return  
Code  
Name  
Description  
8
9
ERROR_NO_HBA  
Unable to open the adapter handle  
ERROR_UNKNOWN_HBA  
Adapter is unknown to SANsurfer FC/CNA  
HBA CLI  
10  
11  
ERROR_INVALID_SSID  
Adapter has invalid SSDID/SSVID  
ERROR_MISMATCH_SSID  
The specified Flash/NVRAM file does not  
have the SSDID/SSVID that match the  
adapter  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
ERROR_MISMATCH_CHECKSUM  
ERROR_CORRUPTED_FILE  
ERROR_FILE_CHKSUM_ERROR  
ERROR_FILE_INVALID_DATA  
ERROR_FLASH_UPDATE_IGNORE  
Reserved  
File checksum does not match  
File appears to be corrupted  
File checksum returns error  
File has invalid data  
Adapter does not need to be updated  
Not used  
Reserved  
Not used  
ERROR_FLASH_UPDATE_UNSUPPORTED Flash update is not supported with this  
adapter  
20  
21  
22  
ERROR_FLASH_OPTION_DISABLED_HBA  
ERROR_FLASH_OPTION_DISABLED_OS  
Flash update is disabled with this adapter  
Flash update is disabled with this OS  
Flash file has invalid header signature  
ERROR_FLASH_INVALID_HEADER_  
SIGNATURE  
23  
ERROR_FLASH_INVALID_DATA_  
SIGNATURE  
Flash file has invalid data signature  
24  
25  
26  
Reserved  
Internal used  
ERROR_FLASH_CSUM_ERROR  
ERROR_FLASH_NO_FW_REGION_VALID  
Flash file checksum test failed  
Adapter does not have valid firmware  
region  
27  
28  
29  
ERROR_FLASH_INVALID_FW_FILE  
Reserved  
Firmware file does not match with adapter  
Internal used  
ERROR_FLASH_CSUM_MISMATCH  
Flash file has checksum mismatched.  
C-2  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
C–Error/Exit Return Codes  
Table C-1. Error/Exit Return Codes (Continued)  
Return  
Code  
Name  
Description  
30  
31  
32  
33  
ERROR_INCORRECT_RISC_CODE_FILE  
ERROR_INCORRECT_BOOT_CODE_FILE  
ERROR_INCORRECT_FULL_IMAGE_FILE  
Incorrect RISC image  
Incorrect BIOS/FCode boot image  
Incorrect 1M Flash image  
ERROR_CORRUPTED_FLASH_IMAGE_  
FILE  
Flash image file is corrupted  
34  
35  
ERROR_FLASH_UPDATE_FAILURE  
Failed to update Flash  
ERROR_FLASH_INVALID_REGION_  
SIGNATURE  
Incorrect Flash image file  
36  
37  
38  
ERROR_FLASH_GET_REGION_FAILURE  
Failed to read Flash update region from  
adapter  
ERROR_FLASH_UPDATE_NO_VALID_  
REGION  
Failed to validate Flash update region read  
from adapter  
ERROR_FLASH_UPDATE_NO_REGION_  
LAYOUT  
Adapter does not have Flash update region  
layout  
39  
40  
41  
ERROR_FLASH_UPDATE_INVALID_VPD  
ERROR_DIAGNOSTICS_PARAM_ERROR  
ERROR_DIAGNOSTICS_LOOP_DOWN  
Flash contains invalid VPD  
Diagnostics test returns invalid parameters  
Unable to run diagnostics because the loop  
is down  
42  
43  
ERROR_DIAGNOSTICS_FAILURE  
Diagnostics test failed with errors  
ERROR_DIAGNOSTICS_DATA_  
MISCOMPARE  
Diagnostics test failed with data miscom-  
pare  
44  
45  
46  
47  
48  
ERROR_DIAGNOSTICS_UNKNOWN_  
STATUS  
Unknown diagnostics test status  
ERROR_DIAGNOSTICS_NO_AVAIL_  
TARGET  
Unable to run R/W buffer test because  
there are no attached devices  
ERROR_DIAGNOSTICS_NOT_FOUND_  
TARGET  
Unable to run R/W buffer test because the  
excluded device is not available  
ERROR_DIAGNOSTICS_MAX_FRAME_  
SETTING  
Unable to run diagnostics because of the  
adapter current frame size setting  
ERROR_INVALID_DIAGNOSTICS_  
SETTINGS  
Invalid diagnostics test parameter settings  
SN0054614-00 K  
C-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
C–Error/Exit Return Codes  
Table C-1. Error/Exit Return Codes (Continued)  
Return  
Code  
Name  
Description  
49  
50  
51  
52  
Reserved  
Not used  
ERROR_FC_LINK_UNKNOWN_STATUS  
ERROR_RESET_LINK_STATUS  
Error getting FC link status  
Unable to reset adapter link status  
ERROR_INVALIDE_STATISTICS_PARAMS  
Invalid link status/statistics parameter set-  
tings  
53  
54  
55  
56  
57  
58  
59  
60  
61  
Reserved  
Not used  
Reserved  
Not used  
Reserved  
Not used  
Reserved  
Not used  
Reserved  
Not used  
Reserved  
Not used  
Reserved  
Not used  
ERROR_INVALID_PARAM_SETTINGS  
ERROR_PARAM_UNSUPPORTED_HBA  
Invalid adapter parameter value/key  
Specified adapter parameters is not cur-  
rently supported  
62  
63  
64  
ERROR_PARAM_UNSUPPORTED_DRIVER Unable to update adapter parameters; the  
driver is unsupported  
ERROR_RESTORE_NVRAM_DEFAULT  
Failed to restore adapter parameters to  
default settings  
ERROR_PARAM_UNSUPPORTED_OS  
Unable to apply new adapter parameters;  
the OS is unsupported  
65  
66  
67  
68  
69  
70  
71  
ERROR_PARAM_DISABLE_SETTINGS  
Current parameter is not supported  
Reserved  
Not used  
Reserved  
Not used  
Reserved  
Not used  
Reserved  
Not used  
ERROR_SAVE_HBA_FLASH_TO_FILE  
ERROR_READ_HBA_FLASH_HBA  
Failed to save adapter Flash image to a file  
Failed to read adapter Flash  
C-4  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
C–Error/Exit Return Codes  
Table C-1. Error/Exit Return Codes (Continued)  
Return  
Code  
Name  
Description  
72  
ERROR_NO_SPACE_LEFT  
Command failed because no space left on  
the drive  
73  
74  
75  
76  
77  
78  
79  
80  
81  
82  
83  
84  
ERROR_MISSING_TEMPLATE_FILE  
Reserved  
Unable to find template file  
Not used  
Reserved  
Not used  
Reserved  
Not used  
Reserved  
Not used  
Reserved  
Not used  
Reserved  
Not used  
ERROR_INVALID_SERIAL_NO  
ERROR_GET_NVRAM_DATA  
ERROR_UPDATE_NVRAM_DATA  
ERROR_PRESERVE_NVRAM_DATA  
Invalid adapter serial number  
Unable to read NVRAM from adapter  
Failed to update adapter parameters  
Failed to preserve adapter parameters  
ERROR_MISSING_NVRAM_TEMPLATE_  
FILE  
Unable to find the NVRAM template for the  
adapter  
85  
86  
ERROR_INVALID_NVRAM_PROG_OPTION  
Specified key/value to program NVRAM are  
invalid  
ERROR_SPECIFIC_OEM_TEMPLATE_  
UNSUPPORT  
Incorrect or unsupported OEM template  
type for selected adapter  
87  
88  
89  
90  
Reserved  
Not used  
Not used  
Not used  
Reserved  
Reserved  
ERROR_READING_BOOT_DEVICE  
Failed to read boot device settings of the  
adapter  
91  
92  
93  
ERROR_SAVING_BOOT_DEVICE  
Failed to save boot device settings to the  
adapter  
ERROR_BOOT_CONFIG_DISABLED_  
DRIVER  
Boot device settings disabled with running  
driver  
ERROR_BOOT_TARGET_NO_LUN  
Boot device settings aborted because boot  
target has no LUN  
SN0054614-00 K  
C-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
C–Error/Exit Return Codes  
Table C-1. Error/Exit Return Codes (Continued)  
Return  
Code  
Name  
Description  
94  
ERROR_TARGET_NO_DIRECT_ACCESS  
Boot device settings failed because the  
boot target is not a direct access device  
95  
96  
ERROR_INVALID_BOOT_SETTINGS  
Boot device parameter is invalid/incorrect  
Unsupported boot device settings  
ERROR_UNSUPPORTED_BOOT_  
SETTINGS  
97  
98  
Reserved  
Not used  
Reserved  
Not used  
99  
Reserved  
Not used  
100  
101  
ERROR_INVALID_DRIVER_PARAM  
ERROR_READ_DRIVER_PARAM  
Driver parameter settings are invalid  
Failed to read current driver settings of the  
adapter  
102  
103  
104  
105  
106  
107  
108  
109  
110  
111  
112  
113  
ERROR_DRIVER_PARAM_NOT_FOUND  
Unknown driver parameter settings  
ERROR_UNSUPPORTED_DRIVER_PARAM Unsupported driver parameter  
Reserved  
Not used  
Reserved  
Not used  
Reserved  
Not used  
Reserved  
Not used  
Reserved  
Not used  
Reserved  
Not used  
ERROR_DUPLICATE_TARGET_ID  
ERROR_INVALID_TARGET_ID  
ERROR_MISMATCH_TARGET_ID  
ERROR_READ_FROM_DRIVER  
Target has duplicate ID  
Target has invalid ID  
Target has mismatch ID  
Failed to read persistent binding data from  
driver database  
114  
ERROR_READ_FROM_PERSISTENT_  
STORAGE  
Failed to read persistent binding data from  
persistent database  
115  
116  
ERROR_MEMORY_ALLOC_FAILURE  
ERROR_TARGET_ENTRY_NOT_FOUND  
Unable to allocate memory  
Unable to find the binding entry of the spec-  
ified target  
C-6  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
C–Error/Exit Return Codes  
Table C-1. Error/Exit Return Codes (Continued)  
Return  
Code  
Name  
Description  
117  
ERROR_DELETE_TARGET_PERSISTENT_  
ENTRY  
Failed to delete target persistent binding  
118  
119  
120  
121  
122  
123  
ERROR_LUN_NOT_FOUND  
Specified LUN ID not available  
ERROR_NO_DEVICE_FOUND  
Adapter does not have attached devices  
Option is not available with running driver  
Option is not available with adapter  
Option is not available on this OS platform  
ERROR_OPTION_UNSUPPORTED_DRV  
ERROR_OPTION_UNSUPPORTED_HBA  
ERROR_OPTION_UNSUPPORTED_OS  
ERROR_OPTION_DISABLED_GUI_CONFIG Target persistent binding is not allowed  
because of existing configuration saved by  
SANsurfer FC HBA Manager  
124  
125  
ERROR_OPTION_DISABLED_DRV  
Target persistent binding is disabled  
because of current driver  
ERROR_UPDATE_LUN_DATA_PERSIST_  
BINDING  
Failed to update LUN data during persistent  
binding configuration  
126  
127  
128  
129  
130  
131  
132  
133  
134  
135  
136  
ERROR_FAILOVER_DRIVER_LOADED  
Reserved  
Feature is not supported with failover driver  
Not used  
Reserved  
Not used  
Reserved  
Not used  
ERROR_INVALID_HBA_WWID  
ERROR_INVALID_HBA_PID  
ERROR_INVALID_TARGET_WWID  
ERROR_INVALID_LUN_ID  
ERROR_MISSING_INPUT  
ERROR_INVALID_INPUT  
ERROR_CMD_UNSUPPORTED  
Adapter WWPN/WWNN specified is invalid  
Adapter instance specified is invalid  
Target WWPN/WWNN specified is invalid  
LUN ID specified is invalid  
Incomplete command line option  
Invalid command line option  
Specified command line option is unsup-  
ported  
137  
138  
139  
ERROR_UNKNOWN_CMD_OPTION  
Unknown command option  
Not used  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Not used  
SN0054614-00 K  
C-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
C–Error/Exit Return Codes  
Table C-1. Error/Exit Return Codes (Continued)  
Return  
Code  
Name  
Description  
140  
141  
142  
ERROR_UNKNOWN_FILE_FORMAT  
ERROR_READ_DRV_VER_SYS_FILE  
ERROR_INIT_SECURITY_DESCRIPTOR  
Unable to determine file format  
Failed to read driver version from sys file  
Failed to initialize security descriptor during  
driver update  
143  
ERROR_SET_SECURITY_DESCRIPTOR  
Failed to set security descriptor during  
driver update  
144  
145  
ERROR_FAIL_UPDATE_DRIVER  
Failed to update driver  
ERROR_HARDWARE_ID_NO_MATCH  
Adapter hardware ID does not match with  
the driver config file  
146  
147  
ERROR_DRIVER_UPDATE_  
UNSUPPORTED  
Driver update is not allowed with this  
adapter  
ERROR_NO_DRV_INF_FILE  
Driver inf file is missing in the driver pack-  
age  
148  
149  
150  
151  
152  
153  
154  
155  
ERROR_CREATE_TEMP_DIR  
ERROR_OPEN_ZIP_FILE  
Failed to create temporary directory  
Failed to open zip file  
ERROR_CLOSE_ZIP_FILE  
ERROR_READ_ZIP_FILE  
Failed to close zip file  
Failed to read zip file  
ERROR_EXTRACT_ZIP_FILE  
ERROR_CORRUPTED_ZIP_FILE  
ERROR_CREATE_ZIP_FILE  
ERROR_MISSING_DRV_FILE  
Failed to extract zip file  
Zip file appears to be corrupted  
Failed to create zip file  
Driver sys file is missing in the driver pack-  
age  
156  
157  
158  
159  
160  
161  
162  
ERROR_EMPTY_FOLDER  
Driver folder is empty  
ERROR_GET_REGISTRY_KEY  
ERROR_SET_REGISTRY_KEY  
ERROR_STORPORT_NOT_SUPPORTED  
ERROR_INVALID_VPD_DATA  
ERROR_CORRUPTED_VPD  
Failed to get a registry key  
Failed to set a registry key  
Operation failed with STOR miniport driver  
Adapter has invalid VPD data  
Current VPD of the adapter is corrupted  
VPD data has invalid checksum  
ERROR_BAD_CHECKSUM_VPD  
C-8  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
C–Error/Exit Return Codes  
Table C-1. Error/Exit Return Codes (Continued)  
Return  
Code  
Name  
Description  
163  
164  
165  
ERROR_NO_SN_VPD  
Serial number is missing in VPD data  
Failed to read VPD of selected adapter  
ERROR_RETRIEVE_VPD_DATA  
ERROR_UNSUPPORT_VPD_OPT  
Option is not supported with selected  
adapter  
166  
167  
168  
169  
170  
171  
172  
173  
174  
175  
176  
177  
178  
179  
180  
181  
182  
183  
184  
185  
186  
187  
188  
Reserved  
Internal used  
Not used  
Not used  
Not used  
Not used  
Blocked  
Blocked  
Blocked  
Blocked  
Blocked  
Blocked  
Blocked  
Blocked  
Blocked  
Blocked  
Blocked  
Blocked  
Blocked  
Blocked  
Blocked  
Blocked  
Blocked  
Blocked  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
IBM Reserved  
IBM Reserved  
IBM Reserved  
IBM Reserved  
IBM Reserved  
IBM Reserved  
IBM Reserved  
IBM Reserved  
IBM Reserved  
IBM Reserved  
IBM Reserved  
IBM Reserved  
IBM Reserved  
IBM Reserved  
IBM Reserved  
IBM Reserved  
IBM Reserved  
IBM Reserved  
SN0054614-00 K  
C-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
C–Error/Exit Return Codes  
Table C-1. Error/Exit Return Codes (Continued)  
Return  
Code  
Name  
Description  
189  
190  
191  
192  
193  
194  
195  
196  
197  
198  
199  
200  
201  
202  
203  
204  
205  
206  
207  
208  
209  
210  
211  
212  
213  
214  
215  
IBM Reserved  
IBM Reserved  
IBM Reserved  
IBM Reserved  
Reserved  
Blocked  
Blocked  
Blocked  
Blocked  
Not used  
Not used  
Not used  
Not used  
Not used  
Not used  
Not used  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
ERROR_SAVE_SEL_LUN_CONFIG  
Reserved  
Failed to save selective LUN configuration  
Not used  
Reserved  
Not used  
Reserved  
Not used  
Reserved  
Not used  
Reserved  
Not used  
Reserved  
Not used  
Reserved  
Not used  
Reserved  
Not used  
Reserved  
Not used  
ERROR_MISSING_IP_ADDRESS  
ERROR_MISSING_NETMASK_ADDRESS  
ERROR_MISSING_GATEWAY_ADDRESS  
ERROR_INVALID_IP_ADDRESS  
ERROR_INVALID_NET_MASK  
ERROR_GET_SWITCH_INFO  
IP address is required  
Netmask address is required  
Gateway address is required  
Invalid IP address  
Invalid netmask address  
Failed to get switch information  
C-10  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
C–Error/Exit Return Codes  
Table C-1. Error/Exit Return Codes (Continued)  
Return  
Code  
Name  
Description  
216  
217  
218  
219  
220  
221  
222  
223  
224  
225  
226  
227  
228  
229  
230  
ERROR_SET_SWITCH_IP_ADDRESS  
Failed to set switch IP address  
Invalid switch parameters settings  
Admin account is required  
Admin password is incorrect  
Switch input is invalid  
Not used  
ERROR_INVALID_SWITCH_INPUT  
ERROR_INVALID_ADMIN_ACCOUNT  
ERROR_INVALID_ADMIN_PASSWORD  
ERROR_INVALID_OPTION  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Not used  
Reserved  
Not used  
Reserved  
Not used  
Reserved  
Not used  
Reserved  
Not used  
Reserved  
Not used  
Reserved  
Not used  
Reserved  
Not used  
ERROR_GET_TARGET_IIDMA_SETTINGS  
Failed to query current intelligent inter-  
leaved direct memory access setting  
231  
232  
ERROR_SAVE_TARGET_IIDMA_SETTINGS Failed to set intelligent interleaved direct  
memory access factor  
ERROR_SET_TARGET_IIDMA_  
UNSUPPORTED  
Intelligent interleaved direct memory  
access factor setting is not supported with  
selected adapter  
233  
234  
ERROR_INVALID_IIDMA_SETTINGS  
Invalid intelligent interleaved direct memory  
access factor setting for selected adapter  
ERROR_TARGET_NOT_AVAIL_IIDMA_  
SETTINGS  
Not used  
235  
236  
237  
238  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Not used  
Not used  
Not used  
Not used  
SN0054614-00 K  
C-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
C–Error/Exit Return Codes  
Table C-1. Error/Exit Return Codes (Continued)  
Return  
Code  
Name  
Description  
239  
240  
Reserved  
Not used  
ERROR_NO_TARGET_SELECTED  
Unable to run target beacon because no  
device is selected  
241  
242  
243  
244  
245  
246  
247  
248  
249  
250  
ERROR_GET_BEACON_STATE  
ERROR_SET_BEACON_STATE  
ERROR_BEACON_UNSUPPORTED  
Unable to get the beacon status  
Unable to set the beacon status  
Beacon operation is unsupported  
ERROR_INVALID_BEACON_PARAMETERS Beacon settings are invalid  
Reserved  
Not used  
Not used  
Not used  
Not used  
Not used  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
ERROR_GET_HBA_ALIAS  
Failed to retrieve adapter alias of the  
adapter  
251  
ERROR_UPDATE_HBA_ALIAS  
Failed to update adapter alias of the  
adapter  
252  
253  
254  
255  
256  
257  
258  
259  
260  
261  
262  
263  
ERROR_GET_PORT_ALIAS  
ERROR_UPDATE_PORT_ALIAS  
Reserved  
Failed to retrieve port alias of the adapter  
Failed to update port alias of the adapter  
Not used  
Reserved  
Not used  
Reserved  
Not used  
Reserved  
Not used  
Reserved  
Not used  
Reserved  
Not used  
ERROR_DRIVER_RESCAN  
Reserved  
Driver rescan operation failed (Solaris)  
Not used  
Not used  
Not used  
Reserved  
Reserved  
C-12  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
C–Error/Exit Return Codes  
Table C-1. Error/Exit Return Codes (Continued)  
Return  
Code  
Name  
Description  
264  
265  
266  
267  
268  
269  
270  
271  
272  
273  
274  
275  
276  
277  
278  
279  
280  
281  
282  
283  
284  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Not used  
Not used  
Not used  
Not used  
Not used  
Not used  
ERROR_ADAPTER_PROP_MISSING  
Adapter property file is missing  
Reserved  
Not used  
Reserved  
Not used  
Reserved  
Not used  
Reserved  
Not used  
Reserved  
Not used  
Reserved  
Not used  
Reserved  
Not used  
Reserved  
Not used  
Reserved  
Not used  
ERROR_CREATE_VIRTUAL_PORT  
ERROR_DELETE_VIRTUAL_PORT  
ERROR_INVALID_VIRTUAL_PORT_WWN  
ERROR_VIRTUAL_PORT_NOT_FOUND  
ERROR_NO_VIRTUAL_PORT_EXIST  
Failed to create a virtual port of the adapter  
Failed to delete a virtual port of the adapter  
Virtual port WWPN is invalid  
Unable to find the specific virtual port  
This adapter does not have any virtual  
ports  
285  
286  
287  
ERROR_DELETE_ALL_VIRTUAL_PORTS  
Failed to delete all virtual ports of the  
adapter  
ERROR_OPTION_DISABLED_VIRTUAL_  
HBA  
Option is not available with virtual port  
adapter  
ERROR_PRESERVED_WWPN_VIRTUAL_  
HBA  
The supplied hexadecimal value is cur-  
rently preserved for the physical adapter  
SN0054614-00 K  
C-13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
C–Error/Exit Return Codes  
Table C-1. Error/Exit Return Codes (Continued)  
Return  
Code  
Name  
Description  
288  
289  
290  
291  
292  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Not used  
Not used  
Not used  
ERROR_VIRTUAL _HBA_LOCKED  
vPort is currently locked  
ERROR_VPORT_NOT_BELONG_TO_  
PPORT  
vPort does not belong to the physical port  
293  
ERROR_DUPLICATE_WWPN_VIRTUAL_  
HBA  
Found duplicate vPort WWPN  
294  
295  
296  
297  
298  
299  
300  
301  
302  
303  
Reserved  
Not used  
Reserved  
Not used  
Reserved  
Not used  
Reserved  
Not used  
Reserved  
Not used  
Reserved  
Not used  
ERROR_RESET_MENLO  
ERROR_GET_MENLO_FW_VERSION  
ERROR_UPDATE_MENLO_FW  
ERROR_MANAGE_MENLO_INFO  
Failed to reset FCoE engine  
Failed to retrieve FCoE firmware version  
Failed to update FCoE firmware  
Failed to execute FCoE operation com-  
mands  
304  
305  
306  
307  
308  
309  
310  
311  
ERROR_GET_MENLO_CONFIG  
ERROR_SET_MENLO_CONFIG  
Failed to retrieve FCoE parameters  
Failed to update FCoE parameters  
Selected adapter is not an FCoE adapter  
Invalid FCoE firmware segment size  
Unable to find the selected FCoE port  
ERROR_NOT_A_FCOE_DEVICE  
ERROR_INVALID_FW_SEGMENT_SIZE  
ERROR_MENLO_PORT_NOT_FOUND  
ERROR_UNSUPPORTED_MENLO_DEVICE Unsupported FCoE adapter  
ERROR_GET_MENLO_ASIC_MONITORING Failed to query FCoE ASIC port statistics  
ERROR_GET_MENLO_CPU_MONITORING  
Failed to query FCoE CPU statistics  
C-14  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
C–Error/Exit Return Codes  
Table C-1. Error/Exit Return Codes (Continued)  
Return  
Code  
Name  
Description  
312  
ERROR_GET_MENLO_ETH_MONITORING  
Failed to query FCoE Ethernet port statis-  
tics  
313  
314  
315  
316  
ERROR_GET_MENLO_FC_MONITORING  
ERROR_GET_MENLO_NSL_MONITORING  
ERROR_CORRUPTED_LOG_DATA  
ERROR_NO_MATCHING_LOG_ID  
Failed to query FCoE FC port statistics  
Failed to query FCoE NSL port statistics  
FCoE log data seems to be corrupted  
Unable to find the specified log that  
matched with the log ID  
317  
318  
319  
ERROR_READ_MENLO_MEMORY  
ERROR_WRITE_MENLO_MEMORY  
FCoE diagnostics read memory failed  
FCoE diagnostics write memory failed  
Failed to query FCoE log layout  
ERROR_RETRIEVING_MENLO_LOG_  
LAYOUT  
320  
321  
322  
323  
324  
325  
326  
327  
328  
329  
330  
331  
ERROR_RETRIEVING_MENLO_LOG_ID  
ERROR_INVALID_OFFSET  
Failed to retrieve FCoE log data  
Invalid offset input  
ERROR_INVALID_BYTES  
Invalid bytes input  
ERROR_INVALID_DIAG_ADDRESS  
ERROR_INVALID_DIAG_SIZE  
ERROR_INVALID_DIAG_INPUTS  
Invalid FCoE memory buffer address  
Invalid FCoE memory buffer size  
Invalid FCoE inputs  
ERROR_RETRIEVING_MENLO_PANIC_LOG Failed to retrieve FCoE panic log  
ERROR_NO_PANIC_LOG_FOUND  
ERROR_FCOE_PARAMS_INVALID  
ERROR_FCOE_PARAMS_UNSUPPORT  
FLASH_VER_CTRL_FILE_MISSING  
FLASH_UPDATE_NOT_NEEDED  
FCoE panic log not found  
FCoE parameter settings is invalid  
FCoE parameter settings is unsupported  
Flash version config file is missing  
Adapter boot code does not require  
upgrade  
332  
333  
FLASH_UPDATE_ALL_FAILED  
FLASH_UPDATE_SOME_FAILED  
Flash update failed with all adapters  
Flash update completed with errors (some  
adapters failed to be upgraded)  
334  
FLASH_NO_ENTRY_FLASH_CFG_FILE  
Adapter entry is missing in the Flash ver-  
sion config file  
SN0054614-00 K  
C-15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
C–Error/Exit Return Codes  
Table C-1. Error/Exit Return Codes (Continued)  
Return  
Code  
Name  
Description  
335  
336  
337  
338  
339  
340  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Not used  
Not used  
Not used  
Not used  
Not used  
ERROR_GET_UDEV_NAME  
Unable to query udev persistent device  
name  
341  
342  
343  
344  
345  
346  
347  
ERROR_DISPLAY_LUN_PERSISTENT_  
NAME  
Error displaying udev persistent device  
name of the specified LUN  
ERROR_SET_LUN_PERSISTENT_NAME  
Error setting udev persistent device name  
to the specified LUN  
ERROR_DEL_LUN_PERSISTENT_NAME  
Error deleting udev persistent device name  
of the specified LUN  
ERROR_INVALID_LUN_PERSISTENT_  
NAME  
Invalid udev persistent device name  
ERROR_OS_UNSUPPORTED_  
PERSISTENT_NAME  
Udev persistent device name feature is not  
supported with current OS/kernel  
ERROR_UNSUPPORTED_LUN_TYPE  
Selected device is not supported with udev  
persistent device name feature  
ERROR_UDEV_NAME_NOT_FOUND  
Specified device is not currently configured  
with udev persistent device name  
348  
349  
350  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Not used  
Not used  
ERROR_FW_PRELOAD_UPDATE_FAILURE Unable to update firmware preload table on  
the specified adapter  
351  
ERROR_FW_PRELOAD_SAVE_FAILURE  
Unable to save adapter current firmware  
preload table to a DAT file  
352  
353  
354  
355  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Not used  
Not used  
Not used  
Not used  
C-16  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
C–Error/Exit Return Codes  
Table C-1. Error/Exit Return Codes (Continued)  
Return  
Code  
Name  
Description  
356  
357  
358  
359  
360  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Not used  
Not used  
Not used  
Not used  
ERROR_FW_SERDES_UPDATE_FAILURE  
Unable to update firmware SerDes table on  
the specified adapter  
361  
ERROR_FW_SERDES_SAVE_FAILURE  
Unable to save current adapter firmware  
serdes table to a DAT file  
362  
363  
364  
365  
366  
367  
368  
369  
370  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Not used  
Not used  
Not used  
Not used  
Not used  
Not used  
Not used  
Not used  
ERROR_UPDATE_VPORT_ENABLE_STATE Failed to enable/disable QoS enable set-  
ting state  
371  
372  
ERROR_UPDATE_VPORT_LOCK_STATE  
Failed to modify QoS lock setting state  
ERROR_UPDATE_PPORT_ENABLE_STATE Failed to modify QoS enable setting state.  
Selected port is a physical port  
373  
ERROR_UPDATE_PPORT_LOCK_STATE  
Failed to lock/unlock QoS lock setting state.  
Selected port is a physical port  
374  
375  
376  
ERROR_INVALID_QOS_TYPE  
Unsupported QoS type  
ERROR_INVALID_QOS_PRIORITY_VALUE  
Invalid input for QoS priority setting  
ERROR_INVALID_QOS_BW_PERCENTAGE Invalid input for QoS bandwidth percentage  
_VALUE  
setting  
377  
ERROR_INVALID_QOS_BW_SPEED_  
VALUE  
Invalid input for QoS bandwidth speed set-  
ting  
SN0054614-00 K  
C-17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
C–Error/Exit Return Codes  
Table C-1. Error/Exit Return Codes (Continued)  
Return  
Code  
Name  
Description  
378  
379  
380  
ERROR_QOS_PERCENTAGE_OVERFLOW  
Failed to apply changes on selected port  
(QoS bandwidth overflow)  
ERROR_VPORT_DISABLE_QOS_SETTING  
ERROR_VPORT_LOCK_QOS_SETTING  
Failed to apply changes on selected port  
(QoS settings is currently disabled)  
Failed to apply changes on selected port  
(QoS settings is currently locked)  
381  
430  
431  
432  
433  
ERROR_UPDATE_VPORT_QOS_SETTING  
ERROR_SFP_INVALID_FILE_RECORD  
ERROR_SFP_BUFFER_INVALID_SIZE  
ERROR_SFP_BUFFER_INVALID_CHKSUM  
ERROR_SFP_UPDATE_FAILED  
Failed to update QoS settings  
File has invalid record  
Invalid record size  
File has invalid checksum  
Failed to update Electronic Dispersion  
Compensation (EDC) firmware  
434  
435  
ERROR_SFP_UPDATE_UNSUPPORTED  
Selected option is unsupported  
Status error count is nonzero  
ERROR_SFP_UPDATE_NON_ZERO_  
COUNT_STATUS  
436  
437  
438  
439  
440  
441  
Reserved  
Not used  
Reserved  
Not used  
ERROR_SFP_INVALID_FW_FILE  
ERROR_SFP_READ_FW_VERSION  
ERROR_SFP_READ_FW_STATUS  
ERROR_SFP_UNSUPPORTED_LIB  
Incorrect Vitesse EDC firmware file  
Failed to read EDC firmware version  
Failed to read EDC firmware status  
Selected option is unsupported with current  
libqlsdmversion  
442  
443  
444  
445  
446  
447  
448  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Not used  
Not used  
Not used  
Not used  
Not used  
Not used  
Not used  
C-18  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
C–Error/Exit Return Codes  
Table C-1. Error/Exit Return Codes (Continued)  
Return  
Code  
Name  
Description  
449  
450  
Reserved  
Not used  
ERROR_ILT_SIGNATURE_MISMATCH  
The image layout table (ILT) signature does  
not match  
451  
ERROR_INCORRECT_FCOE_FLASH_  
IMAGE  
Unable to find an adapter that matches with  
the Flash image  
452  
453  
454  
455  
456  
457  
458  
459  
460  
461  
462  
ERROR_VALIDATE_FCOE_FLASH_IMAGE  
ERROR_MODIFY_FCOE_FLASH_IMAGE  
ERROR_READ_FLT_FLASH_IMAGE  
ERROR_UPDATE_NIC_BOOT_CODE  
ERROR_UPDATE_MPI_FIRMWARE  
ERROR_UPDATE_EDC_FIRMWARE  
ERROR_UPDATE_FC_BOOT_CODE  
ERROR_UPDATE_FC_FIRMWARE  
ERROR_MPI_CFG_UPDATE_FAILURE  
ERROR_MPI_CFG_SAVE_FAILURE  
ERROR_GET_MPI_CFG_VERSION_HBA  
Failed to verify Flash image  
Failed to modify Flash image  
Failed to read Flash layout tables  
Failed to update NIC boot code  
Failed to update MPI firmware  
Failed to update EDC firmware  
Failed to update FC boot code  
Failed to update FC firmware  
Failed to update MPI configuration  
Failed to save MPI configuration  
Failed to get MPI configuration version  
from adapter  
463  
ERROR_GET_MPI_CFG_VERSION_FILE  
Failed to get MPI configuration version  
from file  
464  
465  
466  
467  
468  
469  
470  
471  
472  
ERROR_VALIDATE_MPI_CFG_SETTINGS  
ERROR_APPLY_MPI_CFG_SETTINGS  
ERROR_GET_DCE_STATISTICS  
Reserved  
Failed to validate DCBX parameter inputs  
Failed to save DCBX parameter inputs  
Failed to get DCE statistics  
Not used  
Reserved  
Not used  
Reserved  
Not used  
ERROR_GET_DCE_STATISTICS  
Reserved  
Failed to get DCE statistics  
Not used  
Reserved  
Not used  
SN0054614-00 K  
C-19  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
C–Error/Exit Return Codes  
Table C-1. Error/Exit Return Codes (Continued)  
Return  
Code  
Name  
Description  
473  
474  
475  
476  
477  
478  
479  
480  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Not used  
Not used  
Not used  
Not used  
Not used  
Not used  
Not used  
ERROR_GET_DCBX_PARAMETERS  
Failed to get DCBX TLV  
C-20  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
D Help Commands  
Table D-2 is an alphabetic listing of the Help commands. Unless otherwise noted,  
only one command line option per input file is valid. The hyphen (-) and slash (/)  
characters are equivalent. For example, scli -g and scli /g are both valid  
commands.  
Table D-1 describes each variable used in the command line arguments shown in  
Table D-1. Variables Used in Arguments  
Variable  
Description  
<address>  
IP address.  
<hba instance>  
<hba wwpn>  
Adapter instance number of an adapter port.  
World wide port name of an adapter port.  
(xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xxor xxxxxxxxxxxxxx).  
<enable value>  
<file name>  
<lock value>  
<log id>  
Enable value: 1for enable or 0for disable.  
Firmware preload table .dat file  
Lock value: 1for lock or 0for unlock.  
FCoE log ID (0–x).  
<lun id>  
Logical unit number of a LUN.  
<lun name>  
<percent>  
Persistent device name assigned to the designated LUN.  
Value of bandwidth percent.  
<priority>  
<speed>  
Priority value: low, medium, or high.  
Link speed.  
<target id>  
<target portid>  
<target wwnn>  
ID of a target device.  
Port ID of a target device. (xx-xx-xxor xxxxxx).  
World wide node name of a target device.  
(xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xxor xxxxxxxxxxxxxx).  
SN0054614-00 K  
D-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
D–Help Commands  
Table D-1. Variables Used in Arguments (Continued)  
Variable  
Description  
<target wwpn>  
World wide port name of a target device.  
(xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xxor xxxxxxxxxxxxxx).  
<vport hex>  
<vport wwpn>  
World wide port name of the virtual port with the two hexadeci-  
mal digits in byte three supplied by the user.  
World wide port name of a virtual port.  
Table D-2. Help Commands  
Command  
Line Action  
Arguments  
Function  
[ int ]  
Starts interactive mode.  
–a  
( <hba instance> | <hba wwpn> ) Flashes the adapter port LED to locate it in  
the host. This feature is not supported on  
QLA22xx series adapters.  
–a  
–b  
( <hba instance> | <hba wwpn> )  
( view | ?)  
Shows the current LED state on an adapter  
port.  
( <all> | <hba instance> | <hba  
wwpn> ) [ ( <–rg> <fw | boot|  
all> ) ] <file name>  
Updates the adapter boot code from a file,  
where:  
<–rg>Specifies Option ROM region  
update mode.  
<all>Updates the flash from a full  
image file (1MB image file).  
<file name>Flash image file name.  
Note: Region update is not available on  
2Gb adapters. Flash update is not sup-  
ported on 2Gb adapters in Macintosh. If  
selected multiple adapters, only adapters  
that are compatible with the provided flash  
image will be updated.  
–b  
–c  
–c  
( <hba instance> | <hba wwpn> )  
save <file name>  
Saves the adapter boot code to a file.  
( <hba instance> | <hba wwpn> ) Views the adapter parameters settings of  
an adapter port.  
[ <all> ]  
Views the adapter parameters settings of  
all adapters.  
D-2  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
D–Help Commands  
Table D-2. Help Commands (Continued)  
Command  
Line Action  
Arguments  
Function  
–d  
<file name >  
Performs a driver update to the adapters.  
<file name> is the full path of the driver  
file in inf/zip or exe format.  
–dm  
( <hba instance> | <hba wwpn> |  
<all> ) general | gen | details  
| det  
Runs a transceiver (SFF/SFP) diagnostics  
on an adapter port and shows the result in  
general or detail view. This feature is sup-  
ported only with 4Gb adapter or latest. This  
feature is not available with inbox driver  
(SLES 10.0 / RHEL 5.0 or latest).  
–e  
–e  
( <hba instance> | <hba wwpn> )  
( enable | 0 0 0 )  
Selectable Boot: Configure the operating  
system to boot from the first target the  
BIOS finds.  
( <hba instance> | <hba wwpn> )  
( enable | 0 0 0 )  
Selectable Boot: Configure the operating  
system to boot from the first target the  
BIOS finds.  
–e  
–e  
–e  
( <hba instance> | <hba wwpn> )  
( view | ? )  
Shows the current boot device information  
on an adapter port.  
( <hba instance> | <hba wwpn> )  
( view | ? )  
Shows the current boot device information  
on an adapter port.  
( <hba instance> | <hba wwpn> )  
disable [ prim | alt1 | alt2 |  
alt3 ]  
Clears the selected current boot device set-  
tings on an adapter port  
(prim/alt1/alt2or alt3Boot Port  
Name). Configures all LUNs of all devices  
attached to an adapter port (Disable).  
–e  
–e  
( <hba instance> | <hba wwpn> )  
disable [ prim | alt1 | alt2 |  
alt3 ]  
Clears the selected current boot device set-  
tings on an adapter port  
(prim/alt1/alt2or alt3Boot Port  
Name).  
( <hba instance> | <hba wwpn>  
<target wwnn> <target wwpn>  
<lun id> [ prim | alt1 | alt2 |  
alt3]  
Configures the operating system to boot  
from a specific target:  
prim: Primary Boot Port Name  
alt1: Alternate 1 Boot Port Name  
alt2: Alternate 2 Boot Port Name  
alt3: Alternate 3 Boot Port Name  
SN0054614-00 K  
D-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
D–Help Commands  
Table D-2. Help Commands (Continued)  
Command  
Line Action  
Arguments  
Function  
–e  
( <hba instance> | <hba wwpn>  
<target wwnn> <target wwpn>  
<lun id> [ prim | alt1 | alt2 |  
alt3]  
Configures the operating system to boot  
from a specific target:  
prim: Primary Boot Port Name  
alt1: Alternate 1 Boot Port Name  
alt2: Alternate 2 Boot Port Name  
alt3: Alternate 3 Boot Port Name  
–e  
–e  
( view | ? )  
( view | ? )  
Shows the current boot device information  
on all adapters.  
Shows the current boot device information  
on all adapters.  
–ei  
–f  
Lists the exit codes.  
<file name>  
Executes from a command input file.  
Option fcannot be combined with any  
other options.  
-fcoe  
-fcoe  
-fcoe  
( <hba instance> | <hba wwpn> )  
--info  
Shows current FCoE firmware version.  
( <hba instance> | <hba wwpn> )  
--getparam --portx  
Shows FCoE parameters of specified port.  
( <hba instance> | <hba wwpn> )  
--setparam --portx ( { <param  
name> | <param alias> ) <param  
value> }  
Modifies FCoE parameters of specified  
port.  
-fcoe  
-fcoe  
-fcoe  
-fcoe  
–fg  
( <hba instance> | <hba wwpn> )  
--loadfw <firmware file>  
Updates FCoE firmware.  
( <hba instance> | <hba wwpn> )  
--mon --nsl --portx  
Shows FCoE network interface statistics of  
specified port.  
( <hba instance> | <hba wwpn> )  
--log --list  
Shows FCoE available log IDs.  
Shows the log specified by the log ID.  
Shows the current driver settings.  
( <hba instance> | <hba wwpn> )  
--log --id <logid>  
( <hba instance> | <hba wwpn> )  
( view | ? )  
D-4  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
D–Help Commands  
Table D-2. Help Commands (Continued)  
Command  
Line Action  
Arguments  
Function  
–fs  
( <hba instance> | <hba wwpn> )  
{ ( <param name> | <param  
alias> ) <param value> }  
Configures the driver settings.  
–gs  
( <hba instance> | <hba wwpn> )  
{ ( <param name> | <param  
alias> ) <param value> }  
Shows the current statistics on an adapter  
port.  
–h | –? –  
Lists all the command options and syntax.  
Option hcan be combined with a com-  
mand line option to show the usage of that  
individual command.  
–ha  
–ha  
–ha  
–i  
( <hba instance> | <hba wwpn> )  
<alias>  
Sets an alias to an adapter.  
( <hba instance> | <hba wwpn> )  
delete  
Deletes the current alias of an adapter.  
Shows the current alias of an adapter.  
( <hba instance> | <hba wwpn> )  
view | ?  
( <hba instance> | <hba wwpn> )  
[ vpd ]  
Views the general or VPD information of an  
adapter port.  
–i  
[ <all> ] [ vpd ]  
Views the general or VPD information of all  
adapters.  
–kl  
( <hba instance> | <hba wwpn> )  
[ { ( <param name> | <param  
alias> ) <param value> } ]  
Runs a diagnostics loopback test on an  
adapter port.  
–kr  
( <hba instance> | <hba wwpn> )  
[ { ( –ex | –exclude ) <target  
wwpn> } ] [ ( <param name>|  
<param alias> ) <param value> ]  
Runs a diagnostics read/write buffer test to  
all target device(s) attached to an adapter  
port.  
–l  
–l  
( <hba instance> | <hba wwpn> ) Shows the information about LUNs  
attached to an adapter port.  
( <hba instance> | <hba wwpn> )  
( <target wwpn> | <target  
portid> )  
Shows the information about LUNs of a tar-  
get device attached to an adapter port.  
–l  
( <hba instance> | <hba wwpn> )  
( <target wwpn> | <target  
portid> ) <lun id>  
Shows the information about a specific  
LUN of a target device attached to an  
adapter port.  
SN0054614-00 K  
D-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
D–Help Commands  
Table D-2. Help Commands (Continued)  
Command  
Line Action  
Arguments  
Function  
–ls  
( <hba instance> | <hba wwpn> )  
{ ( <param name> | <param  
alias> ) <param value> }  
Shows the current link status on an adapter  
port.  
–m  
–m  
( <hba instance> | <hba wwpn> )  
( view | ? )  
Views selective LUN information of all  
devices attached to an adapter port.  
( <hba instance> | <hba wwpn> )  
<target wwnn> <target wwpn>  
<lun id> ( view | ? )  
Views selective LUN information of a single  
device attached to an adapter port.  
–m  
( <hba instance> | <hba wwpn> )  
select | enable <target wwnn>  
<target wwpn>  
Configures all LUNs of a device attached to  
an adapter port (Enable).  
–m  
–m  
( <hba instance> | <hba wwpn> )  
select all  
Configures all LUNs of all devices attached  
to an adapter port (Enable).  
( <hba instance> | <hba wwpn> )  
unselect | disable <target  
wwnn> <target wwpn>  
Configures all LUNs of all devices attached  
to an adapter port (Disable).  
–m  
–m  
( <hba instance> | <hba wwpn> )  
unselect all  
Configures all LUNs of all devices attached  
to an adapter port (Disable).  
( <hba instance> | <hba wwpn>)  
{ <target wwnn> <target wwpn>  
<lun id> (0 | 1 | enable | |  
select | unselect ) }  
Configures individual LUN of a device  
attached to an adapter port.  
–n  
–n  
–n  
–o  
( <hba instance> | <hba wwpn> )  
{ ( <param name> | <param  
alias> ) <param value> }  
Modifies the adapter parameters of an  
adapter port.  
( <hba instance> | <hba wwpn> |  
<all> ) <OEM name>  
Sets the adapter parameters of an adapter  
port with a pre-defined OEM default tem-  
plates.  
( <hba instance> | <hba wwpn> |  
<all> ) default  
Restores the adapter parameters of an  
adapter port to factory default settings (4Gb  
adapters or latest).  
<file name>  
Writes the output to a named file. This  
option can be combined with other options.  
However, this option must be at the begin-  
ning or at the end of the command line.  
D-6  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
D–Help Commands  
Table D-2. Help Commands (Continued)  
Command  
Line Action  
Arguments  
Function  
–p  
–p  
–p  
( <hba instance> | <hba wwpn> )  
{ <target wwnn> <target wwpn>  
<target portid> <target id> }  
Binds the selected device(s) attached to an  
adapter port.  
( <hba instance> | <hba wwpn> )  
remove <target wwnn> | unbind  
<target wwnn>  
Unbinds a specific device attached to an  
adapter port.  
( <hba instance> | <hba wwpn> |  
<all> ) ( view | ? )  
Shows the current persistent binding con-  
figuration on an adapter port or all adapt-  
ers.  
–p  
( <hba instance> | <hba wwpn> |  
<all> ) bind all  
Binds all device(s) attached to an adapter  
port or all adapters.  
–p  
( <hba instance> | <hba wwpn> |  
Unbinds all device(s) attached to an  
<all> ) remove all | unbind all adapter port or all adapters.  
–pa  
–pa  
–pa  
-pl  
-pl  
( <hba instance> | <hba wwpn> )  
<alias>  
Sets an alias to an adapter port.  
( <hba instance> | <hba wwpn> )  
delete  
Deletes the current alias of an adapter port.  
Shows the current alias of an adapter port.  
( <hba instance> | <hba wwpn> )  
view | ?  
<hba instance>|<hba wwpn>  
--info [<target id> <lun id>]  
Shows persistent device names for a spe-  
cific LUN or all LUNs. (Linux only)  
<hba instance>|<hba wwpn> --set Adds a persistent device name to a specific  
{<target id> <lun id> <lun  
name>}  
LUN. (Linux only)  
-pl  
–q  
<hba instance>|<hba wwpn> --del Removes the existing persistent device  
{<target id> <lun id> <lun  
name>}  
name currently assigned to a specific LUN.  
(Linux only)  
( <hba instance> | <hba wwpn> )  
{ <target wwpn> <speed> }  
Modifies the iiDMA settings of selected tar-  
get(s) on an adapter port. This feature is  
supported only on 4Gb or latest adapters.  
–q  
–q  
( <hba instance> | <hba wwpn> )  
<target wwpn>  
Shows the current iiDMA settings of a spe-  
cific target on an adapter port.  
( <hba instance> | <hba wwpn> |  
<all> ) ( –targets | –t )  
<speed>  
Modifies the iiDMA settings of all targets on  
an adapter port or all adapters.  
SN0054614-00 K  
D-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
D–Help Commands  
Table D-2. Help Commands (Continued)  
Command  
Line Action  
Arguments  
Function  
–q  
( <hba instance> | <hba wwpn> |  
<all> ) [ –targets | –t ]  
Shows the current iiDMA settings of all tar-  
gets on an adapter port or all adapters.  
-qos  
-qos  
-qos  
<hba instance>|<hba wwpn> info  
--vp <all> [--spd|--per]  
Shows current QoS settings for all virtual  
ports on a physical adapter port.  
<hba instance>|<hba wwpn> info  
--vp <vport wwpn>  
Shows current QoS settings for a specific  
virtual port on a physical adapter port.  
<hba instance>|<hba wwpn> {--vp Modifies QoS settings for specified virtual  
<vport wwpn> --pri <prior-  
ity>|--bwspd <speed>|--bwper  
<percent>| --lock <lock  
value>|--enable <enable  
value>}  
ports.  
–r  
–r  
–s  
( <hba instance> | <hba wwpn> )  
save <file name>  
Saves the current adapter parameters of an  
adapter port to a file.  
( <hba instance> | <hba wwpn> |  
<all> ) <file name>  
Updates the adapter parameters of an  
adapter port or all adapters from a file.  
Suppresses the output. This option can be  
combined with other options. However, this  
option must be at the beginning or at the  
end of the command line.  
–t  
–t  
( <hba instance> | <hba wwpn> ) Shows the information about devices (disks  
or tapes) attached to an adapter port.  
( <hba instance> | <hba wwpn> )  
( <target wwpn> | <target  
portid> )  
Shows the information about a device (disk  
or tape) attached to an adapter port.  
–t  
[ <all> ]  
Shows the information about devices (disks  
or tapes) attached to all adapters.  
–tb  
( <hba instance> | <hba wwpn>  
){ ( <target wwpn> ) } <beacon  
mode>  
Locates a specific device or multiple  
devices in a JBOD. This feature is sup-  
ported only by devices within a JBOD.  
–tp |  
–topology  
]
Shows the current topology (Host view).  
-u  
( <hba instance> | <hba wwpn> |  
<all> ) <file name>  
Updates the firmware preload area of the  
adapter.  
D-8  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
D–Help Commands  
Table D-2. Help Commands (Continued)  
Command  
Line Action  
Arguments  
Function  
-u  
( <hba instance> | <hba wwpn> )  
save <file name>  
Saves the current adapter firmware preload  
area to a DATfile.  
–v  
Shows the current version.  
–vp  
( <hba instance> | <hba wwpn> )  
create <vport hex>  
Creates a virtual port with your own  
WWPN.  
–vp  
–vp  
–vp  
–vp  
–vp  
–x  
( <hba instance> | <hba wwpn> )  
create auto  
Creates a virtual port with default WWPN  
(auto generate).  
( <hba instance> | <hba wwpn> )  
delete <vport wwpn>  
Deletes a virtual port on a physical adapter  
port.  
( <hba instance> | <hba wwpn> )  
delete all  
Deletes all virtual port(s) on a physical  
adapter port.  
( <hba instance> | <hba wwpn> )  
list <vport wwpn>  
Lists a specific virtual port on a physical  
adapter port.  
( <hba instance> | <hba wwpn> )  
list all  
Lists all virtual ports on a physical adapter  
port.  
Writes the output in XML format 1. Option  
xcan be used to generate an old-style  
format that is compatible with previous  
releases (XML format 1). This option can  
be combined with other options; however,  
this option must be at the beginning or at  
the end of the command line.  
–x2  
Writes the output in XML format 2. Option  
–x2can be used to generate a new-style  
format that is matched with standard text  
output (XML format 2). This option can be  
combined with other options; however, this  
option must be at the beginning or at the  
end of the command line.  
–z  
( <hba instance> | <hba wwpn> |  
<all> )  
Creates a summary report of individual  
adapter or all adapters in the current host.  
SN0054614-00 K  
D-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
D–Help Commands  
Notes  
D-10  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Glossary  
adapter  
arbitrated loop_physical address  
The board that interfaces between the  
host system and the target devices.  
Adapter is synonymous with host bus  
adapter (HBA), host channel adapter  
(HCA), host adapter, and adapter board.  
See AL_PA.  
basic input output system  
See BIOS.  
BIOS  
adapter alias  
A user-defined name for an adapter.  
Basic input output system (typically in  
Flash PROM). The program (or utility) that  
serves as an interface between the  
hardware and the operating system and  
allows booting from the adapter at startup.  
adapter port  
A port on the adapter board.  
adapter port alias  
boot code  
A user-defined name for an adapter port.  
The program that initializes a system or an  
adapter. Boot code is the first program to  
run when a system or a device within a  
system, such as an adapter. FCode, BIOS,  
and EFI (enhanced firmware interface) are  
all forms of boot code for specific  
adapter port beacon  
An LED on the adapter. Flashing it enables  
you to locate the adapter.  
AL  
hardware/operating system environments.  
Arbitrated loop. A circular (ring) topology  
(versus point-to-point) where two or more  
ports can be interconnected, but only two  
ports can communicate at a time. All  
communication passes through all ports  
connected to the loop.  
Boot code for QLogic FC adapters is  
required if the computer system is booting  
from a storage device (disk drive) attached  
to the adapter. The primary function of the  
boot code is communication with the  
external boot device before the operating  
system is up and running. There are also  
secondary functions that can be performed  
by the boot code, including managing the  
setup for the adapter and initializing and  
testing the adapter's ISP.  
AL_PA  
Arbitrated loop physical address. A  
low-level address on the FC loop.  
arbitrated loop  
See AL.  
SN0054614-00 K  
Glossary-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                                     
SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI User’s Guide  
Command Line Interface for QLogic FC and FCoE Adapters  
boot device  
The device, usually the hard disk, that  
CoS  
Class of service (CoS) is a 3-bit field within  
contains the operating system the BIOS  
uses to boot from when the computer is  
started.  
a layer two Ethernet frame header when  
using IEEE 802.1Q. It specifies a priority  
value of between 0 (signifying best-effort)  
and 7 (signifying priority real-time data)  
that can be used by quality of service disci-  
plines to differentiate traffic.  
cache  
A temporary high-speed storage (memory)  
area where recently used or frequently  
accessed data is stored for rapid access,  
thus increasing the efficiency of processor  
operations.  
CoS is a way of managing traffic in a  
network by grouping similar types of traffic  
(for example, e-mail, streaming video,  
voice, large document file transfer)  
together and treating each type as a class  
with its own level of service priority.  
Cache contents duplicate recently-used  
values stored on disk or elsewhere. Cache  
is quick to access relative to the original  
data, which either takes more time due to  
slow disc-access time, or is slow to  
Fibre Channel classes of service include  
Class 1, 2, 3, 4, and 6.  
compute. After data is stored in the cache,  
future use can be made by accessing the  
cached copy rather than re-finding or  
recomputing the original data, so that the  
average access time is lower.  
CSV file  
A comma separated values file. A data file  
used for storage of data structured in a  
table form. Each line in the file corre-  
sponds to a row in the table. Within a line,  
fields are separated by commas, each field  
belonging to one table column.  
L1 cache—Primary (smallest) cache  
on the same chip as the processor.  
L2 cache—Secondary (larger) cache.  
Either on the processor chip or  
external to the processor.  
data center bridging  
See DCB.  
data center bridging exchange protocol  
class of service  
See device.  
See CoS.  
data center Ethernet  
CNA  
See DCE.  
Converged network adapters support both  
data networking (TCP/IP) and storage  
networking (FC) traffic on a single I/O  
adapter using two new technologies:  
Enhanced Ethernet and Fibre Channel  
over Ethernet (FCoE).  
DCE  
Data center Ethernet (DCE) is a Cisco  
term that refers to enhancements to  
Ethernet bridges that enables LAN and  
SAN connectivity over an Ethernet  
network. The acronym DCE is a Cisco  
trademark. The enhancements described  
within Cisco Data Center Ethernet helped  
create the IEEE 802.1 Data Center  
Bridging working group (DCB).  
converged network adapter  
See CNA.  
Glossary-2  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                           
SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI User’s Guide  
Command Line Interface for QLogic FC and FCoE Adapters  
DCB  
Data center bridging. Provides enhance-  
ments to existing 802.1 bridge specifica-  
echo diagnostic test  
Transmits a received signal back to the  
sender to verify the integrity of the device.  
tions to satisfy the requirements of  
protocols and applications in the data  
center. Because existing high-perfor-  
mance data centers typically comprise  
multiple application-specific networks that  
run on different link layer technologies  
(Fibre Channel for storage, InfiniBand for  
high-performance computing, and  
Ethernet for network management and  
LAN connectivity), DCB will enable 802.1  
bridges to be used for the deployment of a  
converged network where all applications  
can be run over a single physical infra-  
structure.  
Enhanced Ethernet  
Also called data center Ethernet or  
converged enhanced Ethernet) refers to  
new enhancements to the existing  
Ethernet standard that eliminate Ethernet’s  
inherently lossy nature and make 10Gb  
Ethernet a viable storage networking  
transport.  
enhanced transmission selection  
See ETS.  
Ethernet  
The most widely used LAN technology that  
transmits information between computers,  
typically at speeds of 10 and 100 million  
bits per second (Mbps).  
DCBX  
Data center bridging exchange protocol.  
Used by DCB devices to exchange config-  
uration information with directly connected  
peers. The protocol may also be used for  
misconfiguration detection and for configu-  
ration of the peer.  
ETS  
Enhanced transmission selection (ETS)  
provides a common management frame-  
work for assignment of bandwidth to  
802.1p CoS-based traffic classes.  
device  
A target, typically a disk drive. Hardware  
such as a disk drive, tape drive, printer, or  
keyboard that is installed in or connected  
to a system. In FC, a target device.  
expansion port  
See E_Port.  
F_Port  
driver  
Fabric port. The “fabric” port in a FC fabric  
switch provides a point-to-point link attach-  
ment to a single N_Port. F_Ports are inter-  
mediate ports in virtual point-to-point links  
between end ports, for example N_Port to  
F_Port to F_Port to N_Port using a single  
FC fabric switch.  
The software that interfaces between the  
file system and a physical data storage  
device or network media.  
E_Port  
Expansion port. A port in an FC switch that  
connects to another FC switch or bridge  
device by an inter-switch link (ISL).  
E_Ports are used to link FC switches to  
form a multi-switch fabric.  
fabric  
A fabric consists of cross-connected FC  
devices and switches.  
SN0054614-00 K  
Glossary-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                                   
SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI User’s Guide  
Command Line Interface for QLogic FC and FCoE Adapters  
fabric loop port  
FL_Port  
See FL_Port.  
Fabric loop port. In FC, the fabric switch is  
capable of FC arbitrated loop operations  
and is connected to one or more NL_Ports  
by an FC arbitrated loop. An FL_Port  
becomes a shared entry point for public  
NL_Port devices to an FC fabric. FL_Ports  
are intermediate ports in virtual  
point-to-point links between end ports that  
do not reside on the same loop, for  
example NL_Port to FL_Port to F_Port to  
N_Port through a single FC fabric switch.  
fabric port  
See F_Port.  
fabric switch  
Also, switched fabric. A fabric switch  
connects multiple devices from indepen-  
dent FC-arbitrated loops (FC-ALs) and  
point-to-point topologies into a fabric using  
FC switches.  
Fast!UTIL  
Flash  
QLogic Fast!UTIL FC adapter BIOS utility.  
Non-volatile memory holding the boot  
code. At times, Flash and boot code are  
used interchangeably. See also boot code.  
FC  
Fibre Channel is a high-speed serial inter-  
face technology that supports other higher  
layer protocols such as SCSI and IP, and  
is primarily used in SANs. Standardized  
under ANSI in 1994.  
Flash BIOS  
A QLA2xxx adapter's Flash programmable  
read-only memory (PROM) contains the  
code that allows booting from the adapter  
at startup.  
FCode  
G_Port  
A type of boot code designed for use on  
Sun®'s SPARC® or Macintosh® hardware  
platforms. See also boot code and Flash.  
Generic port. A port that can operate as  
either an E_Port or an F_Port. A G_Port  
can determine operating mode at switch  
port initialization: F_Port when an N_Port  
attachment is determined or E_Port when  
an E_Port attachment is determined. See  
E_Port, F_Port, FL_Port, L_Port, N_Port,  
FCoE  
technology defined by the T11 standards  
body that allows traditional FC storage  
Ethernet link by encapsulating FC frames  
inside Layer 2 Ethernet frames. For more  
information, visit www.fcoe.com.  
generic port  
See G_Port.  
HBA  
Host bus adapter. See adapter.  
Fibre Channel  
See FC.  
iiDMA  
Fibre Channel over Ethernet  
Intelligent interleaved direct memory  
access. A QLogic patent-pending feature  
that ensures maximum link efficiency.  
See FCoE.  
Glossary-4  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                               
SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI User’s Guide  
Command Line Interface for QLogic FC and FCoE Adapters  
input/output control  
LIP  
See IOCTL.  
Loop initialization process. The initializa-  
tion process in an arbitrated loop that  
occurs when the loop is powered up or a  
new device is added. One function of a LIP  
is to assign addresses. All data transmis-  
sion on the loop is suspended during a LIP.  
intelligent interleaved direct memory  
access  
See iiDMA.  
inter-switch link  
load balancing  
See ISL.  
A software feature that improves system  
performance by balancing device access  
between multiple adapters for maximum  
IOCTL  
Input/output control. A system call in  
UNIX/Linux systems. Allows an application  
to control or communicate with a device  
driver outside usual read/write operations.  
resource efficiency. Available in Windows  
2000/Windows Server 2003, Novell  
NetWare, and Red Hat/SUSE Linux.  
IOPS  
logical unit number  
Input/output operations per second is a  
common performance-based measure-  
ment calculated by benchmarking applica-  
tions, and is primarily used with servers to  
find the best storage configuration.  
See LUN.  
loop ID  
The device’s AL_PA on the loop.  
loop initialization process  
ISL  
See LIP.  
Inter-switch link. The connection between  
two switches using E_Ports.  
loop port  
See L_Port.  
JBOD  
“Just a bunch of disks.” As opposed to a  
loopback  
Diagnostic tool that routes transmit data  
through a loopback connector back to the  
same adapter.  
SAN. See SAN.  
just a bunch of disks  
See JBOD.  
LUN  
L_Port  
Logical unit number, a subdivision of a  
SCSI target. It is the small integer handle  
that differentiates an individual disk drive  
or partition (volume) within a common  
SCSI target device such as a disk array.  
Loop port. Does arbitrated loop functions  
and protocols. NL_Ports and FL_Ports are  
examples of loop-capable ports. See also  
E_Port, F_Port, FL_Port, G_Port, N_Port,  
Technically, a LUN can be a single  
physical disk drive, multiple physical disk  
drives, or a portion (volume) of a single  
physical disk drive. However, LUNs are  
typically not entire disk drives but rather  
virtual partitions (volumes) of a RAID set.  
SN0054614-00 K  
Glossary-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                                   
SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI User’s Guide  
Command Line Interface for QLogic FC and FCoE Adapters  
Using LUNs, the FC host can address  
multiple peripheral devices that may share  
a common controller.  
N_Port  
Node port. A port that connects by a  
point-to-point link to either a single N_Port  
or a single F_Port. N_Ports handle  
creation, detection, and flow of message  
units to and from the connected systems.  
N_Ports are end ports in virtual  
point-to-point links through a fabric, for  
example N_Port to F_Port to F_Port to  
N_Port using a single FC fabric switch.  
See also F_Port.  
LUN masking  
A software feature that assigns LUNs to  
specific servers or hides LUNs from  
specific servers for maximum access and  
availability control.  
media  
Physical-layer information carriers. FC  
supports several different physical media:  
copper, multimode optical, and  
single-mode optical. All FC protocols are  
supported on all media.  
N_Port ID virtualization  
See NPIV.  
network adapter  
A chip that provides network capabilities. A  
computer may include a network adapter  
on its system board, or on an adapter card.  
Also a NIC (network interface card or  
controller).  
message passing interface  
See MPI.  
MPI  
Message passing interface is a specifica-  
tion for an API that allows many computers  
to communicate with one another. It is  
used in computer clusters and supercom-  
puters.  
network interface card/controller  
See NIC.  
NIC  
Network interface card or network inter-  
face controller. A computer card installed  
to enable a dedicated network connection.  
MSI-X  
One of two PCI-defined extensions to  
support message signaled interrupts  
(MSI), in PCI 2.2 and later and PCI  
Express. MSIs are an alternative way of  
generating an interrupt through special  
messages that allow emulation of a pin  
assertion or deassertion.  
NL_Port  
Node loop port. A port capable of  
arbitrated loop functions and protocols. An  
NL_Port connects through an arbitrated  
loop to other NL_Port and at most a single  
FL_Port. NL_Ports handle creation, detec-  
tion, and flow of message units to and from  
the connected systems. NL_Ports are end  
ports in virtual point-to-point links through  
a fabric, for example NL_Port to F_Port to  
F_Port to N_Port using a single FC fabric  
switch. In the absence of a fabric switch  
FL_Port, NL_Ports can communicate with  
MSI-X (defined in PCI 3.0) allows a device  
to allocate any number of interrupts  
between 1 and 2048 and gives each inter-  
rupt separate data and address registers.  
Optional features in MSI (64-bit  
addressing and interrupt masking) are  
mandatory with MSI-X.  
Glossary-6  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                         
SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI User’s Guide  
Command Line Interface for QLogic FC and FCoE Adapters  
other NL_Ports in virtual point-to-point  
path  
links through an FC_AL open loop circuit  
often through FC_AL (arbitrated loop)  
open loop circuit often through FC-AL hub  
or loop switch devices. See: E_Port,  
F_Port, FL_Port, G_Port, N_Port.  
A path to a device is a combination of a  
adapter port instance and a target port as  
distinct from internal paths in the fabric  
network. A fabric network appears to the  
operating system as an opaque network  
between the adapter (initiator) and the  
target.  
node loop port  
See NL_Port.  
Because a path is a combination of an  
adapter and a target port, it is distinct from  
another path if it is accessed through a  
different adapter and/or it is accessing a  
different target port. Consequently, when  
switching from one path to another, the  
driver might be selecting a different  
adapter (initiator), a different target port, or  
both.  
node port  
See N_Port.  
non-volatile random access memory  
See NVRAM.  
NPIV  
N_Port ID virtualization. The ability for a  
single physical FC end point (N_Port) to  
support multiple, uniquely addressable,  
logical end points. With NPIV, a host FC  
adapter is shared in such a way that each  
virtual adapter is assigned to a virtual  
server and is separately identifiable within  
the fabric. Connectivity and access privi-  
leges within the fabric are controlled by  
identification of each virtual adapter and,  
hence, the virtual server using each virtual  
adapter.  
This is important to the driver when  
selecting the proper method of failover  
notification. It can make a difference to the  
target device, which might have to take  
different actions when receiving retries of  
the request from another initiator or on a  
different port.  
point-to-point  
Also FC-P2P. Two FC nodes directly  
connected (not in a loop).  
port  
NVRAM  
Access points in a device where a link  
attaches. There are four types of ports, as  
follows:  
Non-volatile random access memory. A  
type of memory that retains data (configu-  
ration settings) even when power is  
removed. You can manually configure  
NVRAM settings or restore them from a  
file. NVRAM settings are called adapter  
parameters in this guide.  
N_Port—an FC port that supports  
point-to-point topology.  
NL_Port—an FC port that supports  
loop topology.  
F_Port—a port in a fabric where an  
open network computing  
N_Port can attach.  
See ONC.  
FL_Port—a port in a fabric where an  
NL_Port can attach.  
ONC  
Open network computing. A remote proce-  
dure call developed by Sun Microsystems.  
SN0054614-00 K  
Glossary-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                     
SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI User’s Guide  
Command Line Interface for QLogic FC and FCoE Adapters  
port instance  
The number of the port in the system.  
small computer system interface  
See SCSI.  
Each adapter may have one or multiple  
ports, identified with regard to the adapter  
as port 0, port 1 and so forth. to avoid  
confusion when dealing with a system  
containing numerous ports, each port is  
assigned a port instance number when the  
system boots up. So Port 0 on an adapter  
might have a port instance number of, for  
example, 8 if it is the eighth port discov-  
ered by the system.  
SFP  
Small form factor pluggable is a  
1-/2-/4-/8-Gbps transceiver device  
(smaller than a Gigabit interface converter)  
that plugs into the Fibre Channel port.  
storage area network  
See SAN.  
sysfs  
QoS  
A virtual file system provided by the 2.6  
Linux kernel. Sysfs exports information  
about devices and drivers from the kernel  
device model to userspace, and is also  
used for configuration.  
Quality of service refers to the methods  
used to prevent bottlenecks and ensure  
business continuity when transmitting data  
over virtual ports by setting priorities and  
allocating bandwidth.  
target  
quality of service  
The storage-device endpoint of a SCSI  
session. Initiators request data from  
targets (typically disk-drives, tape-drives,  
or other media devices). Typically a SCSI  
peripheral device is the target but an  
adapter may, in some cases, be a target. A  
target can contain many LUNs.  
See QoS.  
SAN  
Storage area network. Multiple storage  
units (disk drives) and servers connected  
by networking topology.  
A target is a device that responds to a  
requested by an initiator (the host system).  
Peripherals are targets, but for some  
commands (for example, a SCSI COPY  
command), the peripheral may act as an  
initiator.  
SCSI  
Small computer system interface. A  
high-speed interface used to connect  
devices, such as hard drives, CD drives,  
printers, and scanners, to a computer. The  
SCSI can connect many devices using a  
single controller. Each device is accessed  
by an individual identification number on  
the SCSI controller bus.  
target binding  
The process in which the adapter driver  
binds a target ID using a target’s world  
wide port name (WWPN) or port ID. This  
enables the target ID to always connect to  
the WWPN or port ID across reboots  
regardless of SAN reconfigurations.  
SerDes  
A Serializer/Deserializer (SerDes  
pronounced sir-dees) is a pair of functional  
blocks commonly used in high speed  
communications. These blocks convert  
data between serial data and parallel inter-  
faces in each direction.  
Glossary-8  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                           
SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI User’s Guide  
Command Line Interface for QLogic FC and FCoE Adapters  
TLV  
Type-length-value (TLV) is optional infor-  
mation that may be encoded as an  
VLAN  
Virtual logical area network (LAN). A group  
of hosts with a common set of require-  
ments that communicate as if they were  
attached to the same wire, regardless of  
their physical location. Although a VLAN  
has the same attributes as a physical LAN,  
it allows for end stations to be grouped  
together even if they are not located on the  
same LAN segment. VLANs enable  
element inside the protocol. The type and  
length fields are fixed in size (typically 1 to  
4 bytes), and the value field is of variable  
size. These fields are used as follows:  
Type: A numeric code that indicates  
the kind of field that this part of the  
message represents.  
network reconfiguration through software,  
instead of physically relocating devices.  
Length: The size of the value field  
(typically in bytes).  
Value: Variable sized set of bytes that  
contain data for this part of the  
message.  
VM  
Virtual machine. A software implementa-  
tion of a machine (computer) that executes  
programs like a real machine.  
type-length-value  
See TLV.  
world wide node name  
See WWNN.  
udev  
On Linux systems, udev is the new way of  
managing the /devdirectory. It is run from  
user space. Udev creates a dynamic /dev  
directory and provides consistent device  
naming across reboots (when configured  
as such), and provides a user space Appli-  
cation Programming Interface (API) to  
access information about current system  
devices. udevrelies on device information  
available through sysfs.  
world wide port name  
See WWPN.  
WWNN  
World wide node name. Unique 64-bit  
address assigned to a device.  
WWPN  
World wide port name. Unique 64-bit  
address assigned to each port on a  
device. One WWNN may contains multiple  
WWPN addresses.  
virtual logical area network  
See VLAN.  
virtual machine  
See VM.  
SN0054614-00 K  
Glossary-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                           
SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI User’s Guide  
Command Line Interface for QLogic FC and FCoE Adapters  
Notes  
Glossary-10  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Index  
diagnostics 3-77  
iiDMA settings 3-50  
Numerics  
1 bit serial loopback test 3-82  
10 bit internal loopback test 3-82  
statistics options 3-91  
adapter port alias  
creating, modifying, deleting 3-22  
definition of Glossary-1  
XML Format 1 A-15  
XML Format 2 B-18  
adapter port beacon, definition of Glossary-1  
adapter statistics  
polling 3-92  
saving to file 3-92  
viewing and changing 3-89, 3-90, 3-93,  
viewing current 3-91  
A
abort changes to adapter parameters 3-32  
about the product 3-121  
adapter alias  
defining 4-6, A-15, B-18  
definition of Glossary-1  
setting and deleting 4-19  
showing 3-21  
adapter information  
viewing 3-19, 3-21, 4-2, 4-20, A-5, A-11,  
adapters  
boot device info for all 3-62  
complete information, showing 4-2, 4-4  
configuration, all 3-58  
DCE statistics 3-114  
definition of Glossary-1  
general information 3-4  
hard loop ID 3-26  
host information, viewing 3-4  
iiDMA settings 3-54  
instance of 4-6  
locating (beacon LED) 3-75  
QLogic supported 1-2  
sampling rate, setting 3-92  
settings, viewing A-4, B-4  
template supported parameters 3-67  
topology, viewing 3-5, 4-3, A-20, B-25  
virtual ports 3-98  
viewing all 4-49  
viewing by port number 3-20  
viewing for FCoE 3-112  
adapter parameters  
aborting changes to 3-32  
configuring 3-26  
configuring (FCoE engine) 3-33  
defaults, restoring 3-32  
file, saving to 3-66  
names and aliases 4-36  
per FCoE engine 3-33  
templates, using 3-66  
updating 3-65, 4-44  
viewing 3-24, 3-26, 4-8  
viewing (FCoE engine) 3-33  
adapter port  
WWPN 4-6  
BIOS, enabling 3-26, 3-30  
definition of Glossary-1  
SN0054614-00 K  
Index-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI User’s Guide  
Command Line Interface for QLogic FC and FCoE Adapters  
AL_PA  
definition of Glossary-1  
in adapter parameter template 3-66  
AL, definition of Glossary-1  
alias  
adapter information 3-21  
adapter port 3-22  
adapter, defining 4-6, A-15  
API library, SDM 3-5  
arbitrated loop, definition of Glossary-1  
ASIC chip, updating firmware 3-109  
attached port  
binding information, viewing persistent  
target 4-38  
BIOS  
adapter port, enabling 3-26  
definition of Glossary-1  
enabling 4-36  
blue text, meaning of xvii  
bold text, meaning of xvi  
boot code, definition of Glossary-1  
boot device A-9  
adapter port instance 3-60  
configuring 3-61, 3-62  
definition of Glossary-2  
disabling 4-11  
definition of 3-6  
displaying 3-60  
viewing details 3-7  
selectable 4-11  
selecting 4-11  
attaching loopback connector 3-79  
audience for guide xv  
settings 3-61  
viewing 4-11, B-10  
Boot Device Menu 3-60  
breadcrumbs list, explanation of 3-3  
auto poll, See automatic polling  
auto polling, DCE statistics 3-115  
auto-generating a virtual port 3-100  
automatic polling 3-92, 3-95, 4-18  
AutoPoll parameter 4-18  
C
B
cache, definition of Glossary-2  
changed terms 2-9  
changes to this guide ii  
CJTPAT parameter 4-22, 4-30  
bandwidth, QoS 3-104  
percentage, setting 3-107  
speed, setting 3-105  
beacon  
CNA, definition of Glossary-2  
codes  
error, list of 4-13  
adapter, locating 3-75  
selected target, locating 3-76  
status, toggling 4-6  
status, viewing 4-6  
interactive exit C-1  
non-interactive errors C-1  
command line  
format, non-interactive mode 4-5  
options, non-interactive 4-1  
commands  
target, locating 3-75  
target, starting and stopping 4-46  
Beacon Menu 3-75  
bind  
by port ID parameter 4-17  
by WWPN parameter 4-17  
targets 3-57  
interactive mode 3-1  
non-interactive mode 2-4, 4-1, 4-5  
Index-2  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI User’s Guide  
Command Line Interface for QLogic FC and FCoE Adapters  
commands (continued)  
config table, MPI  
saving 3-71  
updating 3-71  
configuration, saving 3-62  
configuring  
adapter statistics 3-90  
boot device 3-61, 4-4  
driver settings 4-16  
iiDMA settings 3-48  
link status 3-94  
-fcoe 4-14  
loopback test parameters 3-80  
LUNs, automatically 3-59  
LUNs, manually 3-59  
selective LUNs 4-5  
target persistent binding 4-5  
connection  
loop only 3-28  
loop preferred, otherwise  
point-to-point 3-28  
point to point only 3-28  
ConnectionOption parameter 4-36  
connector, loopback 3-79  
contact information, QLogic Corp. xviii  
contents of Help 3-121  
converged enhanced Ethernet, definition  
converged network adapter, definition  
CoS (class of service)  
configuring for FCoE engine 3-35  
definition of Glossary-2  
count  
-topology 3-5  
-udevtrigger 3-40, 3-41  
login retry 3-26  
port down retry 3-26  
Courier New font, meaning of xvi  
CRC errors 4-26  
creating, virtual port 3-100  
CRPAT parameter 4-22, 4-30  
CSPAT parameter 4-22, 4-30  
CSV file  
adapter statistics, saving 3-91, 3-93  
definition of Glossary-2  
link status log, saving 3-96  
SN0054614-00 K  
Index-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI User’s Guide  
Command Line Interface for QLogic FC and FCoE Adapters  
current settings  
delay, loop reset 3-26  
adapter statistics 3-91  
link status 3-94  
deleting virtual port 3-99  
device  
customer support xviii  
configuring boot 3-61  
definition of Glossary-3  
driver, updating 4-10  
list, viewing A-7, B-7  
diagnostics  
configuration settings 3-80  
loopback test 3-77, A-9, B-11  
parameters 4-30  
D
data  
pattern parameter 4-21  
size parameter 4-23  
vital product (VPD) 3-23  
DCBX  
data rate 3-26, 3-29, 4-36  
DataPattern (DP) parameter 4-21, 4-30, 4-31  
DataRate (DR) parameter 4-36  
DataSize (DS) parameter 4-23, 4-30  
DCB  
definition of Glossary-3  
viewing FCoE settings 3-112  
DCBX  
definition of Glossary-3  
for FCoE engine A-25, B-29  
pause type 3-35  
port 3-77  
read/write buffer test 3-83, A-10, B-12  
running loopback or read/write buffer  
test 3-83  
transceiver details 3-85  
Diagnostics Menu 3-76  
Digital Diagnostic Monitoring Interface 4-10  
disabling  
boot device 4-11  
LUNs 4-33  
disk, configuring iiDMA settings 3-54  
disparity errors 4-26  
displaying  
adapter information 4-49  
binding information 4-38  
boot device 3-60  
configuration 3-57  
TLV data, viewing 3-118  
DCE  
definition of Glossary-2  
statistics 3-114  
DCE statistics 3-115  
diagnostics monitoring info 4-10  
FCoE DCBX A-25, B-29  
FCoE information A-22, B-27  
FCoE link events A-23, B-27  
FCoE network interface statistics A-26,  
FCoE parameters A-23, B-27  
host information 4-1  
host topology 3-6, 4-46  
link status 4-32  
LUN configuration 3-58  
LUN information 4-32  
system information 4-1, 4-18  
target information 4-45  
version number 4-47  
auto polling 3-115  
display settings 3-115  
running 3-115  
set details 3-115  
set rate 3-115  
default  
adapter statistics restoring 3-91  
restoring 3-91  
restoring for link 3-94  
defining port alias 4-40  
definitions of terms Glossary-1  
delay timer, interrupt 3-26, 3-30  
Index-4  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI User’s Guide  
Command Line Interface for QLogic FC and FCoE Adapters  
documentation  
conventions used in guide xvi  
related xvii  
end user license agreement xvii  
Enhanced Ethernet, definition of Glossary-3  
ENode MAC address 3-21  
error codes  
revision history ii  
DP parameter 4-21, 4-30  
driver  
interactive mode C-1  
listing 4-13  
definition of Glossary-3  
IOCTL 3-5  
non-interactive mode C-1  
error message  
rescanning 3-72  
XML Format 1 A-2  
settings, configuring 3-62, 4-16  
settings, viewing 4-16, A-10, B-12  
sysfs 3-5  
XML Format 2 B-2  
Ethernet  
definition of Glossary-3  
ETS  
updating 3-69  
updating for device 4-10  
DS parameter 4-23, 4-30  
definition of Glossary-3  
settings, viewing 3-113  
EULA (end user license agreement) xvii  
execution throttle 3-26, 3-30, 3-66  
ExecutionThrottle parameter 4-36  
exit codes, interactive mode 3-121, C-1  
expansion port, See E_Port  
extended logging, enabling 4-36  
external loopback test 3-82  
E
E_Port (expansion port), definition  
echo diagnostic test, definition of Glossary-3  
e-mail contacts for support xviii  
EnableBIOS parameter 4-36  
EnableExtendedLogging parameter 4-36  
EnableHardLoopID parameter 4-36  
EnableLIPFullLogin parameter 4-36  
EnableLIPReset parameter 4-36  
EnableTargetReset parameter 4-36  
enabling  
adapter hard loop ID 3-26, 3-30  
adapter port BIOS 3-26, 3-30  
FC tape support 3-26  
Fibre Channel tape support 3-30  
LIP full login 3-27, 3-31  
F
F_Port  
definition of Glossary-3  
echo test, running 4-25  
fabric, definition of Glossary-3  
fabric port, See F_Port  
fabric switch, definition of Glossary-4  
Fast!UTIL, definition of Glossary-4  
FC, definition of Glossary-4  
FCode  
definition of Glossary-4  
saving and updating 4-7  
version 3-12  
LIP reset 3-26, 3-31  
LUNs 4-33  
receive out-of-order frame 3-27  
target reset 3-27, 3-31  
virtual port 3-103, 3-106, 3-107  
SN0054614-00 K  
Index-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI User’s Guide  
Command Line Interface for QLogic FC and FCoE Adapters  
FCoE  
adapter information 3-112  
Flash  
definition of Glossary-4  
data center bridging 3-112  
TLV, viewing 3-118  
image version 3-12  
saving file 3-65  
Utilities menu for QLE80xx 3-108  
Utilities menu for QLx81xx 3-111  
-fcoe 4-14  
FCoE, definition of Glossary-4  
FCoE engine  
adapter parameters 3-33  
adapter parameters, configuring 3-33  
adapter parameters, displaying A-23, B-27  
adapter parameters, viewing 3-33  
CoS, configuring 3-35  
firmware, updating 3-109  
information, viewing A-22, B-27  
updating 3-65  
Flash BIOS  
definition of Glossary-4  
saving and updating 4-7  
Format 1, XML 3-10  
Format 2, XML 3-10  
format, non-interactive commands 4-5  
frame  
length errors 4-26  
FrameSize parameter 4-36  
full login, enabling for LIP 4-36  
link events 3-111, A-23, B-27  
network interface statistics A-26, B-30  
non-interactive commands 4-14  
statistics, viewing 3-109  
utilities for 3-108  
G
G_Port, definition of Glossary-4  
GBIC (attached port) 3-6  
General Information menu 3-4  
Generate Report Menu 3-10  
generating  
FCoE Menu 3-108  
FC-P2P, See point-to-point  
features, unsupported 1-5  
Fibre Channel, definition of Glossary-4  
file 3-10  
reports 3-10  
virtual user port 3-100  
generic port, definition of Glossary-4  
glossary of terms Glossary-1  
guide  
.txt 3-10  
.xml 3-10  
documentation conventions xvi  
intended audience xv  
organization of xv  
text 3-10  
firmware  
preload table, saving 3-70  
preload table, updating 3-69  
updating on ASIC chip 3-109  
version of FCoE 3-21  
firmware area  
revision history ii  
H
saving 3-74, 4-46  
updating 3-72, 4-46  
Index-6  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI User’s Guide  
Command Line Interface for QLogic FC and FCoE Adapters  
hard loop ID  
installation  
configuring 3-26  
enabling 4-36  
downloading package 1-7  
Linux 1-14  
specifying 3-29  
Macintosh 1-18  
HardLoopID parameter 4-36  
hardware requirements 1-4  
HBA, See adapter  
package, downloading 1-7  
prerequisites of 1-1  
Solaris 1-15  
help  
Solaris SPARC 8, 9, 10 1-15  
Solaris x86 9, 10 1-17  
VMware 1-20  
about the product 3-121  
file, viewing 4-19  
Help Menu 3-120  
host  
Windows 1-8  
instance  
configuration, refreshing 3-19  
configuration, viewing 4-4  
information, viewing 3-6, 4-1  
topology 3-5  
saving as text file 3-10  
viewing 3-5, 4-3, 4-46  
host bus adapter, See adapter  
number 4-6  
port, definition of Glossary-8  
See iiDMA  
interactive mode 3-1  
See also non-interactive mode  
definition of 2-1  
exit codes 3-121, C-1  
starting 2-1, 3-2  
interconnect element, viewing details 3-6  
interrupt delay timer 3-26, 3-30  
InterruptDelayTimer parameter 4-36  
inter-switch link, definition of Glossary-5  
introduction to guide xv  
IOCTL  
definition of Glossary-5  
Linux driver 3-5  
module driver, features unavailable  
with 1-5  
IOPS, definition of Glossary-5  
ISL, definition of Glossary-5  
ISP2300/2310 template supported parameter  
settings 3-68  
ISP2312 template supported parameter  
settings 3-68  
I
ID, hard loop  
configuring 3-26  
enabling 3-26  
iiDMA  
configuring 3-48  
definition of Glossary-4  
settings 3-47, 4-46  
iiDMA Settings Menu 3-47  
information  
adapter host, viewing 3-4  
adapters, viewing 3-19  
FCoE adapter 3-112  
general 3-4  
ISP2322 template supported parameter  
settings 3-68  
ISP2422 template supported parameter  
settings 3-67  
ISP2432 template supported parameter  
settings 3-67  
italicized text, meaning of xvii  
system 4-18  
target, viewing 4-45  
input, from text file 4-6, 4-13  
input/output operations per second (IOPS),  
definition of Glossary-5  
SN0054614-00 K  
Index-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI User’s Guide  
Command Line Interface for QLogic FC and FCoE Adapters  
LIP  
J
definition of Glossary-5  
full login, enabling 3-27, 3-31, 4-36  
reset, enabling 3-26, 4-36  
JBOD (just a bunch of disks), definition  
listing  
error codes 4-13  
target/LUN 3-36  
virtual ports 3-99  
load balancing, definition of Glossary-5  
locating  
K
adapter (beacon LED) 3-75  
selected target (beacon LED) 3-76  
target (beacon LED) 3-75  
log to file  
adapter statistics parameter 4-18  
link status 3-95  
logging, enabling extended 4-36  
logical unit number (LUN), definition  
login retry count 3-26, 3-31, 4-36  
login, LIP full 3-27  
L
L_Port, definition of Glossary-5  
L1 cache Glossary-2  
L2 cache Glossary-2  
LED  
adapter, locating 3-75  
selected target, locating 3-76  
target, locating 3-75  
toggling 4-6  
logs, FCoE engine 3-110  
link events 3-111  
library, SDM API 3-5  
license agreements xvii  
link  
loop  
preferred connection 3-28  
reset delay 3-26, 3-29  
loop (abitrated), definition of Glossary-1  
loop ID, definition of Glossary-5  
loop port, definition of Glossary-5  
loopback  
down timeout 3-27, 3-31  
events for FCoE engine A-23, B-27  
rate, setting 3-95  
status, log to file 3-95  
status, viewing 3-94, 3-96, 4-32  
status, viewing and setting 3-93, 3-94,  
connector, attaching 3-79  
definition of Glossary-5  
loopback test 4-20  
LinkDownTimeOut parameter 4-36  
Linux  
host topology 3-5  
after completing 3-79  
example of 4-26  
installing on 1-14  
IOCTL driver 3-5  
parameters, resetting 3-80  
parameters, setting 3-80  
parameters, showing 3-79  
preparing for 3-78  
operating systems supported 1-3  
persistent names for LUNs 3-39, 4-41  
sysfs driver 3-5  
uninstalling from 1-22  
results A-9, B-11  
running 3-77, 3-83, 4-24  
types of 3-82  
Index-8  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI User’s Guide  
Command Line Interface for QLogic FC and FCoE Adapters  
LoopbackType parameter 4-24  
loop-only connection 3-28  
LT parameter 4-24  
LUN masking, definition of Glossary-6  
LUNs  
configuration, displaying 3-58  
configuring automatically 3-59  
configuring manually 3-59  
definition of Glossary-5  
enabling and disabling 4-33  
information, viewing 4-32  
list, viewing A-7, B-8  
maximum per target 4-36  
per target 3-27, 3-31  
persistent names, adding and  
removing 3-39, 4-41  
Microsoft’s Windows Virtual Server  
2005 3-97  
mode  
interactive, definition of 2-1  
interactive, starting 2-1  
non-interactive, definition of 2-1  
non-interactive, starting 2-4  
operation 3-26  
silent 4-45  
monospace font, meaning of xvi  
MPI  
config table, saving 3-71  
config table, updating 3-71  
definition of Glossary-6  
MSI-X  
definition of Glossary-6  
Windows Server 2008 requirement for  
selective 3-58  
viewing 4-33  
N
viewing selective A-8, B-9  
N_Port  
definition of Glossary-6  
N_Port ID virtualization  
definition of Glossary-7  
using virtual ports 3-97  
network adapter, definition of Glossary-6  
network interface controller, definition  
M
MAC address 3-21  
Macintosh  
installation on 1-18  
operating systems supported 1-3  
uninstalling from 1-24  
Main Menu, interactive mode 3-2  
main tag  
XML Format 1 A-1  
network interface statistics, FCoE  
engine A-26, B-30  
NIC, definition of Glossary-6  
NL_Port, definition of Glossary-6  
node loop port, definition of Glossary-6  
node port, definition of Glossary-6  
non-interactive mode  
See also interactive mode  
command format 4-5  
commands 4-1  
XML Format 2 B-1  
manual polling 3-92, 3-95  
MaximumLUNsPerTarget parameter 4-36  
media, definition of Glossary-6  
MSI-X  
messages, output to XML Format 1 4-48  
Microsoft System Center Virtual Machine CLI  
2007 3-97  
definition of 2-1  
error codes C-1  
SN0054614-00 K  
Index-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI User’s Guide  
Command Line Interface for QLogic FC and FCoE Adapters  
non-interactive mode (continued)  
starting 2-4  
non-volatile random access memory, definition  
parameters (continued)  
defaults, restoring 3-32  
diagnostic 4-30  
FCoE engine A-23, B-27  
FCoE, configuring 3-33  
FCoE, viewing 3-33  
NPIV  
definition of Glossary-7  
Virtual Menu option 3-97  
number of tests parameter 4-23, 4-30  
NVRAM, definition of Glossary-7  
frame size 3-26  
hard loop ID 3-26  
loop reset delay 3-26  
loopback test, resetting 3-80  
loopback test, setting 3-80  
loopback test, showing 3-79  
saving adapter 3-66  
template supported 3-66, 3-67  
updating 3-66, 4-44  
updating adapter 3-65  
path, definition of Glossary-7  
percentage, bandwidth 3-107  
persistent  
names for LUNs 3-39, 4-41  
plus new parameter 4-17  
target binding info, displaying 4-38  
persistently bound targets 3-62, 4-17  
O
OE parameter 4-24, 4-30  
ONC, definition of Glossary-7  
one bit serial loopback test 3-82  
OnError parameter 4-24, 4-30  
open network computing, definition  
operating systems, supported 1-3  
operation mode 3-26, 3-30, 4-36  
OperationMode parameter 4-36  
organization of guide xv  
OS  
type 3-4  
version 3-4  
output  
in XML 4-5  
to file 4-5  
output messages  
to file 4-37  
XML Format 1 4-48  
point-to-point  
connection 4-25  
definition of Glossary-7  
only, connection 3-28  
poll rate parameter 4-18  
polling, auto 3-115  
polling, auto and manual 3-92, 3-95  
port  
attached (definition of) 3-6  
BIOS, enabling 3-30  
definition of Glossary-7  
ID, bind by port ID parameter 4-17  
instance, definition of Glossary-8  
LED 4-6  
P
parameters  
report for one 3-11  
transceiver details, viewing 3-85  
virtual 4-47  
auto-generating 3-100  
creating 3-100  
aborting changes to 3-32  
adapter template 3-66  
adapter, configuring 3-26  
adapter, viewing 3-24, 3-26, 4-8  
data rate 3-26  
deleting 3-99  
Index-10  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI User’s Guide  
Command Line Interface for QLogic FC and FCoE Adapters  
port (continued)  
R
listing 3-99  
rate, data 3-29  
read/write buffer test 3-83  
results A-10, B-12  
running 3-83, 4-27, 4-28  
reboot message  
XML Format 1 A-2  
XML Format 2 B-2  
receive out of order frame, enabling 3-27  
refresh configuration of host 3-19  
reporting  
quality of service 4-43  
user-generated 3-100  
port alias  
creating, editing, deleting 3-22, 4-40  
XML Format 1 A-15  
port down retry count 3-26, 3-31  
PortDownRetryCount parameter 4-36  
preface to guide xv  
preload table (firmware)  
saving 3-70  
updating 3-69  
all adapters 3-19  
priority, QoS 3-103  
one port instance 3-11  
rescan driver (Solaris) 3-72  
reserved words  
reset target, enabling 4-36  
ResetDelay parameter 4-36  
resetting test parameters 3-80  
restoring  
default adapter parameters 3-32, 3-91  
default adapter statistics 3-91  
link default settings 3-94  
return codes C-1  
Q
QLA/QLE/QEM adapters supported by 1-2  
QLA23xx 3-27, 4-25  
QLA24xx 4-25  
QLA24xx adapter, VPD 3-23  
QLE23xx 3-27, 4-25  
QLE24xx 4-25  
QLE24xx adapter, VPD 3-23  
QoS  
bandwidth percentage, setting 3-107  
bandwidth speed, setting 3-105  
bandwidth, setting 3-104  
commands 4-43  
definition of Glossary-8  
priority, setting 3-103  
requirements for 3-101  
running  
DCE statistics 3-115  
diagnostic tests 3-83  
S
QoS Bandwidth Menu 3-104  
QoS Menu 3-101  
QoS Priority Menu 3-103  
sampling rate, DCE statistics 3-115  
SAN Device Management (SDM) API 3-5  
SAN, definition of Glossary-8  
SANsurfer FC HBA CLI  
downloading installation package 1-7  
hardware requirements 1-4  
operating systems supported 1-3  
product overview xv  
SN0054614-00 K  
Index-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI User’s Guide  
Command Line Interface for QLogic FC and FCoE Adapters  
SANsurfer FC HBA CLI (continued)  
software requirements 1-5  
supported QLogic adapters 1-2  
saving  
adapter parameters 3-66  
configuration 3-62  
Solaris  
installing on 1-15  
NPIV, supported 3-97  
operating systems supported 1-3  
target ID 4-12  
uninstalling from 1-22, 1-23  
speed, bandwidth 3-105  
starting DCE statistics 3-115  
starting interactive mode 3-2  
statistics  
Fcode 4-7  
firmware area 3-74, 4-46  
firmware preload table 3-70  
Flash BIOS 4-7  
Flash file 3-65  
adapter port, viewing 3-93  
adapter, viewing and changing 3-90, A-14,  
FCoE engine, viewing 3-109  
link status 3-93  
MPI config table 3-71  
qos settings 3-104, 3-106, 3-107  
topology as text file 3-10  
saving as  
XML file 3-10  
running 3-115  
XML Format 1 3-10  
XML Format 2 3-10  
SCSI, definition of Glossary-8  
SDM API library 3-5  
SDM API version 3-4  
selectable boot 4-11  
selecting boot device 4-11  
selective LUNs 3-58  
SerDes  
Statistics Menu 3-89  
Stats menu, FCoE utility 3-109  
status  
adapter link 3-93  
beacon, viewing 4-6  
status message  
XML Format 1 A-2  
XML Format 2 B-2  
storage area network, definition  
Sun Microsystems ONC Glossary-7  
support headquarters xviii  
support, technical xviii  
sysfs driver 3-5  
sysfs, definition of Glossary-8  
system  
information, viewing 4-1, 4-2, 4-3, 4-18,  
definition of Glossary-8  
service level agreement (SLA) 3-101  
set details  
DCE statistics 3-115  
set details, DCE statistics 3-115  
set rate  
DCE statistics 3-115  
settings, driver 3-62  
SFP  
definition of Glossary-8  
requirement for 1-1  
requirements, hardware 1-4  
requirements, software 1-5  
silent mode 4-5, 4-45  
size, frame 3-29  
SLA (service level agreement) 3-101  
small computer system interface, definition  
software requirements 1-5  
T
tape support, enabling 3-26  
Index-12  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI User’s Guide  
Command Line Interface for QLogic FC and FCoE Adapters  
target  
beacon, starting and stopping 4-46  
binding 3-57  
binding info, viewing 4-38  
binding, definition of Glossary-8  
definition of Glossary-8  
test  
count parameter 4-23  
diagnostics loopback 3-77  
increment parameter 4-23  
loopback, preparing for 3-78  
number of tests parameter 4-23, 4-30  
parameters (loopback) 3-79  
pattern 4-30  
ID, Solaris 4-12  
link speed, setting and viewing 4-42  
list 3-37  
locating (beacon LED) 3-75  
locating selected (beacon LED) 3-76  
LUN list 3-36  
read/write buffer 3-83, 4-27  
results, loopback and read/write buffer 3-77  
TestCount parameter 4-23, 4-30  
TestIncrement parameter 4-23, 4-30  
.txt 3-10  
LUNs 3-27  
text file 3-10  
persistent binding A-8, B-9  
port ID 4-6  
reset, enabling 3-27, 3-31, 4-36  
unbinding 3-57  
WWNN 4-6  
WWPN 4-6  
throttle, execution 3-26  
TI parameter 4-23, 4-30  
timeout parameter 4-36  
timeout, link-down 3-27  
timer, interrupt delay 3-26  
TLV  
Target Link Speed Menu 3-47  
target persistent bindings 3-54, 3-55  
Target Persistent Bindings Menu 3-54  
definition of Glossary-9  
viewing details or raw data for DCBX 3-118  
toggle beacon status 4-6  
-topology 3-5  
TC parameter 4-23, 4-30  
technical support xviii  
topology  
host 3-5  
template  
host, viewing 3-5  
adapter parameters 3-66  
supported parameters 3-67  
template supported parameter settings  
QLA23xx adapters (ISP2300/2310) 3-68  
QLA23xx adapters (ISP2312) 3-68  
QLA23xx adapters (ISP2322) 3-68  
QLA24xx/QLE24xx adapters  
(ISP2422) 3-67  
Linux 3-5  
saving as text file 3-10  
viewing 4-46  
training, technical xviii  
transceiver details, viewing 3-85, A-16, B-20  
type, OS 3-4  
QLA24xx/QLE24xx adapters  
(ISP2432) 3-67  
QLE256x adapters (ISP2422) 3-67  
QLE256x adapters (ISP2432) 3-67  
ten bit internal loopback test 3-82  
terminology, used in guide 2-9  
terms, definitions of Glossary-1  
U
-udevtrigger command 3-40, 3-41  
unbind targets 3-57  
SN0054614-00 K  
Index-13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI User’s Guide  
Command Line Interface for QLogic FC and FCoE Adapters  
uninstall  
viewing (continued)  
Linux 1-22  
Macintosh 1-24  
Solaris SPARC 8, 9, and 10 1-22  
Solaris x86 8, 9, and 10 1-23  
VMware 1-24  
parameter settings 4-8  
system information 4-5  
target link speed 4-42  
target list 4-5  
virtual ports list 3-99  
virtual LAN, See VLAN  
Virtual Menu 3-97  
for adapter instance 3-98  
virtual ports 3-97  
Windows 1-21  
unknown adapter types 1-2  
unsupported adapters 1-2  
unsupported features 1-5  
updating  
adapter parameter templates 3-66  
adapter parameters 3-65, 4-44  
device driver 4-10  
auto-generating 3-100  
creating 3-100  
deleting 3-99  
driver 3-69  
FCode 4-7  
enabling 3-103, 3-106, 3-107  
listing 3-99, 4-47  
firmware area 3-72, 4-46  
firmware preload table 3-69  
firmware, ASIC chip 3-109  
Flash 3-65  
QoS, setting by bandwidth 3-104  
QoS, setting by priority 3-103  
quality of service 3-101, 4-43  
support for 3-97  
Flash BIOS 4-7  
user-generated 3-100  
Vital Product Data information 3-23  
VLAN  
definition of Glossary-9  
tag for FCoE port type 3-34  
VM  
definition of Glossary-9  
using with virtual ports 3-97  
VMware  
MPI config table 3-71  
user generated virtual port 3-100  
Utilities Menu 3-64  
utility header  
XML 1 Format A-1  
XML 2 Format B-2  
installation on 1-20  
operating systems supported 1-3  
uninstalling from 1-24  
VPD information 3-23  
vPorts, See virtual ports  
V
version  
SDM API 3-4  
viewing for product 3-121, 4-47  
viewing  
adapter information 4-5  
adapter settings 4-4  
beacon status 4-6  
boot device 4-11  
driver settings 4-4  
link status 3-96  
LUN list 4-5, 4-33  
W
Windows  
installing on 1-8  
operating systems supported 1-3  
uninstalling from 1-21  
Virtual Server environment 3-97  
Index-14  
SN0054614-00 K  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SANsurfer FC/CNA HBA CLI User’s Guide  
Command Line Interface for QLogic FC and FCoE Adapters  
WWNN  
definition of Glossary-9  
notation for 2-4  
WWPN  
bind by WWPN parameter 4-17  
definition of Glossary-9  
notation for 2-4  
X
-x1 A-1  
XML  
file, saving as 3-10  
Format 1 3-10, 4-48, A-1  
Format 2 3-10, 4-48, B-1  
.xmlfile 3-10  
Z
-z  
adapter reporting (interactive mode) 3-10,  
adapter reporting (non-interactive  
mode) 4-2, 4-4, 4-49  
adapter reporting (XML Format 1) A-11  
adapter reporting (XML Format 2) B-13  
SN0054614-00 K  
Index-15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Corporate Headquarters QLogic Corporation 26650 Aliso Viejo Parkway Aliso Viejo, CA 92656 949.389.6000 www.qlogic.com  
Europe Headquarters QLogic (UK) LTD. Quatro House Lyon Way, Frimley Camberley Surrey, GU16 7ER UK +44 (0) 1276 804 670  
© 2004–2009 QLogic Corporation. Specifications are subject to change without notice. All rights reserved worldwide. QLogic, the QLogic logo, QLA,  
and SANsurfer are registered trademarks of QLogic Corporation. Apple, Finder, Mac OS, Macintosh, Power Mac, Panther, Tiger, and Safari are registered  
trademarks of Apple, Inc. AMD is a registered trademark of Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. Cisco Nexus is a trademark of Cisco Systems, Inc. EMC is a registered trademark  
of EMC Corporation. Intel and Pentium are trademarks of Intel Corporation. Linux is a registered trademark of Linus Torvalds. Microsoft, Windows, Windows 2000 operating  
system, Windows Server 2003 and 2008 operating systems, Windows XP Professional operating system, and Windows Vista operating system are registered trademarks  
of Microsoft Corporation. Novell, NetWare, and SUSE are registered trademarks of Novell, Inc. IBM and PowerPC are registered trademarks of International Business  
Machines Corporation. Red Hat is a registered trademark of Red Hat, Inc. Solaris is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems, Inc. SPARC is a registered trademark  
of SPARC International, Inc. in the USA and other countries. StuffIt is a registered trademark of Smith Micro Software, Inc. VMware is a registered trademark of VMware,  
Inc. All other brand and product names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners. Information supplied by QLogic Corporation is believed to be  
accurate and reliable. QLogic Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors in this brochure. QLogic Corporation reserves the right, without notice, to make changes  
in product design or specifications.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  

Radio Shack Mixer 32 2057 User Guide
Radio Shack Stereo Amplifier PPA200 User Guide
Rangemaster Dishwasher RDW6012FI SF User Guide
Roper Microwave Oven MHE14X User Guide
Rosewill Mouse RM1670 User Guide
Ruby Tech Switch ES 2126C D User Guide
Ryobi Laminate Trimmer TR45 User Guide
Samsung Cell Phone GH68 05454A User Guide
Samsung Projector BP59 00134G 01 User Guide
Scotsman Ice Water Dispenser Aqua Patrol User Guide